d4930de59fef6a2decf058b562339778847a602e
[openocd.git] / doc / openocd.texi
1 \input texinfo @c -*-texinfo-*-
2 @c %**start of header
3 @setfilename openocd.info
4 @settitle OpenOCD User's Guide
5 @dircategory Development
6 @direntry
7 * OpenOCD: (openocd). OpenOCD User's Guide
8 @end direntry
9 @paragraphindent 0
10 @c %**end of header
11
12 @include version.texi
13
14 @copying
15
16 This User's Guide documents
17 release @value{VERSION},
18 dated @value{UPDATED},
19 of the Open On-Chip Debugger (OpenOCD).
20
21 @itemize @bullet
22 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2008 The OpenOCD Project
23 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2007-2008 Spencer Oliver @email{spen@@spen-soft.co.uk}
24 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2008-2010 Oyvind Harboe @email{oyvind.harboe@@zylin.com}
25 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2008 Duane Ellis @email{openocd@@duaneellis.com}
26 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2009-2010 David Brownell
27 @end itemize
28
29 @quotation
30 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
31 under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.2 or
32 any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no
33 Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no Back-Cover
34 Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled ``GNU
35 Free Documentation License''.
36 @end quotation
37 @end copying
38
39 @titlepage
40 @titlefont{@emph{Open On-Chip Debugger:}}
41 @sp 1
42 @title OpenOCD User's Guide
43 @subtitle for release @value{VERSION}
44 @subtitle @value{UPDATED}
45
46 @page
47 @vskip 0pt plus 1filll
48 @insertcopying
49 @end titlepage
50
51 @summarycontents
52 @contents
53
54 @ifnottex
55 @node Top
56 @top OpenOCD User's Guide
57
58 @insertcopying
59 @end ifnottex
60
61 @menu
62 * About:: About OpenOCD
63 * Developers:: OpenOCD Developer Resources
64 * Debug Adapter Hardware:: Debug Adapter Hardware
65 * About Jim-Tcl:: About Jim-Tcl
66 * Running:: Running OpenOCD
67 * OpenOCD Project Setup:: OpenOCD Project Setup
68 * Config File Guidelines:: Config File Guidelines
69 * Daemon Configuration:: Daemon Configuration
70 * Debug Adapter Configuration:: Debug Adapter Configuration
71 * Reset Configuration:: Reset Configuration
72 * TAP Declaration:: TAP Declaration
73 * CPU Configuration:: CPU Configuration
74 * Flash Commands:: Flash Commands
75 * Flash Programming:: Flash Programming
76 * NAND Flash Commands:: NAND Flash Commands
77 * PLD/FPGA Commands:: PLD/FPGA Commands
78 * General Commands:: General Commands
79 * Architecture and Core Commands:: Architecture and Core Commands
80 * JTAG Commands:: JTAG Commands
81 * Boundary Scan Commands:: Boundary Scan Commands
82 * Utility Commands:: Utility Commands
83 * TFTP:: TFTP
84 * GDB and OpenOCD:: Using GDB and OpenOCD
85 * Tcl Scripting API:: Tcl Scripting API
86 * FAQ:: Frequently Asked Questions
87 * Tcl Crash Course:: Tcl Crash Course
88 * License:: GNU Free Documentation License
89
90 @comment DO NOT use the plain word ``Index'', reason: CYGWIN filename
91 @comment case issue with ``Index.html'' and ``index.html''
92 @comment Occurs when creating ``--html --no-split'' output
93 @comment This fix is based on: http://sourceware.org/ml/binutils/2006-05/msg00215.html
94 * OpenOCD Concept Index:: Concept Index
95 * Command and Driver Index:: Command and Driver Index
96 @end menu
97
98 @node About
99 @unnumbered About
100 @cindex about
101
102 OpenOCD was created by Dominic Rath as part of a 2005 diploma thesis written
103 at the University of Applied Sciences Augsburg (@uref{http://www.hs-augsburg.de}).
104 Since that time, the project has grown into an active open-source project,
105 supported by a diverse community of software and hardware developers from
106 around the world.
107
108 @section What is OpenOCD?
109 @cindex TAP
110 @cindex JTAG
111
112 The Open On-Chip Debugger (OpenOCD) aims to provide debugging,
113 in-system programming and boundary-scan testing for embedded target
114 devices.
115
116 It does so with the assistance of a @dfn{debug adapter}, which is
117 a small hardware module which helps provide the right kind of
118 electrical signaling to the target being debugged. These are
119 required since the debug host (on which OpenOCD runs) won't
120 usually have native support for such signaling, or the connector
121 needed to hook up to the target.
122
123 Such debug adapters support one or more @dfn{transport} protocols,
124 each of which involves different electrical signaling (and uses
125 different messaging protocols on top of that signaling). There
126 are many types of debug adapter, and little uniformity in what
127 they are called. (There are also product naming differences.)
128
129 These adapters are sometimes packaged as discrete dongles, which
130 may generically be called @dfn{hardware interface dongles}.
131 Some development boards also integrate them directly, which may
132 let the development board connect directly to the debug
133 host over USB (and sometimes also to power it over USB).
134
135 For example, a @dfn{JTAG Adapter} supports JTAG
136 signaling, and is used to communicate
137 with JTAG (IEEE 1149.1) compliant TAPs on your target board.
138 A @dfn{TAP} is a ``Test Access Port'', a module which processes
139 special instructions and data. TAPs are daisy-chained within and
140 between chips and boards. JTAG supports debugging and boundary
141 scan operations.
142
143 There are also @dfn{SWD Adapters} that support Serial Wire Debug (SWD)
144 signaling to communicate with some newer ARM cores, as well as debug
145 adapters which support both JTAG and SWD transports. SWD supports only
146 debugging, whereas JTAG also supports boundary scan operations.
147
148 For some chips, there are also @dfn{Programming Adapters} supporting
149 special transports used only to write code to flash memory, without
150 support for on-chip debugging or boundary scan.
151 (At this writing, OpenOCD does not support such non-debug adapters.)
152
153
154 @b{Dongles:} OpenOCD currently supports many types of hardware dongles:
155 USB-based, parallel port-based, and other standalone boxes that run
156 OpenOCD internally. @xref{Debug Adapter Hardware}.
157
158 @b{GDB Debug:} It allows ARM7 (ARM7TDMI and ARM720t), ARM9 (ARM920T,
159 ARM922T, ARM926EJ--S, ARM966E--S), XScale (PXA25x, IXP42x), Cortex-M3
160 (Stellaris LM3, ST STM32 and Energy Micro EFM32) and Intel Quark (x10xx)
161 based cores to be debugged via the GDB protocol.
162
163 @b{Flash Programming:} Flash writing is supported for external
164 CFI-compatible NOR flashes (Intel and AMD/Spansion command set) and several
165 internal flashes (LPC1700, LPC1800, LPC2000, LPC4300, AT91SAM7, AT91SAM3U,
166 STR7x, STR9x, LM3, STM32x and EFM32). Preliminary support for various NAND flash
167 controllers (LPC3180, Orion, S3C24xx, more) is included.
168
169 @section OpenOCD Web Site
170
171 The OpenOCD web site provides the latest public news from the community:
172
173 @uref{http://openocd.sourceforge.net/}
174
175 @section Latest User's Guide:
176
177 The user's guide you are now reading may not be the latest one
178 available. A version for more recent code may be available.
179 Its HTML form is published regularly at:
180
181 @uref{http://openocd.sourceforge.net/doc/html/index.html}
182
183 PDF form is likewise published at:
184
185 @uref{http://openocd.sourceforge.net/doc/pdf/openocd.pdf}
186
187 @section OpenOCD User's Forum
188
189 There is an OpenOCD forum (phpBB) hosted by SparkFun,
190 which might be helpful to you. Note that if you want
191 anything to come to the attention of developers, you
192 should post it to the OpenOCD Developer Mailing List
193 instead of this forum.
194
195 @uref{http://forum.sparkfun.com/viewforum.php?f=18}
196
197 @section OpenOCD User's Mailing List
198
199 The OpenOCD User Mailing List provides the primary means of
200 communication between users:
201
202 @uref{https://lists.sourceforge.net/mailman/listinfo/openocd-user}
203
204 @section OpenOCD IRC
205
206 Support can also be found on irc:
207 @uref{irc://irc.freenode.net/openocd}
208
209 @node Developers
210 @chapter OpenOCD Developer Resources
211 @cindex developers
212
213 If you are interested in improving the state of OpenOCD's debugging and
214 testing support, new contributions will be welcome. Motivated developers
215 can produce new target, flash or interface drivers, improve the
216 documentation, as well as more conventional bug fixes and enhancements.
217
218 The resources in this chapter are available for developers wishing to explore
219 or expand the OpenOCD source code.
220
221 @section OpenOCD Git Repository
222
223 During the 0.3.x release cycle, OpenOCD switched from Subversion to
224 a Git repository hosted at SourceForge. The repository URL is:
225
226 @uref{git://git.code.sf.net/p/openocd/code}
227
228 or via http
229
230 @uref{http://git.code.sf.net/p/openocd/code}
231
232 You may prefer to use a mirror and the HTTP protocol:
233
234 @uref{http://repo.or.cz/r/openocd.git}
235
236 With standard Git tools, use @command{git clone} to initialize
237 a local repository, and @command{git pull} to update it.
238 There are also gitweb pages letting you browse the repository
239 with a web browser, or download arbitrary snapshots without
240 needing a Git client:
241
242 @uref{http://repo.or.cz/w/openocd.git}
243
244 The @file{README} file contains the instructions for building the project
245 from the repository or a snapshot.
246
247 Developers that want to contribute patches to the OpenOCD system are
248 @b{strongly} encouraged to work against mainline.
249 Patches created against older versions may require additional
250 work from their submitter in order to be updated for newer releases.
251
252 @section Doxygen Developer Manual
253
254 During the 0.2.x release cycle, the OpenOCD project began
255 providing a Doxygen reference manual. This document contains more
256 technical information about the software internals, development
257 processes, and similar documentation:
258
259 @uref{http://openocd.sourceforge.net/doc/doxygen/html/index.html}
260
261 This document is a work-in-progress, but contributions would be welcome
262 to fill in the gaps. All of the source files are provided in-tree,
263 listed in the Doxyfile configuration at the top of the source tree.
264
265 @section Gerrit Review System
266
267 All changes in the OpenOCD Git repository go through the web-based Gerrit
268 Code Review System:
269
270 @uref{http://openocd.zylin.com/}
271
272 After a one-time registration and repository setup, anyone can push commits
273 from their local Git repository directly into Gerrit.
274 All users and developers are encouraged to review, test, discuss and vote
275 for changes in Gerrit. The feedback provides the basis for a maintainer to
276 eventually submit the change to the main Git repository.
277
278 The @file{HACKING} file, also available as the Patch Guide in the Doxygen
279 Developer Manual, contains basic information about how to connect a
280 repository to Gerrit, prepare and push patches. Patch authors are expected to
281 maintain their changes while they're in Gerrit, respond to feedback and if
282 necessary rework and push improved versions of the change.
283
284 @section OpenOCD Developer Mailing List
285
286 The OpenOCD Developer Mailing List provides the primary means of
287 communication between developers:
288
289 @uref{https://lists.sourceforge.net/mailman/listinfo/openocd-devel}
290
291 @section OpenOCD Bug Database
292
293 During the 0.4.x release cycle the OpenOCD project team began
294 using Trac for its bug database:
295
296 @uref{https://sourceforge.net/apps/trac/openocd}
297
298
299 @node Debug Adapter Hardware
300 @chapter Debug Adapter Hardware
301 @cindex dongles
302 @cindex FTDI
303 @cindex wiggler
304 @cindex zy1000
305 @cindex printer port
306 @cindex USB Adapter
307 @cindex RTCK
308
309 Defined: @b{dongle}: A small device that plugs into a computer and serves as
310 an adapter .... [snip]
311
312 In the OpenOCD case, this generally refers to @b{a small adapter} that
313 attaches to your computer via USB or the parallel port. One
314 exception is the Ultimate Solutions ZY1000, packaged as a small box you
315 attach via an ethernet cable. The ZY1000 has the advantage that it does not
316 require any drivers to be installed on the developer PC. It also has
317 a built in web interface. It supports RTCK/RCLK or adaptive clocking
318 and has a built-in relay to power cycle targets remotely.
319
320
321 @section Choosing a Dongle
322
323 There are several things you should keep in mind when choosing a dongle.
324
325 @enumerate
326 @item @b{Transport} Does it support the kind of communication that you need?
327 OpenOCD focusses mostly on JTAG. Your version may also support
328 other ways to communicate with target devices.
329 @item @b{Voltage} What voltage is your target - 1.8, 2.8, 3.3, or 5V?
330 Does your dongle support it? You might need a level converter.
331 @item @b{Pinout} What pinout does your target board use?
332 Does your dongle support it? You may be able to use jumper
333 wires, or an "octopus" connector, to convert pinouts.
334 @item @b{Connection} Does your computer have the USB, parallel, or
335 Ethernet port needed?
336 @item @b{RTCK} Do you expect to use it with ARM chips and boards with
337 RTCK support (also known as ``adaptive clocking'')?
338 @end enumerate
339
340 @section Stand-alone JTAG Probe
341
342 The ZY1000 from Ultimate Solutions is technically not a dongle but a
343 stand-alone JTAG probe that, unlike most dongles, doesn't require any drivers
344 running on the developer's host computer.
345 Once installed on a network using DHCP or a static IP assignment, users can
346 access the ZY1000 probe locally or remotely from any host with access to the
347 IP address assigned to the probe.
348 The ZY1000 provides an intuitive web interface with direct access to the
349 OpenOCD debugger.
350 Users may also run a GDBSERVER directly on the ZY1000 to take full advantage
351 of GCC & GDB to debug any distribution of embedded Linux or NetBSD running on
352 the target.
353 The ZY1000 supports RTCK & RCLK or adaptive clocking and has a built-in relay
354 to power cycle the target remotely.
355
356 For more information, visit:
357
358 @b{ZY1000} See: @url{http://www.ultsol.com/index.php/component/content/article/8/210-zylin-zy1000-main}
359
360 @section USB FT2232 Based
361
362 There are many USB JTAG dongles on the market, many of them based
363 on a chip from ``Future Technology Devices International'' (FTDI)
364 known as the FTDI FT2232; this is a USB full speed (12 Mbps) chip.
365 See: @url{http://www.ftdichip.com} for more information.
366 In summer 2009, USB high speed (480 Mbps) versions of these FTDI
367 chips started to become available in JTAG adapters. Around 2012, a new
368 variant appeared - FT232H - this is a single-channel version of FT2232H.
369 (Adapters using those high speed FT2232H or FT232H chips may support adaptive
370 clocking.)
371
372 The FT2232 chips are flexible enough to support some other
373 transport options, such as SWD or the SPI variants used to
374 program some chips. They have two communications channels,
375 and one can be used for a UART adapter at the same time the
376 other one is used to provide a debug adapter.
377
378 Also, some development boards integrate an FT2232 chip to serve as
379 a built-in low-cost debug adapter and USB-to-serial solution.
380
381 @itemize @bullet
382 @item @b{usbjtag}
383 @* Link @url{http://elk.informatik.fh-augsburg.de/hhweb/doc/openocd/usbjtag/usbjtag.html}
384 @item @b{jtagkey}
385 @* See: @url{http://www.amontec.com/jtagkey.shtml}
386 @item @b{jtagkey2}
387 @* See: @url{http://www.amontec.com/jtagkey2.shtml}
388 @item @b{oocdlink}
389 @* See: @url{http://www.oocdlink.com} By Joern Kaipf
390 @item @b{signalyzer}
391 @* See: @url{http://www.signalyzer.com}
392 @item @b{Stellaris Eval Boards}
393 @* See: @url{http://www.ti.com} - The Stellaris eval boards
394 bundle FT2232-based JTAG and SWD support, which can be used to debug
395 the Stellaris chips. Using separate JTAG adapters is optional.
396 These boards can also be used in a "pass through" mode as JTAG adapters
397 to other target boards, disabling the Stellaris chip.
398 @item @b{TI/Luminary ICDI}
399 @* See: @url{http://www.ti.com} - TI/Luminary In-Circuit Debug
400 Interface (ICDI) Boards are included in Stellaris LM3S9B9x
401 Evaluation Kits. Like the non-detachable FT2232 support on the other
402 Stellaris eval boards, they can be used to debug other target boards.
403 @item @b{olimex-jtag}
404 @* See: @url{http://www.olimex.com}
405 @item @b{Flyswatter/Flyswatter2}
406 @* See: @url{http://www.tincantools.com}
407 @item @b{turtelizer2}
408 @* See:
409 @uref{http://www.ethernut.de/en/hardware/turtelizer/index.html, Turtelizer 2}, or
410 @url{http://www.ethernut.de}
411 @item @b{comstick}
412 @* Link: @url{http://www.hitex.com/index.php?id=383}
413 @item @b{stm32stick}
414 @* Link @url{http://www.hitex.com/stm32-stick}
415 @item @b{axm0432_jtag}
416 @* Axiom AXM-0432 Link @url{http://www.axman.com} - NOTE: This JTAG does not appear
417 to be available anymore as of April 2012.
418 @item @b{cortino}
419 @* Link @url{http://www.hitex.com/index.php?id=cortino}
420 @item @b{dlp-usb1232h}
421 @* Link @url{http://www.dlpdesign.com/usb/usb1232h.shtml}
422 @item @b{digilent-hs1}
423 @* Link @url{http://www.digilentinc.com/Products/Detail.cfm?Prod=JTAG-HS1}
424 @item @b{opendous}
425 @* Link @url{http://code.google.com/p/opendous/wiki/JTAG} FT2232H-based
426 (OpenHardware).
427 @item @b{JTAG-lock-pick Tiny 2}
428 @* Link @url{http://www.distortec.com/jtag-lock-pick-tiny-2} FT232H-based
429
430 @item @b{GW16042}
431 @* Link: @url{http://shop.gateworks.com/index.php?route=product/product&path=70_80&product_id=64}
432 FT2232H-based
433
434 @end itemize
435 @section USB-JTAG / Altera USB-Blaster compatibles
436
437 These devices also show up as FTDI devices, but are not
438 protocol-compatible with the FT2232 devices. They are, however,
439 protocol-compatible among themselves. USB-JTAG devices typically consist
440 of a FT245 followed by a CPLD that understands a particular protocol,
441 or emulates this protocol using some other hardware.
442
443 They may appear under different USB VID/PID depending on the particular
444 product. The driver can be configured to search for any VID/PID pair
445 (see the section on driver commands).
446
447 @itemize
448 @item @b{USB-JTAG} Kolja Waschk's USB Blaster-compatible adapter
449 @* Link: @url{http://ixo-jtag.sourceforge.net/}
450 @item @b{Altera USB-Blaster}
451 @* Link: @url{http://www.altera.com/literature/ug/ug_usb_blstr.pdf}
452 @end itemize
453
454 @section USB JLINK based
455 There are several OEM versions of the Segger @b{JLINK} adapter. It is
456 an example of a micro controller based JTAG adapter, it uses an
457 AT91SAM764 internally.
458
459 @itemize @bullet
460 @item @b{ATMEL SAMICE} Only works with ATMEL chips!
461 @* Link: @url{http://www.atmel.com/dyn/products/tools_card.asp?tool_id=3892}
462 @item @b{SEGGER JLINK}
463 @* Link: @url{http://www.segger.com/jlink.html}
464 @item @b{IAR J-Link}
465 @* Link: @url{http://www.iar.com/en/products/hardware-debug-probes/iar-j-link/}
466 @end itemize
467
468 @section USB RLINK based
469 Raisonance has an adapter called @b{RLink}. It exists in a stripped-down form on the STM32 Primer,
470 permanently attached to the JTAG lines. It also exists on the STM32 Primer2, but that is wired for
471 SWD and not JTAG, thus not supported.
472
473 @itemize @bullet
474 @item @b{Raisonance RLink}
475 @* Link: @url{http://www.mcu-raisonance.com/~rlink-debugger-programmer__microcontrollers__tool~tool__T018:4cn9ziz4bnx6.html}
476 @item @b{STM32 Primer}
477 @* Link: @url{http://www.stm32circle.com/resources/stm32primer.php}
478 @item @b{STM32 Primer2}
479 @* Link: @url{http://www.stm32circle.com/resources/stm32primer2.php}
480 @end itemize
481
482 @section USB ST-LINK based
483 ST Micro has an adapter called @b{ST-LINK}.
484 They only work with ST Micro chips, notably STM32 and STM8.
485
486 @itemize @bullet
487 @item @b{ST-LINK}
488 @* This is available standalone and as part of some kits, eg. STM32VLDISCOVERY.
489 @* Link: @url{http://www.st.com/internet/evalboard/product/219866.jsp}
490 @item @b{ST-LINK/V2}
491 @* This is available standalone and as part of some kits, eg. STM32F4DISCOVERY.
492 @* Link: @url{http://www.st.com/internet/evalboard/product/251168.jsp}
493 @end itemize
494
495 For info the original ST-LINK enumerates using the mass storage usb class; however,
496 its implementation is completely broken. The result is this causes issues under Linux.
497 The simplest solution is to get Linux to ignore the ST-LINK using one of the following methods:
498 @itemize @bullet
499 @item modprobe -r usb-storage && modprobe usb-storage quirks=483:3744:i
500 @item add "options usb-storage quirks=483:3744:i" to /etc/modprobe.conf
501 @end itemize
502
503 @section USB TI/Stellaris ICDI based
504 Texas Instruments has an adapter called @b{ICDI}.
505 It is not to be confused with the FTDI based adapters that were originally fitted to their
506 evaluation boards. This is the adapter fitted to the Stellaris LaunchPad.
507
508 @section USB CMSIS-DAP based
509 ARM has released a interface standard called CMSIS-DAP that simplifies connecting
510 debuggers to ARM Cortex based targets @url{http://www.keil.com/support/man/docs/dapdebug/dapdebug_introduction.htm}.
511
512 @section USB Other
513 @itemize @bullet
514 @item @b{USBprog}
515 @* Link: @url{http://shop.embedded-projects.net/} - which uses an Atmel MEGA32 and a UBN9604
516
517 @item @b{USB - Presto}
518 @* Link: @url{http://tools.asix.net/prg_presto.htm}
519
520 @item @b{Versaloon-Link}
521 @* Link: @url{http://www.versaloon.com}
522
523 @item @b{ARM-JTAG-EW}
524 @* Link: @url{http://www.olimex.com/dev/arm-jtag-ew.html}
525
526 @item @b{Buspirate}
527 @* Link: @url{http://dangerousprototypes.com/bus-pirate-manual/}
528
529 @item @b{opendous}
530 @* Link: @url{http://code.google.com/p/opendous-jtag/} - which uses an AT90USB162
531
532 @item @b{estick}
533 @* Link: @url{http://code.google.com/p/estick-jtag/}
534
535 @item @b{Keil ULINK v1}
536 @* Link: @url{http://www.keil.com/ulink1/}
537 @end itemize
538
539 @section IBM PC Parallel Printer Port Based
540
541 The two well-known ``JTAG Parallel Ports'' cables are the Xilinx DLC5
542 and the Macraigor Wiggler. There are many clones and variations of
543 these on the market.
544
545 Note that parallel ports are becoming much less common, so if you
546 have the choice you should probably avoid these adapters in favor
547 of USB-based ones.
548
549 @itemize @bullet
550
551 @item @b{Wiggler} - There are many clones of this.
552 @* Link: @url{http://www.macraigor.com/wiggler.htm}
553
554 @item @b{DLC5} - From XILINX - There are many clones of this
555 @* Link: Search the web for: ``XILINX DLC5'' - it is no longer
556 produced, PDF schematics are easily found and it is easy to make.
557
558 @item @b{Amontec - JTAG Accelerator}
559 @* Link: @url{http://www.amontec.com/jtag_accelerator.shtml}
560
561 @item @b{Wiggler2}
562 @* Link: @url{http://www.ccac.rwth-aachen.de/~michaels/index.php/hardware/armjtag}
563
564 @item @b{Wiggler_ntrst_inverted}
565 @* Yet another variation - See the source code, src/jtag/parport.c
566
567 @item @b{old_amt_wiggler}
568 @* Unknown - probably not on the market today
569
570 @item @b{arm-jtag}
571 @* Link: Most likely @url{http://www.olimex.com/dev/arm-jtag.html} [another wiggler clone]
572
573 @item @b{chameleon}
574 @* Link: @url{http://www.amontec.com/chameleon.shtml}
575
576 @item @b{Triton}
577 @* Unknown.
578
579 @item @b{Lattice}
580 @* ispDownload from Lattice Semiconductor
581 @url{http://www.latticesemi.com/lit/docs/@/devtools/dlcable.pdf}
582
583 @item @b{flashlink}
584 @* From ST Microsystems;
585 @* Link: @url{http://www.st.com/internet/com/TECHNICAL_RESOURCES/TECHNICAL_LITERATURE/DATA_BRIEF/DM00039500.pdf}
586
587 @end itemize
588
589 @section Other...
590 @itemize @bullet
591
592 @item @b{ep93xx}
593 @* An EP93xx based Linux machine using the GPIO pins directly.
594
595 @item @b{at91rm9200}
596 @* Like the EP93xx - but an ATMEL AT91RM9200 based solution using the GPIO pins on the chip.
597
598 @item @b{bcm2835gpio}
599 @* A BCM2835-based board (e.g. Raspberry Pi) using the GPIO pins of the expansion header.
600
601 @item @b{jtag_vpi}
602 @* A JTAG driver acting as a client for the JTAG VPI server interface.
603 @* Link: @url{http://github.com/fjullien/jtag_vpi}
604
605 @end itemize
606
607 @node About Jim-Tcl
608 @chapter About Jim-Tcl
609 @cindex Jim-Tcl
610 @cindex tcl
611
612 OpenOCD uses a small ``Tcl Interpreter'' known as Jim-Tcl.
613 This programming language provides a simple and extensible
614 command interpreter.
615
616 All commands presented in this Guide are extensions to Jim-Tcl.
617 You can use them as simple commands, without needing to learn
618 much of anything about Tcl.
619 Alternatively, you can write Tcl programs with them.
620
621 You can learn more about Jim at its website, @url{http://jim.tcl.tk}.
622 There is an active and responsive community, get on the mailing list
623 if you have any questions. Jim-Tcl maintainers also lurk on the
624 OpenOCD mailing list.
625
626 @itemize @bullet
627 @item @b{Jim vs. Tcl}
628 @* Jim-Tcl is a stripped down version of the well known Tcl language,
629 which can be found here: @url{http://www.tcl.tk}. Jim-Tcl has far
630 fewer features. Jim-Tcl is several dozens of .C files and .H files and
631 implements the basic Tcl command set. In contrast: Tcl 8.6 is a
632 4.2 MB .zip file containing 1540 files.
633
634 @item @b{Missing Features}
635 @* Our practice has been: Add/clone the real Tcl feature if/when
636 needed. We welcome Jim-Tcl improvements, not bloat. Also there
637 are a large number of optional Jim-Tcl features that are not
638 enabled in OpenOCD.
639
640 @item @b{Scripts}
641 @* OpenOCD configuration scripts are Jim-Tcl Scripts. OpenOCD's
642 command interpreter today is a mixture of (newer)
643 Jim-Tcl commands, and the (older) original command interpreter.
644
645 @item @b{Commands}
646 @* At the OpenOCD telnet command line (or via the GDB monitor command) one
647 can type a Tcl for() loop, set variables, etc.
648 Some of the commands documented in this guide are implemented
649 as Tcl scripts, from a @file{startup.tcl} file internal to the server.
650
651 @item @b{Historical Note}
652 @* Jim-Tcl was introduced to OpenOCD in spring 2008. Fall 2010,
653 before OpenOCD 0.5 release, OpenOCD switched to using Jim-Tcl
654 as a Git submodule, which greatly simplified upgrading Jim-Tcl
655 to benefit from new features and bugfixes in Jim-Tcl.
656
657 @item @b{Need a crash course in Tcl?}
658 @*@xref{Tcl Crash Course}.
659 @end itemize
660
661 @node Running
662 @chapter Running
663 @cindex command line options
664 @cindex logfile
665 @cindex directory search
666
667 Properly installing OpenOCD sets up your operating system to grant it access
668 to the debug adapters. On Linux, this usually involves installing a file
669 in @file{/etc/udev/rules.d,} so OpenOCD has permissions. An example rules file
670 that works for many common adapters is shipped with OpenOCD in the
671 @file{contrib} directory. MS-Windows needs
672 complex and confusing driver configuration for every peripheral. Such issues
673 are unique to each operating system, and are not detailed in this User's Guide.
674
675 Then later you will invoke the OpenOCD server, with various options to
676 tell it how each debug session should work.
677 The @option{--help} option shows:
678 @verbatim
679 bash$ openocd --help
680
681 --help | -h display this help
682 --version | -v display OpenOCD version
683 --file | -f use configuration file <name>
684 --search | -s dir to search for config files and scripts
685 --debug | -d set debug level <0-3>
686 --log_output | -l redirect log output to file <name>
687 --command | -c run <command>
688 @end verbatim
689
690 If you don't give any @option{-f} or @option{-c} options,
691 OpenOCD tries to read the configuration file @file{openocd.cfg}.
692 To specify one or more different
693 configuration files, use @option{-f} options. For example:
694
695 @example
696 openocd -f config1.cfg -f config2.cfg -f config3.cfg
697 @end example
698
699 Configuration files and scripts are searched for in
700 @enumerate
701 @item the current directory,
702 @item any search dir specified on the command line using the @option{-s} option,
703 @item any search dir specified using the @command{add_script_search_dir} command,
704 @item @file{$HOME/.openocd} (not on Windows),
705 @item the site wide script library @file{$pkgdatadir/site} and
706 @item the OpenOCD-supplied script library @file{$pkgdatadir/scripts}.
707 @end enumerate
708 The first found file with a matching file name will be used.
709
710 @quotation Note
711 Don't try to use configuration script names or paths which
712 include the "#" character. That character begins Tcl comments.
713 @end quotation
714
715 @section Simple setup, no customization
716
717 In the best case, you can use two scripts from one of the script
718 libraries, hook up your JTAG adapter, and start the server ... and
719 your JTAG setup will just work "out of the box". Always try to
720 start by reusing those scripts, but assume you'll need more
721 customization even if this works. @xref{OpenOCD Project Setup}.
722
723 If you find a script for your JTAG adapter, and for your board or
724 target, you may be able to hook up your JTAG adapter then start
725 the server with some variation of one of the following:
726
727 @example
728 openocd -f interface/ADAPTER.cfg -f board/MYBOARD.cfg
729 openocd -f interface/ftdi/ADAPTER.cfg -f board/MYBOARD.cfg
730 @end example
731
732 You might also need to configure which reset signals are present,
733 using @option{-c 'reset_config trst_and_srst'} or something similar.
734 If all goes well you'll see output something like
735
736 @example
737 Open On-Chip Debugger 0.4.0 (2010-01-14-15:06)
738 For bug reports, read
739 http://openocd.sourceforge.net/doc/doxygen/bugs.html
740 Info : JTAG tap: lm3s.cpu tap/device found: 0x3ba00477
741 (mfg: 0x23b, part: 0xba00, ver: 0x3)
742 @end example
743
744 Seeing that "tap/device found" message, and no warnings, means
745 the JTAG communication is working. That's a key milestone, but
746 you'll probably need more project-specific setup.
747
748 @section What OpenOCD does as it starts
749
750 OpenOCD starts by processing the configuration commands provided
751 on the command line or, if there were no @option{-c command} or
752 @option{-f file.cfg} options given, in @file{openocd.cfg}.
753 @xref{configurationstage,,Configuration Stage}.
754 At the end of the configuration stage it verifies the JTAG scan
755 chain defined using those commands; your configuration should
756 ensure that this always succeeds.
757 Normally, OpenOCD then starts running as a daemon.
758 Alternatively, commands may be used to terminate the configuration
759 stage early, perform work (such as updating some flash memory),
760 and then shut down without acting as a daemon.
761
762 Once OpenOCD starts running as a daemon, it waits for connections from
763 clients (Telnet, GDB, Other) and processes the commands issued through
764 those channels.
765
766 If you are having problems, you can enable internal debug messages via
767 the @option{-d} option.
768
769 Also it is possible to interleave Jim-Tcl commands w/config scripts using the
770 @option{-c} command line switch.
771
772 To enable debug output (when reporting problems or working on OpenOCD
773 itself), use the @option{-d} command line switch. This sets the
774 @option{debug_level} to "3", outputting the most information,
775 including debug messages. The default setting is "2", outputting only
776 informational messages, warnings and errors. You can also change this
777 setting from within a telnet or gdb session using @command{debug_level<n>}
778 (@pxref{debuglevel,,debug_level}).
779
780 You can redirect all output from the daemon to a file using the
781 @option{-l <logfile>} switch.
782
783 Note! OpenOCD will launch the GDB & telnet server even if it can not
784 establish a connection with the target. In general, it is possible for
785 the JTAG controller to be unresponsive until the target is set up
786 correctly via e.g. GDB monitor commands in a GDB init script.
787
788 @node OpenOCD Project Setup
789 @chapter OpenOCD Project Setup
790
791 To use OpenOCD with your development projects, you need to do more than
792 just connect the JTAG adapter hardware (dongle) to your development board
793 and start the OpenOCD server.
794 You also need to configure your OpenOCD server so that it knows
795 about your adapter and board, and helps your work.
796 You may also want to connect OpenOCD to GDB, possibly
797 using Eclipse or some other GUI.
798
799 @section Hooking up the JTAG Adapter
800
801 Today's most common case is a dongle with a JTAG cable on one side
802 (such as a ribbon cable with a 10-pin or 20-pin IDC connector)
803 and a USB cable on the other.
804 Instead of USB, some cables use Ethernet;
805 older ones may use a PC parallel port, or even a serial port.
806
807 @enumerate
808 @item @emph{Start with power to your target board turned off},
809 and nothing connected to your JTAG adapter.
810 If you're particularly paranoid, unplug power to the board.
811 It's important to have the ground signal properly set up,
812 unless you are using a JTAG adapter which provides
813 galvanic isolation between the target board and the
814 debugging host.
815
816 @item @emph{Be sure it's the right kind of JTAG connector.}
817 If your dongle has a 20-pin ARM connector, you need some kind
818 of adapter (or octopus, see below) to hook it up to
819 boards using 14-pin or 10-pin connectors ... or to 20-pin
820 connectors which don't use ARM's pinout.
821
822 In the same vein, make sure the voltage levels are compatible.
823 Not all JTAG adapters have the level shifters needed to work
824 with 1.2 Volt boards.
825
826 @item @emph{Be certain the cable is properly oriented} or you might
827 damage your board. In most cases there are only two possible
828 ways to connect the cable.
829 Connect the JTAG cable from your adapter to the board.
830 Be sure it's firmly connected.
831
832 In the best case, the connector is keyed to physically
833 prevent you from inserting it wrong.
834 This is most often done using a slot on the board's male connector
835 housing, which must match a key on the JTAG cable's female connector.
836 If there's no housing, then you must look carefully and
837 make sure pin 1 on the cable hooks up to pin 1 on the board.
838 Ribbon cables are frequently all grey except for a wire on one
839 edge, which is red. The red wire is pin 1.
840
841 Sometimes dongles provide cables where one end is an ``octopus'' of
842 color coded single-wire connectors, instead of a connector block.
843 These are great when converting from one JTAG pinout to another,
844 but are tedious to set up.
845 Use these with connector pinout diagrams to help you match up the
846 adapter signals to the right board pins.
847
848 @item @emph{Connect the adapter's other end} once the JTAG cable is connected.
849 A USB, parallel, or serial port connector will go to the host which
850 you are using to run OpenOCD.
851 For Ethernet, consult the documentation and your network administrator.
852
853 For USB-based JTAG adapters you have an easy sanity check at this point:
854 does the host operating system see the JTAG adapter? If you're running
855 Linux, try the @command{lsusb} command. If that host is an
856 MS-Windows host, you'll need to install a driver before OpenOCD works.
857
858 @item @emph{Connect the adapter's power supply, if needed.}
859 This step is primarily for non-USB adapters,
860 but sometimes USB adapters need extra power.
861
862 @item @emph{Power up the target board.}
863 Unless you just let the magic smoke escape,
864 you're now ready to set up the OpenOCD server
865 so you can use JTAG to work with that board.
866
867 @end enumerate
868
869 Talk with the OpenOCD server using
870 telnet (@code{telnet localhost 4444} on many systems) or GDB.
871 @xref{GDB and OpenOCD}.
872
873 @section Project Directory
874
875 There are many ways you can configure OpenOCD and start it up.
876
877 A simple way to organize them all involves keeping a
878 single directory for your work with a given board.
879 When you start OpenOCD from that directory,
880 it searches there first for configuration files, scripts,
881 files accessed through semihosting,
882 and for code you upload to the target board.
883 It is also the natural place to write files,
884 such as log files and data you download from the board.
885
886 @section Configuration Basics
887
888 There are two basic ways of configuring OpenOCD, and
889 a variety of ways you can mix them.
890 Think of the difference as just being how you start the server:
891
892 @itemize
893 @item Many @option{-f file} or @option{-c command} options on the command line
894 @item No options, but a @dfn{user config file}
895 in the current directory named @file{openocd.cfg}
896 @end itemize
897
898 Here is an example @file{openocd.cfg} file for a setup
899 using a Signalyzer FT2232-based JTAG adapter to talk to
900 a board with an Atmel AT91SAM7X256 microcontroller:
901
902 @example
903 source [find interface/signalyzer.cfg]
904
905 # GDB can also flash my flash!
906 gdb_memory_map enable
907 gdb_flash_program enable
908
909 source [find target/sam7x256.cfg]
910 @end example
911
912 Here is the command line equivalent of that configuration:
913
914 @example
915 openocd -f interface/signalyzer.cfg \
916 -c "gdb_memory_map enable" \
917 -c "gdb_flash_program enable" \
918 -f target/sam7x256.cfg
919 @end example
920
921 You could wrap such long command lines in shell scripts,
922 each supporting a different development task.
923 One might re-flash the board with a specific firmware version.
924 Another might set up a particular debugging or run-time environment.
925
926 @quotation Important
927 At this writing (October 2009) the command line method has
928 problems with how it treats variables.
929 For example, after @option{-c "set VAR value"}, or doing the
930 same in a script, the variable @var{VAR} will have no value
931 that can be tested in a later script.
932 @end quotation
933
934 Here we will focus on the simpler solution: one user config
935 file, including basic configuration plus any TCL procedures
936 to simplify your work.
937
938 @section User Config Files
939 @cindex config file, user
940 @cindex user config file
941 @cindex config file, overview
942
943 A user configuration file ties together all the parts of a project
944 in one place.
945 One of the following will match your situation best:
946
947 @itemize
948 @item Ideally almost everything comes from configuration files
949 provided by someone else.
950 For example, OpenOCD distributes a @file{scripts} directory
951 (probably in @file{/usr/share/openocd/scripts} on Linux).
952 Board and tool vendors can provide these too, as can individual
953 user sites; the @option{-s} command line option lets you say
954 where to find these files. (@xref{Running}.)
955 The AT91SAM7X256 example above works this way.
956
957 Three main types of non-user configuration file each have their
958 own subdirectory in the @file{scripts} directory:
959
960 @enumerate
961 @item @b{interface} -- one for each different debug adapter;
962 @item @b{board} -- one for each different board
963 @item @b{target} -- the chips which integrate CPUs and other JTAG TAPs
964 @end enumerate
965
966 Best case: include just two files, and they handle everything else.
967 The first is an interface config file.
968 The second is board-specific, and it sets up the JTAG TAPs and
969 their GDB targets (by deferring to some @file{target.cfg} file),
970 declares all flash memory, and leaves you nothing to do except
971 meet your deadline:
972
973 @example
974 source [find interface/olimex-jtag-tiny.cfg]
975 source [find board/csb337.cfg]
976 @end example
977
978 Boards with a single microcontroller often won't need more
979 than the target config file, as in the AT91SAM7X256 example.
980 That's because there is no external memory (flash, DDR RAM), and
981 the board differences are encapsulated by application code.
982
983 @item Maybe you don't know yet what your board looks like to JTAG.
984 Once you know the @file{interface.cfg} file to use, you may
985 need help from OpenOCD to discover what's on the board.
986 Once you find the JTAG TAPs, you can just search for appropriate
987 target and board
988 configuration files ... or write your own, from the bottom up.
989 @xref{autoprobing,,Autoprobing}.
990
991 @item You can often reuse some standard config files but
992 need to write a few new ones, probably a @file{board.cfg} file.
993 You will be using commands described later in this User's Guide,
994 and working with the guidelines in the next chapter.
995
996 For example, there may be configuration files for your JTAG adapter
997 and target chip, but you need a new board-specific config file
998 giving access to your particular flash chips.
999 Or you might need to write another target chip configuration file
1000 for a new chip built around the Cortex M3 core.
1001
1002 @quotation Note
1003 When you write new configuration files, please submit
1004 them for inclusion in the next OpenOCD release.
1005 For example, a @file{board/newboard.cfg} file will help the
1006 next users of that board, and a @file{target/newcpu.cfg}
1007 will help support users of any board using that chip.
1008 @end quotation
1009
1010 @item
1011 You may may need to write some C code.
1012 It may be as simple as supporting a new FT2232 or parport
1013 based adapter; a bit more involved, like a NAND or NOR flash
1014 controller driver; or a big piece of work like supporting
1015 a new chip architecture.
1016 @end itemize
1017
1018 Reuse the existing config files when you can.
1019 Look first in the @file{scripts/boards} area, then @file{scripts/targets}.
1020 You may find a board configuration that's a good example to follow.
1021
1022 When you write config files, separate the reusable parts
1023 (things every user of that interface, chip, or board needs)
1024 from ones specific to your environment and debugging approach.
1025 @itemize
1026
1027 @item
1028 For example, a @code{gdb-attach} event handler that invokes
1029 the @command{reset init} command will interfere with debugging
1030 early boot code, which performs some of the same actions
1031 that the @code{reset-init} event handler does.
1032
1033 @item
1034 Likewise, the @command{arm9 vector_catch} command (or
1035 @cindex vector_catch
1036 its siblings @command{xscale vector_catch}
1037 and @command{cortex_m vector_catch}) can be a timesaver
1038 during some debug sessions, but don't make everyone use that either.
1039 Keep those kinds of debugging aids in your user config file,
1040 along with messaging and tracing setup.
1041 (@xref{softwaredebugmessagesandtracing,,Software Debug Messages and Tracing}.)
1042
1043 @item
1044 You might need to override some defaults.
1045 For example, you might need to move, shrink, or back up the target's
1046 work area if your application needs much SRAM.
1047
1048 @item
1049 TCP/IP port configuration is another example of something which
1050 is environment-specific, and should only appear in
1051 a user config file. @xref{tcpipports,,TCP/IP Ports}.
1052 @end itemize
1053
1054 @section Project-Specific Utilities
1055
1056 A few project-specific utility
1057 routines may well speed up your work.
1058 Write them, and keep them in your project's user config file.
1059
1060 For example, if you are making a boot loader work on a
1061 board, it's nice to be able to debug the ``after it's
1062 loaded to RAM'' parts separately from the finicky early
1063 code which sets up the DDR RAM controller and clocks.
1064 A script like this one, or a more GDB-aware sibling,
1065 may help:
1066
1067 @example
1068 proc ramboot @{ @} @{
1069 # Reset, running the target's "reset-init" scripts
1070 # to initialize clocks and the DDR RAM controller.
1071 # Leave the CPU halted.
1072 reset init
1073
1074 # Load CONFIG_SKIP_LOWLEVEL_INIT version into DDR RAM.
1075 load_image u-boot.bin 0x20000000
1076
1077 # Start running.
1078 resume 0x20000000
1079 @}
1080 @end example
1081
1082 Then once that code is working you will need to make it
1083 boot from NOR flash; a different utility would help.
1084 Alternatively, some developers write to flash using GDB.
1085 (You might use a similar script if you're working with a flash
1086 based microcontroller application instead of a boot loader.)
1087
1088 @example
1089 proc newboot @{ @} @{
1090 # Reset, leaving the CPU halted. The "reset-init" event
1091 # proc gives faster access to the CPU and to NOR flash;
1092 # "reset halt" would be slower.
1093 reset init
1094
1095 # Write standard version of U-Boot into the first two
1096 # sectors of NOR flash ... the standard version should
1097 # do the same lowlevel init as "reset-init".
1098 flash protect 0 0 1 off
1099 flash erase_sector 0 0 1
1100 flash write_bank 0 u-boot.bin 0x0
1101 flash protect 0 0 1 on
1102
1103 # Reboot from scratch using that new boot loader.
1104 reset run
1105 @}
1106 @end example
1107
1108 You may need more complicated utility procedures when booting
1109 from NAND.
1110 That often involves an extra bootloader stage,
1111 running from on-chip SRAM to perform DDR RAM setup so it can load
1112 the main bootloader code (which won't fit into that SRAM).
1113
1114 Other helper scripts might be used to write production system images,
1115 involving considerably more than just a three stage bootloader.
1116
1117 @section Target Software Changes
1118
1119 Sometimes you may want to make some small changes to the software
1120 you're developing, to help make JTAG debugging work better.
1121 For example, in C or assembly language code you might
1122 use @code{#ifdef JTAG_DEBUG} (or its converse) around code
1123 handling issues like:
1124
1125 @itemize @bullet
1126
1127 @item @b{Watchdog Timers}...
1128 Watchog timers are typically used to automatically reset systems if
1129 some application task doesn't periodically reset the timer. (The
1130 assumption is that the system has locked up if the task can't run.)
1131 When a JTAG debugger halts the system, that task won't be able to run
1132 and reset the timer ... potentially causing resets in the middle of
1133 your debug sessions.
1134
1135 It's rarely a good idea to disable such watchdogs, since their usage
1136 needs to be debugged just like all other parts of your firmware.
1137 That might however be your only option.
1138
1139 Look instead for chip-specific ways to stop the watchdog from counting
1140 while the system is in a debug halt state. It may be simplest to set
1141 that non-counting mode in your debugger startup scripts. You may however
1142 need a different approach when, for example, a motor could be physically
1143 damaged by firmware remaining inactive in a debug halt state. That might
1144 involve a type of firmware mode where that "non-counting" mode is disabled
1145 at the beginning then re-enabled at the end; a watchdog reset might fire
1146 and complicate the debug session, but hardware (or people) would be
1147 protected.@footnote{Note that many systems support a "monitor mode" debug
1148 that is a somewhat cleaner way to address such issues. You can think of
1149 it as only halting part of the system, maybe just one task,
1150 instead of the whole thing.
1151 At this writing, January 2010, OpenOCD based debugging does not support
1152 monitor mode debug, only "halt mode" debug.}
1153
1154 @item @b{ARM Semihosting}...
1155 @cindex ARM semihosting
1156 When linked with a special runtime library provided with many
1157 toolchains@footnote{See chapter 8 "Semihosting" in
1158 @uref{http://infocenter.arm.com/help/topic/com.arm.doc.dui0203i/DUI0203I_rvct_developer_guide.pdf,
1159 ARM DUI 0203I}, the "RealView Compilation Tools Developer Guide".
1160 The CodeSourcery EABI toolchain also includes a semihosting library.},
1161 your target code can use I/O facilities on the debug host. That library
1162 provides a small set of system calls which are handled by OpenOCD.
1163 It can let the debugger provide your system console and a file system,
1164 helping with early debugging or providing a more capable environment
1165 for sometimes-complex tasks like installing system firmware onto
1166 NAND or SPI flash.
1167
1168 @item @b{ARM Wait-For-Interrupt}...
1169 Many ARM chips synchronize the JTAG clock using the core clock.
1170 Low power states which stop that core clock thus prevent JTAG access.
1171 Idle loops in tasking environments often enter those low power states
1172 via the @code{WFI} instruction (or its coprocessor equivalent, before ARMv7).
1173
1174 You may want to @emph{disable that instruction} in source code,
1175 or otherwise prevent using that state,
1176 to ensure you can get JTAG access at any time.@footnote{As a more
1177 polite alternative, some processors have special debug-oriented
1178 registers which can be used to change various features including
1179 how the low power states are clocked while debugging.
1180 The STM32 DBGMCU_CR register is an example; at the cost of extra
1181 power consumption, JTAG can be used during low power states.}
1182 For example, the OpenOCD @command{halt} command may not
1183 work for an idle processor otherwise.
1184
1185 @item @b{Delay after reset}...
1186 Not all chips have good support for debugger access
1187 right after reset; many LPC2xxx chips have issues here.
1188 Similarly, applications that reconfigure pins used for
1189 JTAG access as they start will also block debugger access.
1190
1191 To work with boards like this, @emph{enable a short delay loop}
1192 the first thing after reset, before "real" startup activities.
1193 For example, one second's delay is usually more than enough
1194 time for a JTAG debugger to attach, so that
1195 early code execution can be debugged
1196 or firmware can be replaced.
1197
1198 @item @b{Debug Communications Channel (DCC)}...
1199 Some processors include mechanisms to send messages over JTAG.
1200 Many ARM cores support these, as do some cores from other vendors.
1201 (OpenOCD may be able to use this DCC internally, speeding up some
1202 operations like writing to memory.)
1203
1204 Your application may want to deliver various debugging messages
1205 over JTAG, by @emph{linking with a small library of code}
1206 provided with OpenOCD and using the utilities there to send
1207 various kinds of message.
1208 @xref{softwaredebugmessagesandtracing,,Software Debug Messages and Tracing}.
1209
1210 @end itemize
1211
1212 @section Target Hardware Setup
1213
1214 Chip vendors often provide software development boards which
1215 are highly configurable, so that they can support all options
1216 that product boards may require. @emph{Make sure that any
1217 jumpers or switches match the system configuration you are
1218 working with.}
1219
1220 Common issues include:
1221
1222 @itemize @bullet
1223
1224 @item @b{JTAG setup} ...
1225 Boards may support more than one JTAG configuration.
1226 Examples include jumpers controlling pullups versus pulldowns
1227 on the nTRST and/or nSRST signals, and choice of connectors
1228 (e.g. which of two headers on the base board,
1229 or one from a daughtercard).
1230 For some Texas Instruments boards, you may need to jumper the
1231 EMU0 and EMU1 signals (which OpenOCD won't currently control).
1232
1233 @item @b{Boot Modes} ...
1234 Complex chips often support multiple boot modes, controlled
1235 by external jumpers. Make sure this is set up correctly.
1236 For example many i.MX boards from NXP need to be jumpered
1237 to "ATX mode" to start booting using the on-chip ROM, when
1238 using second stage bootloader code stored in a NAND flash chip.
1239
1240 Such explicit configuration is common, and not limited to
1241 booting from NAND. You might also need to set jumpers to
1242 start booting using code loaded from an MMC/SD card; external
1243 SPI flash; Ethernet, UART, or USB links; NOR flash; OneNAND
1244 flash; some external host; or various other sources.
1245
1246
1247 @item @b{Memory Addressing} ...
1248 Boards which support multiple boot modes may also have jumpers
1249 to configure memory addressing. One board, for example, jumpers
1250 external chipselect 0 (used for booting) to address either
1251 a large SRAM (which must be pre-loaded via JTAG), NOR flash,
1252 or NAND flash. When it's jumpered to address NAND flash, that
1253 board must also be told to start booting from on-chip ROM.
1254
1255 Your @file{board.cfg} file may also need to be told this jumper
1256 configuration, so that it can know whether to declare NOR flash
1257 using @command{flash bank} or instead declare NAND flash with
1258 @command{nand device}; and likewise which probe to perform in
1259 its @code{reset-init} handler.
1260
1261 A closely related issue is bus width. Jumpers might need to
1262 distinguish between 8 bit or 16 bit bus access for the flash
1263 used to start booting.
1264
1265 @item @b{Peripheral Access} ...
1266 Development boards generally provide access to every peripheral
1267 on the chip, sometimes in multiple modes (such as by providing
1268 multiple audio codec chips).
1269 This interacts with software
1270 configuration of pin multiplexing, where for example a
1271 given pin may be routed either to the MMC/SD controller
1272 or the GPIO controller. It also often interacts with
1273 configuration jumpers. One jumper may be used to route
1274 signals to an MMC/SD card slot or an expansion bus (which
1275 might in turn affect booting); others might control which
1276 audio or video codecs are used.
1277
1278 @end itemize
1279
1280 Plus you should of course have @code{reset-init} event handlers
1281 which set up the hardware to match that jumper configuration.
1282 That includes in particular any oscillator or PLL used to clock
1283 the CPU, and any memory controllers needed to access external
1284 memory and peripherals. Without such handlers, you won't be
1285 able to access those resources without working target firmware
1286 which can do that setup ... this can be awkward when you're
1287 trying to debug that target firmware. Even if there's a ROM
1288 bootloader which handles a few issues, it rarely provides full
1289 access to all board-specific capabilities.
1290
1291
1292 @node Config File Guidelines
1293 @chapter Config File Guidelines
1294
1295 This chapter is aimed at any user who needs to write a config file,
1296 including developers and integrators of OpenOCD and any user who
1297 needs to get a new board working smoothly.
1298 It provides guidelines for creating those files.
1299
1300 You should find the following directories under @t{$(INSTALLDIR)/scripts},
1301 with files including the ones listed here.
1302 Use them as-is where you can; or as models for new files.
1303 @itemize @bullet
1304 @item @file{interface} ...
1305 These are for debug adapters.
1306 Files that configure JTAG adapters go here.
1307 @example
1308 $ ls interface -R
1309 interface/:
1310 altera-usb-blaster.cfg hilscher_nxhx50_re.cfg openocd-usb-hs.cfg
1311 arm-jtag-ew.cfg hitex_str9-comstick.cfg openrd.cfg
1312 at91rm9200.cfg icebear.cfg osbdm.cfg
1313 axm0432.cfg jlink.cfg parport.cfg
1314 busblaster.cfg jtagkey2.cfg parport_dlc5.cfg
1315 buspirate.cfg jtagkey2p.cfg redbee-econotag.cfg
1316 calao-usb-a9260-c01.cfg jtagkey.cfg redbee-usb.cfg
1317 calao-usb-a9260-c02.cfg jtagkey-tiny.cfg rlink.cfg
1318 calao-usb-a9260.cfg jtag-lock-pick_tiny_2.cfg sheevaplug.cfg
1319 chameleon.cfg kt-link.cfg signalyzer.cfg
1320 cortino.cfg lisa-l.cfg signalyzer-h2.cfg
1321 digilent-hs1.cfg luminary.cfg signalyzer-h4.cfg
1322 dlp-usb1232h.cfg luminary-icdi.cfg signalyzer-lite.cfg
1323 dummy.cfg luminary-lm3s811.cfg stlink-v1.cfg
1324 estick.cfg minimodule.cfg stlink-v2.cfg
1325 flashlink.cfg neodb.cfg stm32-stick.cfg
1326 flossjtag.cfg ngxtech.cfg sysfsgpio-raspberrypi.cfg
1327 flossjtag-noeeprom.cfg olimex-arm-usb-ocd.cfg ti-icdi.cfg
1328 flyswatter2.cfg olimex-arm-usb-ocd-h.cfg turtelizer2.cfg
1329 flyswatter.cfg olimex-arm-usb-tiny-h.cfg ulink.cfg
1330 ftdi olimex-jtag-tiny.cfg usb-jtag.cfg
1331 hilscher_nxhx10_etm.cfg oocdlink.cfg usbprog.cfg
1332 hilscher_nxhx500_etm.cfg opendous.cfg vpaclink.cfg
1333 hilscher_nxhx500_re.cfg opendous_ftdi.cfg vsllink.cfg
1334 hilscher_nxhx50_etm.cfg openocd-usb.cfg xds100v2.cfg
1335
1336 interface/ftdi:
1337 axm0432.cfg hitex_str9-comstick.cfg olimex-jtag-tiny.cfg
1338 calao-usb-a9260-c01.cfg icebear.cfg oocdlink.cfg
1339 calao-usb-a9260-c02.cfg jtagkey2.cfg opendous_ftdi.cfg
1340 cortino.cfg jtagkey2p.cfg openocd-usb.cfg
1341 dlp-usb1232h.cfg jtagkey.cfg openocd-usb-hs.cfg
1342 dp_busblaster.cfg jtag-lock-pick_tiny_2.cfg openrd.cfg
1343 flossjtag.cfg kt-link.cfg redbee-econotag.cfg
1344 flossjtag-noeeprom.cfg lisa-l.cfg redbee-usb.cfg
1345 flyswatter2.cfg luminary.cfg sheevaplug.cfg
1346 flyswatter.cfg luminary-icdi.cfg signalyzer.cfg
1347 gw16042.cfg luminary-lm3s811.cfg signalyzer-lite.cfg
1348 hilscher_nxhx10_etm.cfg minimodule.cfg stm32-stick.cfg
1349 hilscher_nxhx500_etm.cfg neodb.cfg turtelizer2-revB.cfg
1350 hilscher_nxhx500_re.cfg ngxtech.cfg turtelizer2-revC.cfg
1351 hilscher_nxhx50_etm.cfg olimex-arm-usb-ocd.cfg vpaclink.cfg
1352 hilscher_nxhx50_re.cfg olimex-arm-usb-ocd-h.cfg xds100v2.cfg
1353 hitex_lpc1768stick.cfg olimex-arm-usb-tiny-h.cfg
1354 $
1355 @end example
1356 @item @file{board} ...
1357 think Circuit Board, PWA, PCB, they go by many names. Board files
1358 contain initialization items that are specific to a board.
1359 They reuse target configuration files, since the same
1360 microprocessor chips are used on many boards,
1361 but support for external parts varies widely. For
1362 example, the SDRAM initialization sequence for the board, or the type
1363 of external flash and what address it uses. Any initialization
1364 sequence to enable that external flash or SDRAM should be found in the
1365 board file. Boards may also contain multiple targets: two CPUs; or
1366 a CPU and an FPGA.
1367 @example
1368 $ ls board
1369 actux3.cfg lpc1850_spifi_generic.cfg
1370 am3517evm.cfg lpc4350_spifi_generic.cfg
1371 arm_evaluator7t.cfg lubbock.cfg
1372 at91cap7a-stk-sdram.cfg mcb1700.cfg
1373 at91eb40a.cfg microchip_explorer16.cfg
1374 at91rm9200-dk.cfg mini2440.cfg
1375 at91rm9200-ek.cfg mini6410.cfg
1376 at91sam9261-ek.cfg netgear-dg834v3.cfg
1377 at91sam9263-ek.cfg olimex_LPC2378STK.cfg
1378 at91sam9g20-ek.cfg olimex_lpc_h2148.cfg
1379 atmel_at91sam7s-ek.cfg olimex_sam7_ex256.cfg
1380 atmel_at91sam9260-ek.cfg olimex_sam9_l9260.cfg
1381 atmel_at91sam9rl-ek.cfg olimex_stm32_h103.cfg
1382 atmel_sam3n_ek.cfg olimex_stm32_h107.cfg
1383 atmel_sam3s_ek.cfg olimex_stm32_p107.cfg
1384 atmel_sam3u_ek.cfg omap2420_h4.cfg
1385 atmel_sam3x_ek.cfg open-bldc.cfg
1386 atmel_sam4s_ek.cfg openrd.cfg
1387 balloon3-cpu.cfg osk5912.cfg
1388 colibri.cfg phone_se_j100i.cfg
1389 crossbow_tech_imote2.cfg phytec_lpc3250.cfg
1390 csb337.cfg pic-p32mx.cfg
1391 csb732.cfg propox_mmnet1001.cfg
1392 da850evm.cfg pxa255_sst.cfg
1393 digi_connectcore_wi-9c.cfg redbee.cfg
1394 diolan_lpc4350-db1.cfg rsc-w910.cfg
1395 dm355evm.cfg sheevaplug.cfg
1396 dm365evm.cfg smdk6410.cfg
1397 dm6446evm.cfg spear300evb.cfg
1398 efikamx.cfg spear300evb_mod.cfg
1399 eir.cfg spear310evb20.cfg
1400 ek-lm3s1968.cfg spear310evb20_mod.cfg
1401 ek-lm3s3748.cfg spear320cpu.cfg
1402 ek-lm3s6965.cfg spear320cpu_mod.cfg
1403 ek-lm3s811.cfg steval_pcc010.cfg
1404 ek-lm3s811-revb.cfg stm320518_eval_stlink.cfg
1405 ek-lm3s8962.cfg stm32100b_eval.cfg
1406 ek-lm3s9b9x.cfg stm3210b_eval.cfg
1407 ek-lm3s9d92.cfg stm3210c_eval.cfg
1408 ek-lm4f120xl.cfg stm3210e_eval.cfg
1409 ek-lm4f232.cfg stm3220g_eval.cfg
1410 embedded-artists_lpc2478-32.cfg stm3220g_eval_stlink.cfg
1411 ethernut3.cfg stm3241g_eval.cfg
1412 glyn_tonga2.cfg stm3241g_eval_stlink.cfg
1413 hammer.cfg stm32f0discovery.cfg
1414 hilscher_nxdb500sys.cfg stm32f3discovery.cfg
1415 hilscher_nxeb500hmi.cfg stm32f4discovery.cfg
1416 hilscher_nxhx10.cfg stm32ldiscovery.cfg
1417 hilscher_nxhx500.cfg stm32vldiscovery.cfg
1418 hilscher_nxhx50.cfg str910-eval.cfg
1419 hilscher_nxsb100.cfg telo.cfg
1420 hitex_lpc1768stick.cfg ti_am335xevm.cfg
1421 hitex_lpc2929.cfg ti_beagleboard.cfg
1422 hitex_stm32-performancestick.cfg ti_beagleboard_xm.cfg
1423 hitex_str9-comstick.cfg ti_beaglebone.cfg
1424 iar_lpc1768.cfg ti_blaze.cfg
1425 iar_str912_sk.cfg ti_pandaboard.cfg
1426 icnova_imx53_sodimm.cfg ti_pandaboard_es.cfg
1427 icnova_sam9g45_sodimm.cfg topas910.cfg
1428 imx27ads.cfg topasa900.cfg
1429 imx27lnst.cfg twr-k60f120m.cfg
1430 imx28evk.cfg twr-k60n512.cfg
1431 imx31pdk.cfg tx25_stk5.cfg
1432 imx35pdk.cfg tx27_stk5.cfg
1433 imx53loco.cfg unknown_at91sam9260.cfg
1434 keil_mcb1700.cfg uptech_2410.cfg
1435 keil_mcb2140.cfg verdex.cfg
1436 kwikstik.cfg voipac.cfg
1437 linksys_nslu2.cfg voltcraft_dso-3062c.cfg
1438 lisa-l.cfg x300t.cfg
1439 logicpd_imx27.cfg zy1000.cfg
1440 $
1441 @end example
1442 @item @file{target} ...
1443 think chip. The ``target'' directory represents the JTAG TAPs
1444 on a chip
1445 which OpenOCD should control, not a board. Two common types of targets
1446 are ARM chips and FPGA or CPLD chips.
1447 When a chip has multiple TAPs (maybe it has both ARM and DSP cores),
1448 the target config file defines all of them.
1449 @example
1450 $ ls target
1451 aduc702x.cfg lpc1763.cfg
1452 am335x.cfg lpc1764.cfg
1453 amdm37x.cfg lpc1765.cfg
1454 ar71xx.cfg lpc1766.cfg
1455 at32ap7000.cfg lpc1767.cfg
1456 at91r40008.cfg lpc1768.cfg
1457 at91rm9200.cfg lpc1769.cfg
1458 at91sam3ax_4x.cfg lpc1788.cfg
1459 at91sam3ax_8x.cfg lpc17xx.cfg
1460 at91sam3ax_xx.cfg lpc1850.cfg
1461 at91sam3nXX.cfg lpc2103.cfg
1462 at91sam3sXX.cfg lpc2124.cfg
1463 at91sam3u1c.cfg lpc2129.cfg
1464 at91sam3u1e.cfg lpc2148.cfg
1465 at91sam3u2c.cfg lpc2294.cfg
1466 at91sam3u2e.cfg lpc2378.cfg
1467 at91sam3u4c.cfg lpc2460.cfg
1468 at91sam3u4e.cfg lpc2478.cfg
1469 at91sam3uxx.cfg lpc2900.cfg
1470 at91sam3XXX.cfg lpc2xxx.cfg
1471 at91sam4sd32x.cfg lpc3131.cfg
1472 at91sam4sXX.cfg lpc3250.cfg
1473 at91sam4XXX.cfg lpc4350.cfg
1474 at91sam7se512.cfg lpc4350.cfg.orig
1475 at91sam7sx.cfg mc13224v.cfg
1476 at91sam7x256.cfg nuc910.cfg
1477 at91sam7x512.cfg omap2420.cfg
1478 at91sam9260.cfg omap3530.cfg
1479 at91sam9260_ext_RAM_ext_flash.cfg omap4430.cfg
1480 at91sam9261.cfg omap4460.cfg
1481 at91sam9263.cfg omap5912.cfg
1482 at91sam9.cfg omapl138.cfg
1483 at91sam9g10.cfg pic32mx.cfg
1484 at91sam9g20.cfg pxa255.cfg
1485 at91sam9g45.cfg pxa270.cfg
1486 at91sam9rl.cfg pxa3xx.cfg
1487 atmega128.cfg readme.txt
1488 avr32.cfg samsung_s3c2410.cfg
1489 c100.cfg samsung_s3c2440.cfg
1490 c100config.tcl samsung_s3c2450.cfg
1491 c100helper.tcl samsung_s3c4510.cfg
1492 c100regs.tcl samsung_s3c6410.cfg
1493 cs351x.cfg sharp_lh79532.cfg
1494 davinci.cfg smp8634.cfg
1495 dragonite.cfg spear3xx.cfg
1496 dsp56321.cfg stellaris.cfg
1497 dsp568013.cfg stellaris_icdi.cfg
1498 dsp568037.cfg stm32f0x_stlink.cfg
1499 efm32_stlink.cfg stm32f1x.cfg
1500 epc9301.cfg stm32f1x_stlink.cfg
1501 faux.cfg stm32f2x.cfg
1502 feroceon.cfg stm32f2x_stlink.cfg
1503 fm3.cfg stm32f3x.cfg
1504 hilscher_netx10.cfg stm32f3x_stlink.cfg
1505 hilscher_netx500.cfg stm32f4x.cfg
1506 hilscher_netx50.cfg stm32f4x_stlink.cfg
1507 icepick.cfg stm32l.cfg
1508 imx21.cfg stm32lx_dual_bank.cfg
1509 imx25.cfg stm32lx_stlink.cfg
1510 imx27.cfg stm32_stlink.cfg
1511 imx28.cfg stm32w108_stlink.cfg
1512 imx31.cfg stm32xl.cfg
1513 imx35.cfg str710.cfg
1514 imx51.cfg str730.cfg
1515 imx53.cfg str750.cfg
1516 imx6.cfg str912.cfg
1517 imx.cfg swj-dp.tcl
1518 is5114.cfg test_reset_syntax_error.cfg
1519 ixp42x.cfg test_syntax_error.cfg
1520 k40.cfg ti-ar7.cfg
1521 k60.cfg ti_calypso.cfg
1522 lpc1751.cfg ti_dm355.cfg
1523 lpc1752.cfg ti_dm365.cfg
1524 lpc1754.cfg ti_dm6446.cfg
1525 lpc1756.cfg tmpa900.cfg
1526 lpc1758.cfg tmpa910.cfg
1527 lpc1759.cfg u8500.cfg
1528 @end example
1529 @item @emph{more} ... browse for other library files which may be useful.
1530 For example, there are various generic and CPU-specific utilities.
1531 @end itemize
1532
1533 The @file{openocd.cfg} user config
1534 file may override features in any of the above files by
1535 setting variables before sourcing the target file, or by adding
1536 commands specific to their situation.
1537
1538 @section Interface Config Files
1539
1540 The user config file
1541 should be able to source one of these files with a command like this:
1542
1543 @example
1544 source [find interface/FOOBAR.cfg]
1545 @end example
1546
1547 A preconfigured interface file should exist for every debug adapter
1548 in use today with OpenOCD.
1549 That said, perhaps some of these config files
1550 have only been used by the developer who created it.
1551
1552 A separate chapter gives information about how to set these up.
1553 @xref{Debug Adapter Configuration}.
1554 Read the OpenOCD source code (and Developer's Guide)
1555 if you have a new kind of hardware interface
1556 and need to provide a driver for it.
1557
1558 @section Board Config Files
1559 @cindex config file, board
1560 @cindex board config file
1561
1562 The user config file
1563 should be able to source one of these files with a command like this:
1564
1565 @example
1566 source [find board/FOOBAR.cfg]
1567 @end example
1568
1569 The point of a board config file is to package everything
1570 about a given board that user config files need to know.
1571 In summary the board files should contain (if present)
1572
1573 @enumerate
1574 @item One or more @command{source [find target/...cfg]} statements
1575 @item NOR flash configuration (@pxref{norconfiguration,,NOR Configuration})
1576 @item NAND flash configuration (@pxref{nandconfiguration,,NAND Configuration})
1577 @item Target @code{reset} handlers for SDRAM and I/O configuration
1578 @item JTAG adapter reset configuration (@pxref{Reset Configuration})
1579 @item All things that are not ``inside a chip''
1580 @end enumerate
1581
1582 Generic things inside target chips belong in target config files,
1583 not board config files. So for example a @code{reset-init} event
1584 handler should know board-specific oscillator and PLL parameters,
1585 which it passes to target-specific utility code.
1586
1587 The most complex task of a board config file is creating such a
1588 @code{reset-init} event handler.
1589 Define those handlers last, after you verify the rest of the board
1590 configuration works.
1591
1592 @subsection Communication Between Config files
1593
1594 In addition to target-specific utility code, another way that
1595 board and target config files communicate is by following a
1596 convention on how to use certain variables.
1597
1598 The full Tcl/Tk language supports ``namespaces'', but Jim-Tcl does not.
1599 Thus the rule we follow in OpenOCD is this: Variables that begin with
1600 a leading underscore are temporary in nature, and can be modified and
1601 used at will within a target configuration file.
1602
1603 Complex board config files can do the things like this,
1604 for a board with three chips:
1605
1606 @example
1607 # Chip #1: PXA270 for network side, big endian
1608 set CHIPNAME network
1609 set ENDIAN big
1610 source [find target/pxa270.cfg]
1611 # on return: _TARGETNAME = network.cpu
1612 # other commands can refer to the "network.cpu" target.
1613 $_TARGETNAME configure .... events for this CPU..
1614
1615 # Chip #2: PXA270 for video side, little endian
1616 set CHIPNAME video
1617 set ENDIAN little
1618 source [find target/pxa270.cfg]
1619 # on return: _TARGETNAME = video.cpu
1620 # other commands can refer to the "video.cpu" target.
1621 $_TARGETNAME configure .... events for this CPU..
1622
1623 # Chip #3: Xilinx FPGA for glue logic
1624 set CHIPNAME xilinx
1625 unset ENDIAN
1626 source [find target/spartan3.cfg]
1627 @end example
1628
1629 That example is oversimplified because it doesn't show any flash memory,
1630 or the @code{reset-init} event handlers to initialize external DRAM
1631 or (assuming it needs it) load a configuration into the FPGA.
1632 Such features are usually needed for low-level work with many boards,
1633 where ``low level'' implies that the board initialization software may
1634 not be working. (That's a common reason to need JTAG tools. Another
1635 is to enable working with microcontroller-based systems, which often
1636 have no debugging support except a JTAG connector.)
1637
1638 Target config files may also export utility functions to board and user
1639 config files. Such functions should use name prefixes, to help avoid
1640 naming collisions.
1641
1642 Board files could also accept input variables from user config files.
1643 For example, there might be a @code{J4_JUMPER} setting used to identify
1644 what kind of flash memory a development board is using, or how to set
1645 up other clocks and peripherals.
1646
1647 @subsection Variable Naming Convention
1648 @cindex variable names
1649
1650 Most boards have only one instance of a chip.
1651 However, it should be easy to create a board with more than
1652 one such chip (as shown above).
1653 Accordingly, we encourage these conventions for naming
1654 variables associated with different @file{target.cfg} files,
1655 to promote consistency and
1656 so that board files can override target defaults.
1657
1658 Inputs to target config files include:
1659
1660 @itemize @bullet
1661 @item @code{CHIPNAME} ...
1662 This gives a name to the overall chip, and is used as part of
1663 tap identifier dotted names.
1664 While the default is normally provided by the chip manufacturer,
1665 board files may need to distinguish between instances of a chip.
1666 @item @code{ENDIAN} ...
1667 By default @option{little} - although chips may hard-wire @option{big}.
1668 Chips that can't change endianness don't need to use this variable.
1669 @item @code{CPUTAPID} ...
1670 When OpenOCD examines the JTAG chain, it can be told verify the
1671 chips against the JTAG IDCODE register.
1672 The target file will hold one or more defaults, but sometimes the
1673 chip in a board will use a different ID (perhaps a newer revision).
1674 @end itemize
1675
1676 Outputs from target config files include:
1677
1678 @itemize @bullet
1679 @item @code{_TARGETNAME} ...
1680 By convention, this variable is created by the target configuration
1681 script. The board configuration file may make use of this variable to
1682 configure things like a ``reset init'' script, or other things
1683 specific to that board and that target.
1684 If the chip has 2 targets, the names are @code{_TARGETNAME0},
1685 @code{_TARGETNAME1}, ... etc.
1686 @end itemize
1687
1688 @subsection The reset-init Event Handler
1689 @cindex event, reset-init
1690 @cindex reset-init handler
1691
1692 Board config files run in the OpenOCD configuration stage;
1693 they can't use TAPs or targets, since they haven't been
1694 fully set up yet.
1695 This means you can't write memory or access chip registers;
1696 you can't even verify that a flash chip is present.
1697 That's done later in event handlers, of which the target @code{reset-init}
1698 handler is one of the most important.
1699
1700 Except on microcontrollers, the basic job of @code{reset-init} event
1701 handlers is setting up flash and DRAM, as normally handled by boot loaders.
1702 Microcontrollers rarely use boot loaders; they run right out of their
1703 on-chip flash and SRAM memory. But they may want to use one of these
1704 handlers too, if just for developer convenience.
1705
1706 @quotation Note
1707 Because this is so very board-specific, and chip-specific, no examples
1708 are included here.
1709 Instead, look at the board config files distributed with OpenOCD.
1710 If you have a boot loader, its source code will help; so will
1711 configuration files for other JTAG tools
1712 (@pxref{translatingconfigurationfiles,,Translating Configuration Files}).
1713 @end quotation
1714
1715 Some of this code could probably be shared between different boards.
1716 For example, setting up a DRAM controller often doesn't differ by
1717 much except the bus width (16 bits or 32?) and memory timings, so a
1718 reusable TCL procedure loaded by the @file{target.cfg} file might take
1719 those as parameters.
1720 Similarly with oscillator, PLL, and clock setup;
1721 and disabling the watchdog.
1722 Structure the code cleanly, and provide comments to help
1723 the next developer doing such work.
1724 (@emph{You might be that next person} trying to reuse init code!)
1725
1726 The last thing normally done in a @code{reset-init} handler is probing
1727 whatever flash memory was configured. For most chips that needs to be
1728 done while the associated target is halted, either because JTAG memory
1729 access uses the CPU or to prevent conflicting CPU access.
1730
1731 @subsection JTAG Clock Rate
1732
1733 Before your @code{reset-init} handler has set up
1734 the PLLs and clocking, you may need to run with
1735 a low JTAG clock rate.
1736 @xref{jtagspeed,,JTAG Speed}.
1737 Then you'd increase that rate after your handler has
1738 made it possible to use the faster JTAG clock.
1739 When the initial low speed is board-specific, for example
1740 because it depends on a board-specific oscillator speed, then
1741 you should probably set it up in the board config file;
1742 if it's target-specific, it belongs in the target config file.
1743
1744 For most ARM-based processors the fastest JTAG clock@footnote{A FAQ
1745 @uref{http://www.arm.com/support/faqdev/4170.html} gives details.}
1746 is one sixth of the CPU clock; or one eighth for ARM11 cores.
1747 Consult chip documentation to determine the peak JTAG clock rate,
1748 which might be less than that.
1749
1750 @quotation Warning
1751 On most ARMs, JTAG clock detection is coupled to the core clock, so
1752 software using a @option{wait for interrupt} operation blocks JTAG access.
1753 Adaptive clocking provides a partial workaround, but a more complete
1754 solution just avoids using that instruction with JTAG debuggers.
1755 @end quotation
1756
1757 If both the chip and the board support adaptive clocking,
1758 use the @command{jtag_rclk}
1759 command, in case your board is used with JTAG adapter which
1760 also supports it. Otherwise use @command{adapter_khz}.
1761 Set the slow rate at the beginning of the reset sequence,
1762 and the faster rate as soon as the clocks are at full speed.
1763
1764 @anchor{theinitboardprocedure}
1765 @subsection The init_board procedure
1766 @cindex init_board procedure
1767
1768 The concept of @code{init_board} procedure is very similar to @code{init_targets}
1769 (@xref{theinittargetsprocedure,,The init_targets procedure}.) - it's a replacement of ``linear''
1770 configuration scripts. This procedure is meant to be executed when OpenOCD enters run stage
1771 (@xref{enteringtherunstage,,Entering the Run Stage},) after @code{init_targets}. The idea to have
1772 separate @code{init_targets} and @code{init_board} procedures is to allow the first one to configure
1773 everything target specific (internal flash, internal RAM, etc.) and the second one to configure
1774 everything board specific (reset signals, chip frequency, reset-init event handler, external memory, etc.).
1775 Additionally ``linear'' board config file will most likely fail when target config file uses
1776 @code{init_targets} scheme (``linear'' script is executed before @code{init} and @code{init_targets} - after),
1777 so separating these two configuration stages is very convenient, as the easiest way to overcome this
1778 problem is to convert board config file to use @code{init_board} procedure. Board config scripts don't
1779 need to override @code{init_targets} defined in target config files when they only need to add some specifics.
1780
1781 Just as @code{init_targets}, the @code{init_board} procedure can be overridden by ``next level'' script (which sources
1782 the original), allowing greater code reuse.
1783
1784 @example
1785 ### board_file.cfg ###
1786
1787 # source target file that does most of the config in init_targets
1788 source [find target/target.cfg]
1789
1790 proc enable_fast_clock @{@} @{
1791 # enables fast on-board clock source
1792 # configures the chip to use it
1793 @}
1794
1795 # initialize only board specifics - reset, clock, adapter frequency
1796 proc init_board @{@} @{
1797 reset_config trst_and_srst trst_pulls_srst
1798
1799 $_TARGETNAME configure -event reset-init @{
1800 adapter_khz 1
1801 enable_fast_clock
1802 adapter_khz 10000
1803 @}
1804 @}
1805 @end example
1806
1807 @section Target Config Files
1808 @cindex config file, target
1809 @cindex target config file
1810
1811 Board config files communicate with target config files using
1812 naming conventions as described above, and may source one or
1813 more target config files like this:
1814
1815 @example
1816 source [find target/FOOBAR.cfg]
1817 @end example
1818
1819 The point of a target config file is to package everything
1820 about a given chip that board config files need to know.
1821 In summary the target files should contain
1822
1823 @enumerate
1824 @item Set defaults
1825 @item Add TAPs to the scan chain
1826 @item Add CPU targets (includes GDB support)
1827 @item CPU/Chip/CPU-Core specific features
1828 @item On-Chip flash
1829 @end enumerate
1830
1831 As a rule of thumb, a target file sets up only one chip.
1832 For a microcontroller, that will often include a single TAP,
1833 which is a CPU needing a GDB target, and its on-chip flash.
1834
1835 More complex chips may include multiple TAPs, and the target
1836 config file may need to define them all before OpenOCD
1837 can talk to the chip.
1838 For example, some phone chips have JTAG scan chains that include
1839 an ARM core for operating system use, a DSP,
1840 another ARM core embedded in an image processing engine,
1841 and other processing engines.
1842
1843 @subsection Default Value Boiler Plate Code
1844
1845 All target configuration files should start with code like this,
1846 letting board config files express environment-specific
1847 differences in how things should be set up.
1848
1849 @example
1850 # Boards may override chip names, perhaps based on role,
1851 # but the default should match what the vendor uses
1852 if @{ [info exists CHIPNAME] @} @{
1853 set _CHIPNAME $CHIPNAME
1854 @} else @{
1855 set _CHIPNAME sam7x256
1856 @}
1857
1858 # ONLY use ENDIAN with targets that can change it.
1859 if @{ [info exists ENDIAN] @} @{
1860 set _ENDIAN $ENDIAN
1861 @} else @{
1862 set _ENDIAN little
1863 @}
1864
1865 # TAP identifiers may change as chips mature, for example with
1866 # new revision fields (the "3" here). Pick a good default; you
1867 # can pass several such identifiers to the "jtag newtap" command.
1868 if @{ [info exists CPUTAPID ] @} @{
1869 set _CPUTAPID $CPUTAPID
1870 @} else @{
1871 set _CPUTAPID 0x3f0f0f0f
1872 @}
1873 @end example
1874 @c but 0x3f0f0f0f is for an str73x part ...
1875
1876 @emph{Remember:} Board config files may include multiple target
1877 config files, or the same target file multiple times
1878 (changing at least @code{CHIPNAME}).
1879
1880 Likewise, the target configuration file should define
1881 @code{_TARGETNAME} (or @code{_TARGETNAME0} etc) and
1882 use it later on when defining debug targets:
1883
1884 @example
1885 set _TARGETNAME $_CHIPNAME.cpu
1886 target create $_TARGETNAME arm7tdmi -chain-position $_TARGETNAME
1887 @end example
1888
1889 @subsection Adding TAPs to the Scan Chain
1890 After the ``defaults'' are set up,
1891 add the TAPs on each chip to the JTAG scan chain.
1892 @xref{TAP Declaration}, and the naming convention
1893 for taps.
1894
1895 In the simplest case the chip has only one TAP,
1896 probably for a CPU or FPGA.
1897 The config file for the Atmel AT91SAM7X256
1898 looks (in part) like this:
1899
1900 @example
1901 jtag newtap $_CHIPNAME cpu -irlen 4 -expected-id $_CPUTAPID
1902 @end example
1903
1904 A board with two such at91sam7 chips would be able
1905 to source such a config file twice, with different
1906 values for @code{CHIPNAME}, so
1907 it adds a different TAP each time.
1908
1909 If there are nonzero @option{-expected-id} values,
1910 OpenOCD attempts to verify the actual tap id against those values.
1911 It will issue error messages if there is mismatch, which
1912 can help to pinpoint problems in OpenOCD configurations.
1913
1914 @example
1915 JTAG tap: sam7x256.cpu tap/device found: 0x3f0f0f0f
1916 (Manufacturer: 0x787, Part: 0xf0f0, Version: 0x3)
1917 ERROR: Tap: sam7x256.cpu - Expected id: 0x12345678, Got: 0x3f0f0f0f
1918 ERROR: expected: mfg: 0x33c, part: 0x2345, ver: 0x1
1919 ERROR: got: mfg: 0x787, part: 0xf0f0, ver: 0x3
1920 @end example
1921
1922 There are more complex examples too, with chips that have
1923 multiple TAPs. Ones worth looking at include:
1924
1925 @itemize
1926 @item @file{target/omap3530.cfg} -- with disabled ARM and DSP,
1927 plus a JRC to enable them
1928 @item @file{target/str912.cfg} -- with flash, CPU, and boundary scan
1929 @item @file{target/ti_dm355.cfg} -- with ETM, ARM, and JRC (this JRC
1930 is not currently used)
1931 @end itemize
1932
1933 @subsection Add CPU targets
1934
1935 After adding a TAP for a CPU, you should set it up so that
1936 GDB and other commands can use it.
1937 @xref{CPU Configuration}.
1938 For the at91sam7 example above, the command can look like this;
1939 note that @code{$_ENDIAN} is not needed, since OpenOCD defaults
1940 to little endian, and this chip doesn't support changing that.
1941
1942 @example
1943 set _TARGETNAME $_CHIPNAME.cpu
1944 target create $_TARGETNAME arm7tdmi -chain-position $_TARGETNAME
1945 @end example
1946
1947 Work areas are small RAM areas associated with CPU targets.
1948 They are used by OpenOCD to speed up downloads,
1949 and to download small snippets of code to program flash chips.
1950 If the chip includes a form of ``on-chip-ram'' - and many do - define
1951 a work area if you can.
1952 Again using the at91sam7 as an example, this can look like:
1953
1954 @example
1955 $_TARGETNAME configure -work-area-phys 0x00200000 \
1956 -work-area-size 0x4000 -work-area-backup 0
1957 @end example
1958
1959 @anchor{definecputargetsworkinginsmp}
1960 @subsection Define CPU targets working in SMP
1961 @cindex SMP
1962 After setting targets, you can define a list of targets working in SMP.
1963
1964 @example
1965 set _TARGETNAME_1 $_CHIPNAME.cpu1
1966 set _TARGETNAME_2 $_CHIPNAME.cpu2
1967 target create $_TARGETNAME_1 cortex_a -chain-position $_CHIPNAME.dap \
1968 -coreid 0 -dbgbase $_DAP_DBG1
1969 target create $_TARGETNAME_2 cortex_a -chain-position $_CHIPNAME.dap \
1970 -coreid 1 -dbgbase $_DAP_DBG2
1971 #define 2 targets working in smp.
1972 target smp $_CHIPNAME.cpu2 $_CHIPNAME.cpu1
1973 @end example
1974 In the above example on cortex_a, 2 cpus are working in SMP.
1975 In SMP only one GDB instance is created and :
1976 @itemize @bullet
1977 @item a set of hardware breakpoint sets the same breakpoint on all targets in the list.
1978 @item halt command triggers the halt of all targets in the list.
1979 @item resume command triggers the write context and the restart of all targets in the list.
1980 @item following a breakpoint: the target stopped by the breakpoint is displayed to the GDB session.
1981 @item dedicated GDB serial protocol packets are implemented for switching/retrieving the target
1982 displayed by the GDB session @pxref{usingopenocdsmpwithgdb,,Using OpenOCD SMP with GDB}.
1983 @end itemize
1984
1985 The SMP behaviour can be disabled/enabled dynamically. On cortex_a following
1986 command have been implemented.
1987 @itemize @bullet
1988 @item cortex_a smp_on : enable SMP mode, behaviour is as described above.
1989 @item cortex_a smp_off : disable SMP mode, the current target is the one
1990 displayed in the GDB session, only this target is now controlled by GDB
1991 session. This behaviour is useful during system boot up.
1992 @item cortex_a smp_gdb : display/fix the core id displayed in GDB session see
1993 following example.
1994 @end itemize
1995
1996 @example
1997 >cortex_a smp_gdb
1998 gdb coreid 0 -> -1
1999 #0 : coreid 0 is displayed to GDB ,
2000 #-> -1 : next resume triggers a real resume
2001 > cortex_a smp_gdb 1
2002 gdb coreid 0 -> 1
2003 #0 :coreid 0 is displayed to GDB ,
2004 #->1 : next resume displays coreid 1 to GDB
2005 > resume
2006 > cortex_a smp_gdb
2007 gdb coreid 1 -> 1
2008 #1 :coreid 1 is displayed to GDB ,
2009 #->1 : next resume displays coreid 1 to GDB
2010 > cortex_a smp_gdb -1
2011 gdb coreid 1 -> -1
2012 #1 :coreid 1 is displayed to GDB,
2013 #->-1 : next resume triggers a real resume
2014 @end example
2015
2016
2017 @subsection Chip Reset Setup
2018
2019 As a rule, you should put the @command{reset_config} command
2020 into the board file. Most things you think you know about a
2021 chip can be tweaked by the board.
2022
2023 Some chips have specific ways the TRST and SRST signals are
2024 managed. In the unusual case that these are @emph{chip specific}
2025 and can never be changed by board wiring, they could go here.
2026 For example, some chips can't support JTAG debugging without
2027 both signals.
2028
2029 Provide a @code{reset-assert} event handler if you can.
2030 Such a handler uses JTAG operations to reset the target,
2031 letting this target config be used in systems which don't
2032 provide the optional SRST signal, or on systems where you
2033 don't want to reset all targets at once.
2034 Such a handler might write to chip registers to force a reset,
2035 use a JRC to do that (preferable -- the target may be wedged!),
2036 or force a watchdog timer to trigger.
2037 (For Cortex-M targets, this is not necessary. The target
2038 driver knows how to use trigger an NVIC reset when SRST is
2039 not available.)
2040
2041 Some chips need special attention during reset handling if
2042 they're going to be used with JTAG.
2043 An example might be needing to send some commands right
2044 after the target's TAP has been reset, providing a
2045 @code{reset-deassert-post} event handler that writes a chip
2046 register to report that JTAG debugging is being done.
2047 Another would be reconfiguring the watchdog so that it stops
2048 counting while the core is halted in the debugger.
2049
2050 JTAG clocking constraints often change during reset, and in
2051 some cases target config files (rather than board config files)
2052 are the right places to handle some of those issues.
2053 For example, immediately after reset most chips run using a
2054 slower clock than they will use later.
2055 That means that after reset (and potentially, as OpenOCD
2056 first starts up) they must use a slower JTAG clock rate
2057 than they will use later.
2058 @xref{jtagspeed,,JTAG Speed}.
2059
2060 @quotation Important
2061 When you are debugging code that runs right after chip
2062 reset, getting these issues right is critical.
2063 In particular, if you see intermittent failures when
2064 OpenOCD verifies the scan chain after reset,
2065 look at how you are setting up JTAG clocking.
2066 @end quotation
2067
2068 @anchor{theinittargetsprocedure}
2069 @subsection The init_targets procedure
2070 @cindex init_targets procedure
2071
2072 Target config files can either be ``linear'' (script executed line-by-line when parsed in
2073 configuration stage, @xref{configurationstage,,Configuration Stage},) or they can contain a special
2074 procedure called @code{init_targets}, which will be executed when entering run stage
2075 (after parsing all config files or after @code{init} command, @xref{enteringtherunstage,,Entering the Run Stage}.)
2076 Such procedure can be overriden by ``next level'' script (which sources the original).
2077 This concept faciliates code reuse when basic target config files provide generic configuration
2078 procedures and @code{init_targets} procedure, which can then be sourced and enchanced or changed in
2079 a ``more specific'' target config file. This is not possible with ``linear'' config scripts,
2080 because sourcing them executes every initialization commands they provide.
2081
2082 @example
2083 ### generic_file.cfg ###
2084
2085 proc setup_my_chip @{chip_name flash_size ram_size@} @{
2086 # basic initialization procedure ...
2087 @}
2088
2089 proc init_targets @{@} @{
2090 # initializes generic chip with 4kB of flash and 1kB of RAM
2091 setup_my_chip MY_GENERIC_CHIP 4096 1024
2092 @}
2093
2094 ### specific_file.cfg ###
2095
2096 source [find target/generic_file.cfg]
2097
2098 proc init_targets @{@} @{
2099 # initializes specific chip with 128kB of flash and 64kB of RAM
2100 setup_my_chip MY_CHIP_WITH_128K_FLASH_64KB_RAM 131072 65536
2101 @}
2102 @end example
2103
2104 The easiest way to convert ``linear'' config files to @code{init_targets} version is to
2105 enclose every line of ``code'' (i.e. not @code{source} commands, procedures, etc.) in this procedure.
2106
2107 For an example of this scheme see LPC2000 target config files.
2108
2109 The @code{init_boards} procedure is a similar concept concerning board config files
2110 (@xref{theinitboardprocedure,,The init_board procedure}.)
2111
2112 @subsection ARM Core Specific Hacks
2113
2114 If the chip has a DCC, enable it. If the chip is an ARM9 with some
2115 special high speed download features - enable it.
2116
2117 If present, the MMU, the MPU and the CACHE should be disabled.
2118
2119 Some ARM cores are equipped with trace support, which permits
2120 examination of the instruction and data bus activity. Trace
2121 activity is controlled through an ``Embedded Trace Module'' (ETM)
2122 on one of the core's scan chains. The ETM emits voluminous data
2123 through a ``trace port''. (@xref{armhardwaretracing,,ARM Hardware Tracing}.)
2124 If you are using an external trace port,
2125 configure it in your board config file.
2126 If you are using an on-chip ``Embedded Trace Buffer'' (ETB),
2127 configure it in your target config file.
2128
2129 @example
2130 etm config $_TARGETNAME 16 normal full etb
2131 etb config $_TARGETNAME $_CHIPNAME.etb
2132 @end example
2133
2134 @subsection Internal Flash Configuration
2135
2136 This applies @b{ONLY TO MICROCONTROLLERS} that have flash built in.
2137
2138 @b{Never ever} in the ``target configuration file'' define any type of
2139 flash that is external to the chip. (For example a BOOT flash on
2140 Chip Select 0.) Such flash information goes in a board file - not
2141 the TARGET (chip) file.
2142
2143 Examples:
2144 @itemize @bullet
2145 @item at91sam7x256 - has 256K flash YES enable it.
2146 @item str912 - has flash internal YES enable it.
2147 @item imx27 - uses boot flash on CS0 - it goes in the board file.
2148 @item pxa270 - again - CS0 flash - it goes in the board file.
2149 @end itemize
2150
2151 @anchor{translatingconfigurationfiles}
2152 @section Translating Configuration Files
2153 @cindex translation
2154 If you have a configuration file for another hardware debugger
2155 or toolset (Abatron, BDI2000, BDI3000, CCS,
2156 Lauterbach, Segger, Macraigor, etc.), translating
2157 it into OpenOCD syntax is often quite straightforward. The most tricky
2158 part of creating a configuration script is oftentimes the reset init
2159 sequence where e.g. PLLs, DRAM and the like is set up.
2160
2161 One trick that you can use when translating is to write small
2162 Tcl procedures to translate the syntax into OpenOCD syntax. This
2163 can avoid manual translation errors and make it easier to
2164 convert other scripts later on.
2165
2166 Example of transforming quirky arguments to a simple search and
2167 replace job:
2168
2169 @example
2170 # Lauterbach syntax(?)
2171 #
2172 # Data.Set c15:0x042f %long 0x40000015
2173 #
2174 # OpenOCD syntax when using procedure below.
2175 #
2176 # setc15 0x01 0x00050078
2177
2178 proc setc15 @{regs value@} @{
2179 global TARGETNAME
2180
2181 echo [format "set p15 0x%04x, 0x%08x" $regs $value]
2182
2183 arm mcr 15 [expr ($regs>>12)&0x7] \
2184 [expr ($regs>>0)&0xf] [expr ($regs>>4)&0xf] \
2185 [expr ($regs>>8)&0x7] $value
2186 @}
2187 @end example
2188
2189
2190
2191 @node Daemon Configuration
2192 @chapter Daemon Configuration
2193 @cindex initialization
2194 The commands here are commonly found in the openocd.cfg file and are
2195 used to specify what TCP/IP ports are used, and how GDB should be
2196 supported.
2197
2198 @anchor{configurationstage}
2199 @section Configuration Stage
2200 @cindex configuration stage
2201 @cindex config command
2202
2203 When the OpenOCD server process starts up, it enters a
2204 @emph{configuration stage} which is the only time that
2205 certain commands, @emph{configuration commands}, may be issued.
2206 Normally, configuration commands are only available
2207 inside startup scripts.
2208
2209 In this manual, the definition of a configuration command is
2210 presented as a @emph{Config Command}, not as a @emph{Command}
2211 which may be issued interactively.
2212 The runtime @command{help} command also highlights configuration
2213 commands, and those which may be issued at any time.
2214
2215 Those configuration commands include declaration of TAPs,
2216 flash banks,
2217 the interface used for JTAG communication,
2218 and other basic setup.
2219 The server must leave the configuration stage before it
2220 may access or activate TAPs.
2221 After it leaves this stage, configuration commands may no
2222 longer be issued.
2223
2224 @anchor{enteringtherunstage}
2225 @section Entering the Run Stage
2226
2227 The first thing OpenOCD does after leaving the configuration
2228 stage is to verify that it can talk to the scan chain
2229 (list of TAPs) which has been configured.
2230 It will warn if it doesn't find TAPs it expects to find,
2231 or finds TAPs that aren't supposed to be there.
2232 You should see no errors at this point.
2233 If you see errors, resolve them by correcting the
2234 commands you used to configure the server.
2235 Common errors include using an initial JTAG speed that's too
2236 fast, and not providing the right IDCODE values for the TAPs
2237 on the scan chain.
2238
2239 Once OpenOCD has entered the run stage, a number of commands
2240 become available.
2241 A number of these relate to the debug targets you may have declared.
2242 For example, the @command{mww} command will not be available until
2243 a target has been successfuly instantiated.
2244 If you want to use those commands, you may need to force
2245 entry to the run stage.
2246
2247 @deffn {Config Command} init
2248 This command terminates the configuration stage and
2249 enters the run stage. This helps when you need to have
2250 the startup scripts manage tasks such as resetting the target,
2251 programming flash, etc. To reset the CPU upon startup, add "init" and
2252 "reset" at the end of the config script or at the end of the OpenOCD
2253 command line using the @option{-c} command line switch.
2254
2255 If this command does not appear in any startup/configuration file
2256 OpenOCD executes the command for you after processing all
2257 configuration files and/or command line options.
2258
2259 @b{NOTE:} This command normally occurs at or near the end of your
2260 openocd.cfg file to force OpenOCD to ``initialize'' and make the
2261 targets ready. For example: If your openocd.cfg file needs to
2262 read/write memory on your target, @command{init} must occur before
2263 the memory read/write commands. This includes @command{nand probe}.
2264 @end deffn
2265
2266 @deffn {Overridable Procedure} jtag_init
2267 This is invoked at server startup to verify that it can talk
2268 to the scan chain (list of TAPs) which has been configured.
2269
2270 The default implementation first tries @command{jtag arp_init},
2271 which uses only a lightweight JTAG reset before examining the
2272 scan chain.
2273 If that fails, it tries again, using a harder reset
2274 from the overridable procedure @command{init_reset}.
2275
2276 Implementations must have verified the JTAG scan chain before
2277 they return.
2278 This is done by calling @command{jtag arp_init}
2279 (or @command{jtag arp_init-reset}).
2280 @end deffn
2281
2282 @anchor{tcpipports}
2283 @section TCP/IP Ports
2284 @cindex TCP port
2285 @cindex server
2286 @cindex port
2287 @cindex security
2288 The OpenOCD server accepts remote commands in several syntaxes.
2289 Each syntax uses a different TCP/IP port, which you may specify
2290 only during configuration (before those ports are opened).
2291
2292 For reasons including security, you may wish to prevent remote
2293 access using one or more of these ports.
2294 In such cases, just specify the relevant port number as zero.
2295 If you disable all access through TCP/IP, you will need to
2296 use the command line @option{-pipe} option.
2297
2298 @deffn {Command} gdb_port [number]
2299 @cindex GDB server
2300 Normally gdb listens to a TCP/IP port, but GDB can also
2301 communicate via pipes(stdin/out or named pipes). The name
2302 "gdb_port" stuck because it covers probably more than 90% of
2303 the normal use cases.
2304
2305 No arguments reports GDB port. "pipe" means listen to stdin
2306 output to stdout, an integer is base port number, "disable"
2307 disables the gdb server.
2308
2309 When using "pipe", also use log_output to redirect the log
2310 output to a file so as not to flood the stdin/out pipes.
2311
2312 The -p/--pipe option is deprecated and a warning is printed
2313 as it is equivalent to passing in -c "gdb_port pipe; log_output openocd.log".
2314
2315 Any other string is interpreted as named pipe to listen to.
2316 Output pipe is the same name as input pipe, but with 'o' appended,
2317 e.g. /var/gdb, /var/gdbo.
2318
2319 The GDB port for the first target will be the base port, the
2320 second target will listen on gdb_port + 1, and so on.
2321 When not specified during the configuration stage,
2322 the port @var{number} defaults to 3333.
2323 @end deffn
2324
2325 @deffn {Command} tcl_port [number]
2326 Specify or query the port used for a simplified RPC
2327 connection that can be used by clients to issue TCL commands and get the
2328 output from the Tcl engine.
2329 Intended as a machine interface.
2330 When not specified during the configuration stage,
2331 the port @var{number} defaults to 6666.
2332
2333 @end deffn
2334
2335 @deffn {Command} telnet_port [number]
2336 Specify or query the
2337 port on which to listen for incoming telnet connections.
2338 This port is intended for interaction with one human through TCL commands.
2339 When not specified during the configuration stage,
2340 the port @var{number} defaults to 4444.
2341 When specified as zero, this port is not activated.
2342 @end deffn
2343
2344 @anchor{gdbconfiguration}
2345 @section GDB Configuration
2346 @cindex GDB
2347 @cindex GDB configuration
2348 You can reconfigure some GDB behaviors if needed.
2349 The ones listed here are static and global.
2350 @xref{targetconfiguration,,Target Configuration}, about configuring individual targets.
2351 @xref{targetevents,,Target Events}, about configuring target-specific event handling.
2352
2353 @anchor{gdbbreakpointoverride}
2354 @deffn {Command} gdb_breakpoint_override [@option{hard}|@option{soft}|@option{disable}]
2355 Force breakpoint type for gdb @command{break} commands.
2356 This option supports GDB GUIs which don't
2357 distinguish hard versus soft breakpoints, if the default OpenOCD and
2358 GDB behaviour is not sufficient. GDB normally uses hardware
2359 breakpoints if the memory map has been set up for flash regions.
2360 @end deffn
2361
2362 @anchor{gdbflashprogram}
2363 @deffn {Config Command} gdb_flash_program (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
2364 Set to @option{enable} to cause OpenOCD to program the flash memory when a
2365 vFlash packet is received.
2366 The default behaviour is @option{enable}.
2367 @end deffn
2368
2369 @deffn {Config Command} gdb_memory_map (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
2370 Set to @option{enable} to cause OpenOCD to send the memory configuration to GDB when
2371 requested. GDB will then know when to set hardware breakpoints, and program flash
2372 using the GDB load command. @command{gdb_flash_program enable} must also be enabled
2373 for flash programming to work.
2374 Default behaviour is @option{enable}.
2375 @xref{gdbflashprogram,,gdb_flash_program}.
2376 @end deffn
2377
2378 @deffn {Config Command} gdb_report_data_abort (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
2379 Specifies whether data aborts cause an error to be reported
2380 by GDB memory read packets.
2381 The default behaviour is @option{disable};
2382 use @option{enable} see these errors reported.
2383 @end deffn
2384
2385 @deffn {Config Command} gdb_target_description (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
2386 Set to @option{enable} to cause OpenOCD to send the target descriptions to gdb via qXfer:features:read packet.
2387 The default behaviour is @option{disable}.
2388 @end deffn
2389
2390 @deffn {Command} gdb_save_tdesc
2391 Saves the target descripton file to the local file system.
2392
2393 The file name is @i{target_name}.xml.
2394 @end deffn
2395
2396 @anchor{eventpolling}
2397 @section Event Polling
2398
2399 Hardware debuggers are parts of asynchronous systems,
2400 where significant events can happen at any time.
2401 The OpenOCD server needs to detect some of these events,
2402 so it can report them to through TCL command line
2403 or to GDB.
2404
2405 Examples of such events include:
2406
2407 @itemize
2408 @item One of the targets can stop running ... maybe it triggers
2409 a code breakpoint or data watchpoint, or halts itself.
2410 @item Messages may be sent over ``debug message'' channels ... many
2411 targets support such messages sent over JTAG,
2412 for receipt by the person debugging or tools.
2413 @item Loss of power ... some adapters can detect these events.
2414 @item Resets not issued through JTAG ... such reset sources
2415 can include button presses or other system hardware, sometimes
2416 including the target itself (perhaps through a watchdog).
2417 @item Debug instrumentation sometimes supports event triggering
2418 such as ``trace buffer full'' (so it can quickly be emptied)
2419 or other signals (to correlate with code behavior).
2420 @end itemize
2421
2422 None of those events are signaled through standard JTAG signals.
2423 However, most conventions for JTAG connectors include voltage
2424 level and system reset (SRST) signal detection.
2425 Some connectors also include instrumentation signals, which
2426 can imply events when those signals are inputs.
2427
2428 In general, OpenOCD needs to periodically check for those events,
2429 either by looking at the status of signals on the JTAG connector
2430 or by sending synchronous ``tell me your status'' JTAG requests
2431 to the various active targets.
2432 There is a command to manage and monitor that polling,
2433 which is normally done in the background.
2434
2435 @deffn Command poll [@option{on}|@option{off}]
2436 Poll the current target for its current state.
2437 (Also, @pxref{targetcurstate,,target curstate}.)
2438 If that target is in debug mode, architecture
2439 specific information about the current state is printed.
2440 An optional parameter
2441 allows background polling to be enabled and disabled.
2442
2443 You could use this from the TCL command shell, or
2444 from GDB using @command{monitor poll} command.
2445 Leave background polling enabled while you're using GDB.
2446 @example
2447 > poll
2448 background polling: on
2449 target state: halted
2450 target halted in ARM state due to debug-request, \
2451 current mode: Supervisor
2452 cpsr: 0x800000d3 pc: 0x11081bfc
2453 MMU: disabled, D-Cache: disabled, I-Cache: enabled
2454 >
2455 @end example
2456 @end deffn
2457
2458 @node Debug Adapter Configuration
2459 @chapter Debug Adapter Configuration
2460 @cindex config file, interface
2461 @cindex interface config file
2462
2463 Correctly installing OpenOCD includes making your operating system give
2464 OpenOCD access to debug adapters. Once that has been done, Tcl commands
2465 are used to select which one is used, and to configure how it is used.
2466
2467 @quotation Note
2468 Because OpenOCD started out with a focus purely on JTAG, you may find
2469 places where it wrongly presumes JTAG is the only transport protocol
2470 in use. Be aware that recent versions of OpenOCD are removing that
2471 limitation. JTAG remains more functional than most other transports.
2472 Other transports do not support boundary scan operations, or may be
2473 specific to a given chip vendor. Some might be usable only for
2474 programming flash memory, instead of also for debugging.
2475 @end quotation
2476
2477 Debug Adapters/Interfaces/Dongles are normally configured
2478 through commands in an interface configuration
2479 file which is sourced by your @file{openocd.cfg} file, or
2480 through a command line @option{-f interface/....cfg} option.
2481
2482 @example
2483 source [find interface/olimex-jtag-tiny.cfg]
2484 @end example
2485
2486 These commands tell
2487 OpenOCD what type of JTAG adapter you have, and how to talk to it.
2488 A few cases are so simple that you only need to say what driver to use:
2489
2490 @example
2491 # jlink interface
2492 interface jlink
2493 @end example
2494
2495 Most adapters need a bit more configuration than that.
2496
2497
2498 @section Interface Configuration
2499
2500 The interface command tells OpenOCD what type of debug adapter you are
2501 using. Depending on the type of adapter, you may need to use one or
2502 more additional commands to further identify or configure the adapter.
2503
2504 @deffn {Config Command} {interface} name
2505 Use the interface driver @var{name} to connect to the
2506 target.
2507 @end deffn
2508
2509 @deffn Command {interface_list}
2510 List the debug adapter drivers that have been built into
2511 the running copy of OpenOCD.
2512 @end deffn
2513 @deffn Command {interface transports} transport_name+
2514 Specifies the transports supported by this debug adapter.
2515 The adapter driver builds-in similar knowledge; use this only
2516 when external configuration (such as jumpering) changes what
2517 the hardware can support.
2518 @end deffn
2519
2520
2521
2522 @deffn Command {adapter_name}
2523 Returns the name of the debug adapter driver being used.
2524 @end deffn
2525
2526 @section Interface Drivers
2527
2528 Each of the interface drivers listed here must be explicitly
2529 enabled when OpenOCD is configured, in order to be made
2530 available at run time.
2531
2532 @deffn {Interface Driver} {amt_jtagaccel}
2533 Amontec Chameleon in its JTAG Accelerator configuration,
2534 connected to a PC's EPP mode parallel port.
2535 This defines some driver-specific commands:
2536
2537 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_port} number
2538 Specifies either the address of the I/O port (default: 0x378 for LPT1) or
2539 the number of the @file{/dev/parport} device.
2540 @end deffn
2541
2542 @deffn {Config Command} rtck [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
2543 Displays status of RTCK option.
2544 Optionally sets that option first.
2545 @end deffn
2546 @end deffn
2547
2548 @deffn {Interface Driver} {arm-jtag-ew}
2549 Olimex ARM-JTAG-EW USB adapter
2550 This has one driver-specific command:
2551
2552 @deffn Command {armjtagew_info}
2553 Logs some status
2554 @end deffn
2555 @end deffn
2556
2557 @deffn {Interface Driver} {at91rm9200}
2558 Supports bitbanged JTAG from the local system,
2559 presuming that system is an Atmel AT91rm9200
2560 and a specific set of GPIOs is used.
2561 @c command: at91rm9200_device NAME
2562 @c chooses among list of bit configs ... only one option
2563 @end deffn
2564
2565 @deffn {Interface Driver} {cmsis-dap}
2566 ARM CMSIS-DAP compliant based adapter.
2567
2568 @deffn {Config Command} {cmsis_dap_vid_pid} [vid pid]+
2569 The vendor ID and product ID of the CMSIS-DAP device. If not specified
2570 the driver will attempt to auto detect the CMSIS-DAP device.
2571 Currently, up to eight [@var{vid}, @var{pid}] pairs may be given, e.g.
2572 @example
2573 cmsis_dap_vid_pid 0xc251 0xf001 0x0d28 0x0204
2574 @end example
2575 @end deffn
2576
2577 @deffn {Command} {cmsis-dap info}
2578 Display various device information, like hardware version, firmware version, current bus status.
2579 @end deffn
2580 @end deffn
2581
2582 @deffn {Interface Driver} {dummy}
2583 A dummy software-only driver for debugging.
2584 @end deffn
2585
2586 @deffn {Interface Driver} {ep93xx}
2587 Cirrus Logic EP93xx based single-board computer bit-banging (in development)
2588 @end deffn
2589
2590 @deffn {Interface Driver} {ft2232}
2591 FTDI FT2232 (USB) based devices over one of the userspace libraries.
2592
2593 Note that this driver has several flaws and the @command{ftdi} driver is
2594 recommended as its replacement.
2595
2596 These interfaces have several commands, used to configure the driver
2597 before initializing the JTAG scan chain:
2598
2599 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_device_desc} description
2600 Provides the USB device description (the @emph{iProduct string})
2601 of the FTDI FT2232 device. If not
2602 specified, the FTDI default value is used. This setting is only valid
2603 if compiled with FTD2XX support.
2604 @end deffn
2605
2606 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_serial} serial-number
2607 Specifies the @var{serial-number} of the FTDI FT2232 device to use,
2608 in case the vendor provides unique IDs and more than one FT2232 device
2609 is connected to the host.
2610 If not specified, serial numbers are not considered.
2611 (Note that USB serial numbers can be arbitrary Unicode strings,
2612 and are not restricted to containing only decimal digits.)
2613 @end deffn
2614
2615 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_layout} name
2616 Each vendor's FT2232 device can use different GPIO signals
2617 to control output-enables, reset signals, and LEDs.
2618 Currently valid layout @var{name} values include:
2619 @itemize @minus
2620 @item @b{axm0432_jtag} Axiom AXM-0432
2621 @item @b{comstick} Hitex STR9 comstick
2622 @item @b{cortino} Hitex Cortino JTAG interface
2623 @item @b{evb_lm3s811} TI/Luminary Micro EVB_LM3S811 as a JTAG interface,
2624 either for the local Cortex-M3 (SRST only)
2625 or in a passthrough mode (neither SRST nor TRST)
2626 This layout can not support the SWO trace mechanism, and should be
2627 used only for older boards (before rev C).
2628 @item @b{luminary_icdi} This layout should be used with most TI/Luminary
2629 eval boards, including Rev C LM3S811 eval boards and the eponymous
2630 ICDI boards, to debug either the local Cortex-M3 or in passthrough mode
2631 to debug some other target. It can support the SWO trace mechanism.
2632 @item @b{flyswatter} Tin Can Tools Flyswatter
2633 @item @b{icebear} ICEbear JTAG adapter from Section 5
2634 @item @b{jtagkey} Amontec JTAGkey and JTAGkey-Tiny (and compatibles)
2635 @item @b{jtagkey2} Amontec JTAGkey2 (and compatibles)
2636 @item @b{m5960} American Microsystems M5960
2637 @item @b{olimex-jtag} Olimex ARM-USB-OCD and ARM-USB-Tiny
2638 @item @b{oocdlink} OOCDLink
2639 @c oocdlink ~= jtagkey_prototype_v1
2640 @item @b{redbee-econotag} Integrated with a Redbee development board.
2641 @item @b{redbee-usb} Integrated with a Redbee USB-stick development board.
2642 @item @b{sheevaplug} Marvell Sheevaplug development kit
2643 @item @b{signalyzer} Xverve Signalyzer
2644 @item @b{stm32stick} Hitex STM32 Performance Stick
2645 @item @b{turtelizer2} egnite Software turtelizer2
2646 @item @b{usbjtag} "USBJTAG-1" layout described in the OpenOCD diploma thesis
2647 @end itemize
2648 @end deffn
2649
2650 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_vid_pid} [vid pid]+
2651 The vendor ID and product ID of the FTDI FT2232 device. If not specified, the FTDI
2652 default values are used.
2653 Currently, up to eight [@var{vid}, @var{pid}] pairs may be given, e.g.
2654 @example
2655 ft2232_vid_pid 0x0403 0xcff8 0x15ba 0x0003
2656 @end example
2657 @end deffn
2658
2659 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_latency} ms
2660 On some systems using FT2232 based JTAG interfaces the FT_Read function call in
2661 ft2232_read() fails to return the expected number of bytes. This can be caused by
2662 USB communication delays and has proved hard to reproduce and debug. Setting the
2663 FT2232 latency timer to a larger value increases delays for short USB packets but it
2664 also reduces the risk of timeouts before receiving the expected number of bytes.
2665 The OpenOCD default value is 2 and for some systems a value of 10 has proved useful.
2666 @end deffn
2667
2668 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_channel} channel
2669 Used to select the channel of the ft2232 chip to use (between 1 and 4).
2670 The default value is 1.
2671 @end deffn
2672
2673 For example, the interface config file for a
2674 Turtelizer JTAG Adapter looks something like this:
2675
2676 @example
2677 interface ft2232
2678 ft2232_device_desc "Turtelizer JTAG/RS232 Adapter"
2679 ft2232_layout turtelizer2
2680 ft2232_vid_pid 0x0403 0xbdc8
2681 @end example
2682 @end deffn
2683
2684 @deffn {Interface Driver} {ftdi}
2685 This driver is for adapters using the MPSSE (Multi-Protocol Synchronous Serial
2686 Engine) mode built into many FTDI chips, such as the FT2232, FT4232 and FT232H.
2687 It is a complete rewrite to address a large number of problems with the ft2232
2688 interface driver.
2689
2690 The driver is using libusb-1.0 in asynchronous mode to talk to the FTDI device,
2691 bypassing intermediate libraries like libftdi of D2XX. Performance-wise it is
2692 consistently faster than the ft2232 driver, sometimes several times faster.
2693
2694 A major improvement of this driver is that support for new FTDI based adapters
2695 can be added competely through configuration files, without the need to patch
2696 and rebuild OpenOCD.
2697
2698 The driver uses a signal abstraction to enable Tcl configuration files to
2699 define outputs for one or several FTDI GPIO. These outputs can then be
2700 controlled using the @command{ftdi_set_signal} command. Special signal names
2701 are reserved for nTRST, nSRST and LED (for blink) so that they, if defined,
2702 will be used for their customary purpose.
2703
2704 Depending on the type of buffer attached to the FTDI GPIO, the outputs have to
2705 be controlled differently. In order to support tristateable signals such as
2706 nSRST, both a data GPIO and an output-enable GPIO can be specified for each
2707 signal. The following output buffer configurations are supported:
2708
2709 @itemize @minus
2710 @item Push-pull with one FTDI output as (non-)inverted data line
2711 @item Open drain with one FTDI output as (non-)inverted output-enable
2712 @item Tristate with one FTDI output as (non-)inverted data line and another
2713 FTDI output as (non-)inverted output-enable
2714 @item Unbuffered, using the FTDI GPIO as a tristate output directly by
2715 switching data and direction as necessary
2716 @end itemize
2717
2718 These interfaces have several commands, used to configure the driver
2719 before initializing the JTAG scan chain:
2720
2721 @deffn {Config Command} {ftdi_vid_pid} [vid pid]+
2722 The vendor ID and product ID of the adapter. If not specified, the FTDI
2723 default values are used.
2724 Currently, up to eight [@var{vid}, @var{pid}] pairs may be given, e.g.
2725 @example
2726 ftdi_vid_pid 0x0403 0xcff8 0x15ba 0x0003
2727 @end example
2728 @end deffn
2729
2730 @deffn {Config Command} {ftdi_device_desc} description
2731 Provides the USB device description (the @emph{iProduct string})
2732 of the adapter. If not specified, the device description is ignored
2733 during device selection.
2734 @end deffn
2735
2736 @deffn {Config Command} {ftdi_serial} serial-number
2737 Specifies the @var{serial-number} of the adapter to use,
2738 in case the vendor provides unique IDs and more than one adapter
2739 is connected to the host.
2740 If not specified, serial numbers are not considered.
2741 (Note that USB serial numbers can be arbitrary Unicode strings,
2742 and are not restricted to containing only decimal digits.)
2743 @end deffn
2744
2745 @deffn {Config Command} {ftdi_channel} channel
2746 Selects the channel of the FTDI device to use for MPSSE operations. Most
2747 adapters use the default, channel 0, but there are exceptions.
2748 @end deffn
2749
2750 @deffn {Config Command} {ftdi_layout_init} data direction
2751 Specifies the initial values of the FTDI GPIO data and direction registers.
2752 Each value is a 16-bit number corresponding to the concatenation of the high
2753 and low FTDI GPIO registers. The values should be selected based on the
2754 schematics of the adapter, such that all signals are set to safe levels with
2755 minimal impact on the target system. Avoid floating inputs, conflicting outputs
2756 and initially asserted reset signals.
2757 @end deffn
2758
2759 @deffn {Config Command} {ftdi_layout_signal} name [@option{-data}|@option{-ndata} data_mask] [@option{-oe}|@option{-noe} oe_mask]
2760 Creates a signal with the specified @var{name}, controlled by one or more FTDI
2761 GPIO pins via a range of possible buffer connections. The masks are FTDI GPIO
2762 register bitmasks to tell the driver the connection and type of the output
2763 buffer driving the respective signal. @var{data_mask} is the bitmask for the
2764 pin(s) connected to the data input of the output buffer. @option{-ndata} is
2765 used with inverting data inputs and @option{-data} with non-inverting inputs.
2766 The @option{-oe} (or @option{-noe}) option tells where the output-enable (or
2767 not-output-enable) input to the output buffer is connected.
2768
2769 Both @var{data_mask} and @var{oe_mask} need not be specified. For example, a
2770 simple open-collector transistor driver would be specified with @option{-oe}
2771 only. In that case the signal can only be set to drive low or to Hi-Z and the
2772 driver will complain if the signal is set to drive high. Which means that if
2773 it's a reset signal, @command{reset_config} must be specified as
2774 @option{srst_open_drain}, not @option{srst_push_pull}.
2775
2776 A special case is provided when @option{-data} and @option{-oe} is set to the
2777 same bitmask. Then the FTDI pin is considered being connected straight to the
2778 target without any buffer. The FTDI pin is then switched between output and
2779 input as necessary to provide the full set of low, high and Hi-Z
2780 characteristics. In all other cases, the pins specified in a signal definition
2781 are always driven by the FTDI.
2782 @end deffn
2783
2784 @deffn {Command} {ftdi_set_signal} name @option{0}|@option{1}|@option{z}
2785 Set a previously defined signal to the specified level.
2786 @itemize @minus
2787 @item @option{0}, drive low
2788 @item @option{1}, drive high
2789 @item @option{z}, set to high-impedance
2790 @end itemize
2791 @end deffn
2792
2793 For example adapter definitions, see the configuration files shipped in the
2794 @file{interface/ftdi} directory.
2795 @end deffn
2796
2797 @deffn {Interface Driver} {remote_bitbang}
2798 Drive JTAG from a remote process. This sets up a UNIX or TCP socket connection
2799 with a remote process and sends ASCII encoded bitbang requests to that process
2800 instead of directly driving JTAG.
2801
2802 The remote_bitbang driver is useful for debugging software running on
2803 processors which are being simulated.
2804
2805 @deffn {Config Command} {remote_bitbang_port} number
2806 Specifies the TCP port of the remote process to connect to or 0 to use UNIX
2807 sockets instead of TCP.
2808 @end deffn
2809
2810 @deffn {Config Command} {remote_bitbang_host} hostname
2811 Specifies the hostname of the remote process to connect to using TCP, or the
2812 name of the UNIX socket to use if remote_bitbang_port is 0.
2813 @end deffn
2814
2815 For example, to connect remotely via TCP to the host foobar you might have
2816 something like:
2817
2818 @example
2819 interface remote_bitbang
2820 remote_bitbang_port 3335
2821 remote_bitbang_host foobar
2822 @end example
2823
2824 To connect to another process running locally via UNIX sockets with socket
2825 named mysocket:
2826
2827 @example
2828 interface remote_bitbang
2829 remote_bitbang_port 0
2830 remote_bitbang_host mysocket
2831 @end example
2832 @end deffn
2833
2834 @deffn {Interface Driver} {usb_blaster}
2835 USB JTAG/USB-Blaster compatibles over one of the userspace libraries
2836 for FTDI chips. These interfaces have several commands, used to
2837 configure the driver before initializing the JTAG scan chain:
2838
2839 @deffn {Config Command} {usb_blaster_device_desc} description
2840 Provides the USB device description (the @emph{iProduct string})
2841 of the FTDI FT245 device. If not
2842 specified, the FTDI default value is used. This setting is only valid
2843 if compiled with FTD2XX support.
2844 @end deffn
2845
2846 @deffn {Config Command} {usb_blaster_vid_pid} vid pid
2847 The vendor ID and product ID of the FTDI FT245 device. If not specified,
2848 default values are used.
2849 Currently, only one @var{vid}, @var{pid} pair may be given, e.g. for
2850 Altera USB-Blaster (default):
2851 @example
2852 usb_blaster_vid_pid 0x09FB 0x6001
2853 @end example
2854 The following VID/PID is for Kolja Waschk's USB JTAG:
2855 @example
2856 usb_blaster_vid_pid 0x16C0 0x06AD
2857 @end example
2858 @end deffn
2859
2860 @deffn {Command} {usb_blaster} (@option{pin6}|@option{pin8}) (@option{0}|@option{1})
2861 Sets the state of the unused GPIO pins on USB-Blasters (pins 6 and 8 on the
2862 female JTAG header). These pins can be used as SRST and/or TRST provided the
2863 appropriate connections are made on the target board.
2864
2865 For example, to use pin 6 as SRST (as with an AVR board):
2866 @example
2867 $_TARGETNAME configure -event reset-assert \
2868 "usb_blaster pin6 1; wait 1; usb_blaster pin6 0"
2869 @end example
2870 @end deffn
2871
2872 @end deffn
2873
2874 @deffn {Interface Driver} {gw16012}
2875 Gateworks GW16012 JTAG programmer.
2876 This has one driver-specific command:
2877
2878 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_port} [port_number]
2879 Display either the address of the I/O port
2880 (default: 0x378 for LPT1) or the number of the @file{/dev/parport} device.
2881 If a parameter is provided, first switch to use that port.
2882 This is a write-once setting.
2883 @end deffn
2884 @end deffn
2885
2886 @deffn {Interface Driver} {jlink}
2887 Segger J-Link family of USB adapters. It currently supports only the JTAG transport.
2888
2889 @quotation Compatibility Note
2890 Segger released many firmware versions for the many harware versions they
2891 produced. OpenOCD was extensively tested and intended to run on all of them,
2892 but some combinations were reported as incompatible. As a general
2893 recommendation, it is advisable to use the latest firmware version
2894 available for each hardware version. However the current V8 is a moving
2895 target, and Segger firmware versions released after the OpenOCD was
2896 released may not be compatible. In such cases it is recommended to
2897 revert to the last known functional version. For 0.5.0, this is from
2898 "Feb 8 2012 14:30:39", packed with 4.42c. For 0.6.0, the last known
2899 version is from "May 3 2012 18:36:22", packed with 4.46f.
2900 @end quotation
2901
2902 @deffn {Command} {jlink caps}
2903 Display the device firmware capabilities.
2904 @end deffn
2905 @deffn {Command} {jlink info}
2906 Display various device information, like hardware version, firmware version, current bus status.
2907 @end deffn
2908 @deffn {Command} {jlink hw_jtag} [@option{2}|@option{3}]
2909 Set the JTAG protocol version to be used. Without argument, show the actual JTAG protocol version.
2910 @end deffn
2911 @deffn {Command} {jlink config}
2912 Display the J-Link configuration.
2913 @end deffn
2914 @deffn {Command} {jlink config kickstart} [val]
2915 Set the Kickstart power on JTAG-pin 19. Without argument, show the Kickstart configuration.
2916 @end deffn
2917 @deffn {Command} {jlink config mac_address} [@option{ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff}]
2918 Set the MAC address of the J-Link Pro. Without argument, show the MAC address.
2919 @end deffn
2920 @deffn {Command} {jlink config ip} [@option{A.B.C.D}(@option{/E}|@option{F.G.H.I})]
2921 Set the IP configuration of the J-Link Pro, where A.B.C.D is the IP address,
2922 E the bit of the subnet mask and
2923 F.G.H.I the subnet mask. Without arguments, show the IP configuration.
2924 @end deffn
2925 @deffn {Command} {jlink config usb_address} [@option{0x00} to @option{0x03} or @option{0xff}]
2926 Set the USB address; this will also change the product id. Without argument, show the USB address.
2927 @end deffn
2928 @deffn {Command} {jlink config reset}
2929 Reset the current configuration.
2930 @end deffn
2931 @deffn {Command} {jlink config save}
2932 Save the current configuration to the internal persistent storage.
2933 @end deffn
2934 @deffn {Config} {jlink pid} val
2935 Set the USB PID of the interface. As a configuration command, it can be used only before 'init'.
2936 @end deffn
2937 @end deffn
2938
2939 @deffn {Interface Driver} {parport}
2940 Supports PC parallel port bit-banging cables:
2941 Wigglers, PLD download cable, and more.
2942 These interfaces have several commands, used to configure the driver
2943 before initializing the JTAG scan chain:
2944
2945 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_cable} name
2946 Set the layout of the parallel port cable used to connect to the target.
2947 This is a write-once setting.
2948 Currently valid cable @var{name} values include:
2949
2950 @itemize @minus
2951 @item @b{altium} Altium Universal JTAG cable.
2952 @item @b{arm-jtag} Same as original wiggler except SRST and
2953 TRST connections reversed and TRST is also inverted.
2954 @item @b{chameleon} The Amontec Chameleon's CPLD when operated
2955 in configuration mode. This is only used to
2956 program the Chameleon itself, not a connected target.
2957 @item @b{dlc5} The Xilinx Parallel cable III.
2958 @item @b{flashlink} The ST Parallel cable.
2959 @item @b{lattice} Lattice ispDOWNLOAD Cable
2960 @item @b{old_amt_wiggler} The Wiggler configuration that comes with
2961 some versions of
2962 Amontec's Chameleon Programmer. The new version available from
2963 the website uses the original Wiggler layout ('@var{wiggler}')
2964 @item @b{triton} The parallel port adapter found on the
2965 ``Karo Triton 1 Development Board''.
2966 This is also the layout used by the HollyGates design
2967 (see @uref{http://www.lartmaker.nl/projects/jtag/}).
2968 @item @b{wiggler} The original Wiggler layout, also supported by
2969 several clones, such as the Olimex ARM-JTAG
2970 @item @b{wiggler2} Same as original wiggler except an led is fitted on D5.
2971 @item @b{wiggler_ntrst_inverted} Same as original wiggler except TRST is inverted.
2972 @end itemize
2973 @end deffn
2974
2975 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_port} [port_number]
2976 Display either the address of the I/O port
2977 (default: 0x378 for LPT1) or the number of the @file{/dev/parport} device.
2978 If a parameter is provided, first switch to use that port.
2979 This is a write-once setting.
2980
2981 When using PPDEV to access the parallel port, use the number of the parallel port:
2982 @option{parport_port 0} (the default). If @option{parport_port 0x378} is specified
2983 you may encounter a problem.
2984 @end deffn
2985
2986 @deffn Command {parport_toggling_time} [nanoseconds]
2987 Displays how many nanoseconds the hardware needs to toggle TCK;
2988 the parport driver uses this value to obey the
2989 @command{adapter_khz} configuration.
2990 When the optional @var{nanoseconds} parameter is given,
2991 that setting is changed before displaying the current value.
2992
2993 The default setting should work reasonably well on commodity PC hardware.
2994 However, you may want to calibrate for your specific hardware.
2995 @quotation Tip
2996 To measure the toggling time with a logic analyzer or a digital storage
2997 oscilloscope, follow the procedure below:
2998 @example
2999 > parport_toggling_time 1000
3000 > adapter_khz 500
3001 @end example
3002 This sets the maximum JTAG clock speed of the hardware, but
3003 the actual speed probably deviates from the requested 500 kHz.
3004 Now, measure the time between the two closest spaced TCK transitions.
3005 You can use @command{runtest 1000} or something similar to generate a
3006 large set of samples.
3007 Update the setting to match your measurement:
3008 @example
3009 > parport_toggling_time <measured nanoseconds>
3010 @end example
3011 Now the clock speed will be a better match for @command{adapter_khz rate}
3012 commands given in OpenOCD scripts and event handlers.
3013
3014 You can do something similar with many digital multimeters, but note
3015 that you'll probably need to run the clock continuously for several
3016 seconds before it decides what clock rate to show. Adjust the
3017 toggling time up or down until the measured clock rate is a good
3018 match for the adapter_khz rate you specified; be conservative.
3019 @end quotation
3020 @end deffn
3021
3022 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_write_on_exit} (@option{on}|@option{off})
3023 This will configure the parallel driver to write a known
3024 cable-specific value to the parallel interface on exiting OpenOCD.
3025 @end deffn
3026
3027 For example, the interface configuration file for a
3028 classic ``Wiggler'' cable on LPT2 might look something like this:
3029
3030 @example
3031 interface parport
3032 parport_port 0x278
3033 parport_cable wiggler
3034 @end example
3035 @end deffn
3036
3037 @deffn {Interface Driver} {presto}
3038 ASIX PRESTO USB JTAG programmer.
3039 @deffn {Config Command} {presto_serial} serial_string
3040 Configures the USB serial number of the Presto device to use.
3041 @end deffn
3042 @end deffn
3043
3044 @deffn {Interface Driver} {rlink}
3045 Raisonance RLink USB adapter
3046 @end deffn
3047
3048 @deffn {Interface Driver} {usbprog}
3049 usbprog is a freely programmable USB adapter.
3050 @end deffn
3051
3052 @deffn {Interface Driver} {vsllink}
3053 vsllink is part of Versaloon which is a versatile USB programmer.
3054
3055 @quotation Note
3056 This defines quite a few driver-specific commands,
3057 which are not currently documented here.
3058 @end quotation
3059 @end deffn
3060
3061 @deffn {Interface Driver} {hla}
3062 This is a driver that supports multiple High Level Adapters.
3063 This type of adapter does not expose some of the lower level api's
3064 that OpenOCD would normally use to access the target.
3065
3066 Currently supported adapters include the ST STLINK and TI ICDI.
3067
3068 @deffn {Config Command} {hla_device_desc} description
3069 Currently Not Supported.
3070 @end deffn
3071
3072 @deffn {Config Command} {hla_serial} serial
3073 Currently Not Supported.
3074 @end deffn
3075
3076 @deffn {Config Command} {hla_layout} (@option{stlink}|@option{icdi})
3077 Specifies the adapter layout to use.
3078 @end deffn
3079
3080 @deffn {Config Command} {hla_vid_pid} vid pid
3081 The vendor ID and product ID of the device.
3082 @end deffn
3083
3084 @deffn {Config Command} {trace} source_clock_hz [output_file_path]
3085 Enable SWO tracing (if supported). The source clock rate for the
3086 trace port must be specified, this is typically the CPU clock rate. If
3087 the optional output file is specified then raw trace data is appended
3088 to the file, and the file is created if it does not exist.
3089 @end deffn
3090 @end deffn
3091
3092 @deffn {Interface Driver} {opendous}
3093 opendous-jtag is a freely programmable USB adapter.
3094 @end deffn
3095
3096 @deffn {Interface Driver} {ulink}
3097 This is the Keil ULINK v1 JTAG debugger.
3098 @end deffn
3099
3100 @deffn {Interface Driver} {ZY1000}
3101 This is the Zylin ZY1000 JTAG debugger.
3102 @end deffn
3103
3104 @quotation Note
3105 This defines some driver-specific commands,
3106 which are not currently documented here.
3107 @end quotation
3108
3109 @deffn Command power [@option{on}|@option{off}]
3110 Turn power switch to target on/off.
3111 No arguments: print status.
3112 @end deffn
3113
3114 @deffn {Interface Driver} {bcm2835gpio}
3115 This SoC is present in Raspberry Pi which is a cheap single-board computer
3116 exposing some GPIOs on its expansion header.
3117
3118 The driver accesses memory-mapped GPIO peripheral registers directly
3119 for maximum performance, but the only possible race condition is for
3120 the pins' modes/muxing (which is highly unlikely), so it should be
3121 able to coexist nicely with both sysfs bitbanging and various
3122 peripherals' kernel drivers. The driver restores the previous
3123 configuration on exit.
3124
3125 See @file{interface/raspberrypi-native.cfg} for a sample config and
3126 pinout.
3127
3128 @end deffn
3129
3130 @section Transport Configuration
3131 @cindex Transport
3132 As noted earlier, depending on the version of OpenOCD you use,
3133 and the debug adapter you are using,
3134 several transports may be available to
3135 communicate with debug targets (or perhaps to program flash memory).
3136 @deffn Command {transport list}
3137 displays the names of the transports supported by this
3138 version of OpenOCD.
3139 @end deffn
3140
3141 @deffn Command {transport select} transport_name
3142 Select which of the supported transports to use in this OpenOCD session.
3143 The transport must be supported by the debug adapter hardware and by the
3144 version of OpenOCD you are using (including the adapter's driver).
3145 No arguments: returns name of session's selected transport.
3146 @end deffn
3147
3148 @subsection JTAG Transport
3149 @cindex JTAG
3150 JTAG is the original transport supported by OpenOCD, and most
3151 of the OpenOCD commands support it.
3152 JTAG transports expose a chain of one or more Test Access Points (TAPs),
3153 each of which must be explicitly declared.
3154 JTAG supports both debugging and boundary scan testing.
3155 Flash programming support is built on top of debug support.
3156 @subsection SWD Transport
3157 @cindex SWD
3158 @cindex Serial Wire Debug
3159 SWD (Serial Wire Debug) is an ARM-specific transport which exposes one
3160 Debug Access Point (DAP, which must be explicitly declared.
3161 (SWD uses fewer signal wires than JTAG.)
3162 SWD is debug-oriented, and does not support boundary scan testing.
3163 Flash programming support is built on top of debug support.
3164 (Some processors support both JTAG and SWD.)
3165 @deffn Command {swd newdap} ...
3166 Declares a single DAP which uses SWD transport.
3167 Parameters are currently the same as "jtag newtap" but this is
3168 expected to change.
3169 @end deffn
3170 @deffn Command {swd wcr trn prescale}
3171 Updates TRN (turnaraound delay) and prescaling.fields of the
3172 Wire Control Register (WCR).
3173 No parameters: displays current settings.
3174 @end deffn
3175
3176 @subsection CMSIS-DAP Transport
3177 @cindex CMSIS-DAP
3178 CMSIS-DAP is an ARM-specific transport that is used to connect to
3179 compilant debuggers.
3180
3181 @subsection SPI Transport
3182 @cindex SPI
3183 @cindex Serial Peripheral Interface
3184 The Serial Peripheral Interface (SPI) is a general purpose transport
3185 which uses four wire signaling. Some processors use it as part of a
3186 solution for flash programming.
3187
3188 @anchor{jtagspeed}
3189 @section JTAG Speed
3190 JTAG clock setup is part of system setup.
3191 It @emph{does not belong with interface setup} since any interface
3192 only knows a few of the constraints for the JTAG clock speed.
3193 Sometimes the JTAG speed is
3194 changed during the target initialization process: (1) slow at
3195 reset, (2) program the CPU clocks, (3) run fast.
3196 Both the "slow" and "fast" clock rates are functions of the
3197 oscillators used, the chip, the board design, and sometimes
3198 power management software that may be active.
3199
3200 The speed used during reset, and the scan chain verification which
3201 follows reset, can be adjusted using a @code{reset-start}
3202 target event handler.
3203 It can then be reconfigured to a faster speed by a
3204 @code{reset-init} target event handler after it reprograms those
3205 CPU clocks, or manually (if something else, such as a boot loader,
3206 sets up those clocks).
3207 @xref{targetevents,,Target Events}.
3208 When the initial low JTAG speed is a chip characteristic, perhaps
3209 because of a required oscillator speed, provide such a handler
3210 in the target config file.
3211 When that speed is a function of a board-specific characteristic
3212 such as which speed oscillator is used, it belongs in the board
3213 config file instead.
3214 In both cases it's safest to also set the initial JTAG clock rate
3215 to that same slow speed, so that OpenOCD never starts up using a
3216 clock speed that's faster than the scan chain can support.
3217
3218 @example
3219 jtag_rclk 3000
3220 $_TARGET.cpu configure -event reset-start @{ jtag_rclk 3000 @}
3221 @end example
3222
3223 If your system supports adaptive clocking (RTCK), configuring
3224 JTAG to use that is probably the most robust approach.
3225 However, it introduces delays to synchronize clocks; so it
3226 may not be the fastest solution.
3227
3228 @b{NOTE:} Script writers should consider using @command{jtag_rclk}
3229 instead of @command{adapter_khz}, but only for (ARM) cores and boards
3230 which support adaptive clocking.
3231
3232 @deffn {Command} adapter_khz max_speed_kHz
3233 A non-zero speed is in KHZ. Hence: 3000 is 3mhz.
3234 JTAG interfaces usually support a limited number of
3235 speeds. The speed actually used won't be faster
3236 than the speed specified.
3237
3238 Chip data sheets generally include a top JTAG clock rate.
3239 The actual rate is often a function of a CPU core clock,
3240 and is normally less than that peak rate.
3241 For example, most ARM cores accept at most one sixth of the CPU clock.
3242
3243 Speed 0 (khz) selects RTCK method.
3244 @xref{faqrtck,,FAQ RTCK}.
3245 If your system uses RTCK, you won't need to change the
3246 JTAG clocking after setup.
3247 Not all interfaces, boards, or targets support ``rtck''.
3248 If the interface device can not
3249 support it, an error is returned when you try to use RTCK.
3250 @end deffn
3251
3252 @defun jtag_rclk fallback_speed_kHz
3253 @cindex adaptive clocking
3254 @cindex RTCK
3255 This Tcl proc (defined in @file{startup.tcl}) attempts to enable RTCK/RCLK.
3256 If that fails (maybe the interface, board, or target doesn't
3257 support it), falls back to the specified frequency.
3258 @example
3259 # Fall back to 3mhz if RTCK is not supported
3260 jtag_rclk 3000
3261 @end example
3262 @end defun
3263
3264 @node Reset Configuration
3265 @chapter Reset Configuration
3266 @cindex Reset Configuration
3267
3268 Every system configuration may require a different reset
3269 configuration. This can also be quite confusing.
3270 Resets also interact with @var{reset-init} event handlers,
3271 which do things like setting up clocks and DRAM, and
3272 JTAG clock rates. (@xref{jtagspeed,,JTAG Speed}.)
3273 They can also interact with JTAG routers.
3274 Please see the various board files for examples.
3275
3276 @quotation Note
3277 To maintainers and integrators:
3278 Reset configuration touches several things at once.
3279 Normally the board configuration file
3280 should define it and assume that the JTAG adapter supports
3281 everything that's wired up to the board's JTAG connector.
3282
3283 However, the target configuration file could also make note
3284 of something the silicon vendor has done inside the chip,
3285 which will be true for most (or all) boards using that chip.
3286 And when the JTAG adapter doesn't support everything, the
3287 user configuration file will need to override parts of
3288 the reset configuration provided by other files.
3289 @end quotation
3290
3291 @section Types of Reset
3292
3293 There are many kinds of reset possible through JTAG, but
3294 they may not all work with a given board and adapter.
3295 That's part of why reset configuration can be error prone.
3296
3297 @itemize @bullet
3298 @item
3299 @emph{System Reset} ... the @emph{SRST} hardware signal
3300 resets all chips connected to the JTAG adapter, such as processors,
3301 power management chips, and I/O controllers. Normally resets triggered
3302 with this signal behave exactly like pressing a RESET button.
3303 @item
3304 @emph{JTAG TAP Reset} ... the @emph{TRST} hardware signal resets
3305 just the TAP controllers connected to the JTAG adapter.
3306 Such resets should not be visible to the rest of the system; resetting a
3307 device's TAP controller just puts that controller into a known state.
3308 @item
3309 @emph{Emulation Reset} ... many devices can be reset through JTAG
3310 commands. These resets are often distinguishable from system
3311 resets, either explicitly (a "reset reason" register says so)
3312 or implicitly (not all parts of the chip get reset).
3313 @item
3314 @emph{Other Resets} ... system-on-chip devices often support
3315 several other types of reset.
3316 You may need to arrange that a watchdog timer stops
3317 while debugging, preventing a watchdog reset.
3318 There may be individual module resets.
3319 @end itemize
3320
3321 In the best case, OpenOCD can hold SRST, then reset
3322 the TAPs via TRST and send commands through JTAG to halt the
3323 CPU at the reset vector before the 1st instruction is executed.
3324 Then when it finally releases the SRST signal, the system is
3325 halted under debugger control before any code has executed.
3326 This is the behavior required to support the @command{reset halt}
3327 and @command{reset init} commands; after @command{reset init} a
3328 board-specific script might do things like setting up DRAM.
3329 (@xref{resetcommand,,Reset Command}.)
3330
3331 @anchor{srstandtrstissues}
3332 @section SRST and TRST Issues
3333
3334 Because SRST and TRST are hardware signals, they can have a
3335 variety of system-specific constraints. Some of the most
3336 common issues are:
3337
3338 @itemize @bullet
3339
3340 @item @emph{Signal not available} ... Some boards don't wire
3341 SRST or TRST to the JTAG connector. Some JTAG adapters don't
3342 support such signals even if they are wired up.
3343 Use the @command{reset_config} @var{signals} options to say
3344 when either of those signals is not connected.
3345 When SRST is not available, your code might not be able to rely
3346 on controllers having been fully reset during code startup.
3347 Missing TRST is not a problem, since JTAG-level resets can
3348 be triggered using with TMS signaling.
3349
3350 @item @emph{Signals shorted} ... Sometimes a chip, board, or
3351 adapter will connect SRST to TRST, instead of keeping them separate.
3352 Use the @command{reset_config} @var{combination} options to say
3353 when those signals aren't properly independent.
3354
3355 @item @emph{Timing} ... Reset circuitry like a resistor/capacitor
3356 delay circuit, reset supervisor, or on-chip features can extend
3357 the effect of a JTAG adapter's reset for some time after the adapter
3358 stops issuing the reset. For example, there may be chip or board
3359 requirements that all reset pulses last for at least a
3360 certain amount of time; and reset buttons commonly have
3361 hardware debouncing.
3362 Use the @command{adapter_nsrst_delay} and @command{jtag_ntrst_delay}
3363 commands to say when extra delays are needed.
3364
3365 @item @emph{Drive type} ... Reset lines often have a pullup
3366 resistor, letting the JTAG interface treat them as open-drain
3367 signals. But that's not a requirement, so the adapter may need
3368 to use push/pull output drivers.
3369 Also, with weak pullups it may be advisable to drive
3370 signals to both levels (push/pull) to minimize rise times.
3371 Use the @command{reset_config} @var{trst_type} and
3372 @var{srst_type} parameters to say how to drive reset signals.
3373
3374 @item @emph{Special initialization} ... Targets sometimes need
3375 special JTAG initialization sequences to handle chip-specific
3376 issues (not limited to errata).
3377 For example, certain JTAG commands might need to be issued while
3378 the system as a whole is in a reset state (SRST active)
3379 but the JTAG scan chain is usable (TRST inactive).
3380 Many systems treat combined assertion of SRST and TRST as a
3381 trigger for a harder reset than SRST alone.
3382 Such custom reset handling is discussed later in this chapter.
3383 @end itemize
3384
3385 There can also be other issues.
3386 Some devices don't fully conform to the JTAG specifications.
3387 Trivial system-specific differences are common, such as
3388 SRST and TRST using slightly different names.
3389 There are also vendors who distribute key JTAG documentation for
3390 their chips only to developers who have signed a Non-Disclosure
3391 Agreement (NDA).
3392
3393 Sometimes there are chip-specific extensions like a requirement to use
3394 the normally-optional TRST signal (precluding use of JTAG adapters which
3395 don't pass TRST through), or needing extra steps to complete a TAP reset.
3396
3397 In short, SRST and especially TRST handling may be very finicky,
3398 needing to cope with both architecture and board specific constraints.
3399
3400 @section Commands for Handling Resets
3401
3402 @deffn {Command} adapter_nsrst_assert_width milliseconds
3403 Minimum amount of time (in milliseconds) OpenOCD should wait
3404 after asserting nSRST (active-low system reset) before
3405 allowing it to be deasserted.
3406 @end deffn
3407
3408 @deffn {Command} adapter_nsrst_delay milliseconds
3409 How long (in milliseconds) OpenOCD should wait after deasserting
3410 nSRST (active-low system reset) before starting new JTAG operations.
3411 When a board has a reset button connected to SRST line it will
3412 probably have hardware debouncing, implying you should use this.
3413 @end deffn
3414
3415 @deffn {Command} jtag_ntrst_assert_width milliseconds
3416 Minimum amount of time (in milliseconds) OpenOCD should wait
3417 after asserting nTRST (active-low JTAG TAP reset) before
3418 allowing it to be deasserted.
3419 @end deffn
3420
3421 @deffn {Command} jtag_ntrst_delay milliseconds
3422 How long (in milliseconds) OpenOCD should wait after deasserting
3423 nTRST (active-low JTAG TAP reset) before starting new JTAG operations.
3424 @end deffn
3425
3426 @deffn {Command} reset_config mode_flag ...
3427 This command displays or modifies the reset configuration
3428 of your combination of JTAG board and target in target
3429 configuration scripts.
3430
3431 Information earlier in this section describes the kind of problems
3432 the command is intended to address (@pxref{srstandtrstissues,,SRST and TRST Issues}).
3433 As a rule this command belongs only in board config files,
3434 describing issues like @emph{board doesn't connect TRST};
3435 or in user config files, addressing limitations derived
3436 from a particular combination of interface and board.
3437 (An unlikely example would be using a TRST-only adapter
3438 with a board that only wires up SRST.)
3439
3440 The @var{mode_flag} options can be specified in any order, but only one
3441 of each type -- @var{signals}, @var{combination}, @var{gates},
3442 @var{trst_type}, @var{srst_type} and @var{connect_type}
3443 -- may be specified at a time.
3444 If you don't provide a new value for a given type, its previous
3445 value (perhaps the default) is unchanged.
3446 For example, this means that you don't need to say anything at all about
3447 TRST just to declare that if the JTAG adapter should want to drive SRST,
3448 it must explicitly be driven high (@option{srst_push_pull}).
3449
3450 @itemize
3451 @item
3452 @var{signals} can specify which of the reset signals are connected.
3453 For example, If the JTAG interface provides SRST, but the board doesn't
3454 connect that signal properly, then OpenOCD can't use it.
3455 Possible values are @option{none} (the default), @option{trst_only},
3456 @option{srst_only} and @option{trst_and_srst}.
3457
3458 @quotation Tip
3459 If your board provides SRST and/or TRST through the JTAG connector,
3460 you must declare that so those signals can be used.
3461 @end quotation
3462
3463 @item
3464 The @var{combination} is an optional value specifying broken reset
3465 signal implementations.
3466 The default behaviour if no option given is @option{separate},
3467 indicating everything behaves normally.
3468 @option{srst_pulls_trst} states that the
3469 test logic is reset together with the reset of the system (e.g. NXP
3470 LPC2000, "broken" board layout), @option{trst_pulls_srst} says that
3471 the system is reset together with the test logic (only hypothetical, I
3472 haven't seen hardware with such a bug, and can be worked around).
3473 @option{combined} implies both @option{srst_pulls_trst} and
3474 @option{trst_pulls_srst}.
3475
3476 @item
3477 The @var{gates} tokens control flags that describe some cases where
3478 JTAG may be unvailable during reset.
3479 @option{srst_gates_jtag} (default)
3480 indicates that asserting SRST gates the
3481 JTAG clock. This means that no communication can happen on JTAG
3482 while SRST is asserted.
3483 Its converse is @option{srst_nogate}, indicating that JTAG commands
3484 can safely be issued while SRST is active.
3485
3486 @item
3487 The @var{connect_type} tokens control flags that describe some cases where
3488 SRST is asserted while connecting to the target. @option{srst_nogate}
3489 is required to use this option.
3490 @option{connect_deassert_srst} (default)
3491 indicates that SRST will not be asserted while connecting to the target.
3492 Its converse is @option{connect_assert_srst}, indicating that SRST will
3493 be asserted before any target connection.
3494 Only some targets support this feature, STM32 and STR9 are examples.
3495 This feature is useful if you are unable to connect to your target due
3496 to incorrect options byte config or illegal program execution.
3497 @end itemize
3498
3499 The optional @var{trst_type} and @var{srst_type} parameters allow the
3500 driver mode of each reset line to be specified. These values only affect
3501 JTAG interfaces with support for different driver modes, like the Amontec
3502 JTAGkey and JTAG Accelerator. Also, they are necessarily ignored if the
3503 relevant signal (TRST or SRST) is not connected.
3504
3505 @itemize
3506 @item
3507 Possible @var{trst_type} driver modes for the test reset signal (TRST)
3508 are the default @option{trst_push_pull}, and @option{trst_open_drain}.
3509 Most boards connect this signal to a pulldown, so the JTAG TAPs
3510 never leave reset unless they are hooked up to a JTAG adapter.
3511
3512 @item
3513 Possible @var{srst_type} driver modes for the system reset signal (SRST)
3514 are the default @option{srst_open_drain}, and @option{srst_push_pull}.
3515 Most boards connect this signal to a pullup, and allow the
3516 signal to be pulled low by various events including system
3517 powerup and pressing a reset button.
3518 @end itemize
3519 @end deffn
3520
3521 @section Custom Reset Handling
3522 @cindex events
3523
3524 OpenOCD has several ways to help support the various reset
3525 mechanisms provided by chip and board vendors.
3526 The commands shown in the previous section give standard parameters.
3527 There are also @emph{event handlers} associated with TAPs or Targets.
3528 Those handlers are Tcl procedures you can provide, which are invoked
3529 at particular points in the reset sequence.
3530
3531 @emph{When SRST is not an option} you must set
3532 up a @code{reset-assert} event handler for your target.
3533 For example, some JTAG adapters don't include the SRST signal;
3534 and some boards have multiple targets, and you won't always
3535 want to reset everything at once.
3536
3537 After configuring those mechanisms, you might still
3538 find your board doesn't start up or reset correctly.
3539 For example, maybe it needs a slightly different sequence
3540 of SRST and/or TRST manipulations, because of quirks that
3541 the @command{reset_config} mechanism doesn't address;
3542 or asserting both might trigger a stronger reset, which
3543 needs special attention.
3544
3545 Experiment with lower level operations, such as @command{jtag_reset}
3546 and the @command{jtag arp_*} operations shown here,
3547 to find a sequence of operations that works.
3548 @xref{JTAG Commands}.
3549 When you find a working sequence, it can be used to override
3550 @command{jtag_init}, which fires during OpenOCD startup
3551 (@pxref{configurationstage,,Configuration Stage});
3552 or @command{init_reset}, which fires during reset processing.
3553
3554 You might also want to provide some project-specific reset
3555 schemes. For example, on a multi-target board the standard
3556 @command{reset} command would reset all targets, but you
3557 may need the ability to reset only one target at time and
3558 thus want to avoid using the board-wide SRST signal.
3559
3560 @deffn {Overridable Procedure} init_reset mode
3561 This is invoked near the beginning of the @command{reset} command,
3562 usually to provide as much of a cold (power-up) reset as practical.
3563 By default it is also invoked from @command{jtag_init} if
3564 the scan chain does not respond to pure JTAG operations.
3565 The @var{mode} parameter is the parameter given to the
3566 low level reset command (@option{halt},
3567 @option{init}, or @option{run}), @option{setup},
3568 or potentially some other value.
3569
3570 The default implementation just invokes @command{jtag arp_init-reset}.
3571 Replacements will normally build on low level JTAG
3572 operations such as @command{jtag_reset}.
3573 Operations here must not address individual TAPs
3574 (or their associated targets)
3575 until the JTAG scan chain has first been verified to work.
3576
3577 Implementations must have verified the JTAG scan chain before
3578 they return.
3579 This is done by calling @command{jtag arp_init}
3580 (or @command{jtag arp_init-reset}).
3581 @end deffn
3582
3583 @deffn Command {jtag arp_init}
3584 This validates the scan chain using just the four
3585 standard JTAG signals (TMS, TCK, TDI, TDO).
3586 It starts by issuing a JTAG-only reset.
3587 Then it performs checks to verify that the scan chain configuration
3588 matches the TAPs it can observe.
3589 Those checks include checking IDCODE values for each active TAP,
3590 and verifying the length of their instruction registers using
3591 TAP @code{-ircapture} and @code{-irmask} values.
3592 If these tests all pass, TAP @code{setup} events are
3593 issued to all TAPs with handlers for that event.
3594 @end deffn
3595
3596 @deffn Command {jtag arp_init-reset}
3597 This uses TRST and SRST to try resetting
3598 everything on the JTAG scan chain
3599 (and anything else connected to SRST).
3600 It then invokes the logic of @command{jtag arp_init}.
3601 @end deffn
3602
3603
3604 @node TAP Declaration
3605 @chapter TAP Declaration
3606 @cindex TAP declaration
3607 @cindex TAP configuration
3608
3609 @emph{Test Access Ports} (TAPs) are the core of JTAG.
3610 TAPs serve many roles, including:
3611
3612 @itemize @bullet
3613 @item @b{Debug Target} A CPU TAP can be used as a GDB debug target.
3614 @item @b{Flash Programming} Some chips program the flash directly via JTAG.
3615 Others do it indirectly, making a CPU do it.
3616 @item @b{Program Download} Using the same CPU support GDB uses,
3617 you can initialize a DRAM controller, download code to DRAM, and then
3618 start running that code.
3619 @item @b{Boundary Scan} Most chips support boundary scan, which
3620 helps test for board assembly problems like solder bridges
3621 and missing connections.
3622 @end itemize
3623
3624 OpenOCD must know about the active TAPs on your board(s).
3625 Setting up the TAPs is the core task of your configuration files.
3626 Once those TAPs are set up, you can pass their names to code
3627 which sets up CPUs and exports them as GDB targets,
3628 probes flash memory, performs low-level JTAG operations, and more.
3629
3630 @section Scan Chains
3631 @cindex scan chain
3632
3633 TAPs are part of a hardware @dfn{scan chain},
3634 which is a daisy chain of TAPs.
3635 They also need to be added to
3636 OpenOCD's software mirror of that hardware list,
3637 giving each member a name and associating other data with it.
3638 Simple scan chains, with a single TAP, are common in
3639 systems with a single microcontroller or microprocessor.
3640 More complex chips may have several TAPs internally.
3641 Very complex scan chains might have a dozen or more TAPs:
3642 several in one chip, more in the next, and connecting
3643 to other boards with their own chips and TAPs.
3644
3645 You can display the list with the @command{scan_chain} command.
3646 (Don't confuse this with the list displayed by the @command{targets}
3647 command, presented in the next chapter.
3648 That only displays TAPs for CPUs which are configured as
3649 debugging targets.)
3650 Here's what the scan chain might look like for a chip more than one TAP:
3651
3652 @verbatim
3653 TapName Enabled IdCode Expected IrLen IrCap IrMask
3654 -- ------------------ ------- ---------- ---------- ----- ----- ------
3655 0 omap5912.dsp Y 0x03df1d81 0x03df1d81 38 0x01 0x03
3656 1 omap5912.arm Y 0x0692602f 0x0692602f 4 0x01 0x0f
3657 2 omap5912.unknown Y 0x00000000 0x00000000 8 0x01 0x03
3658 @end verbatim
3659
3660 OpenOCD can detect some of that information, but not all
3661 of it. @xref{autoprobing,,Autoprobing}.
3662 Unfortunately, those TAPs can't always be autoconfigured,
3663 because not all devices provide good support for that.
3664 JTAG doesn't require supporting IDCODE instructions, and
3665 chips with JTAG routers may not link TAPs into the chain
3666 until they are told to do so.
3667
3668 The configuration mechanism currently supported by OpenOCD
3669 requires explicit configuration of all TAP devices using
3670 @command{jtag newtap} commands, as detailed later in this chapter.
3671 A command like this would declare one tap and name it @code{chip1.cpu}:
3672
3673 @example
3674 jtag newtap chip1 cpu -irlen 4 -expected-id 0x3ba00477
3675 @end example
3676
3677 Each target configuration file lists the TAPs provided
3678 by a given chip.
3679 Board configuration files combine all the targets on a board,
3680 and so forth.
3681 Note that @emph{the order in which TAPs are declared is very important.}
3682 That declaration order must match the order in the JTAG scan chain,
3683 both inside a single chip and between them.
3684 @xref{faqtaporder,,FAQ TAP Order}.
3685
3686 For example, the ST Microsystems STR912 chip has
3687 three separate TAPs@footnote{See the ST
3688 document titled: @emph{STR91xFAxxx, Section 3.15 Jtag Interface, Page:
3689 28/102, Figure 3: JTAG chaining inside the STR91xFA}.
3690 @url{http://eu.st.com/stonline/products/literature/ds/13495.pdf}}.
3691 To configure those taps, @file{target/str912.cfg}
3692 includes commands something like this:
3693
3694 @example
3695 jtag newtap str912 flash ... params ...
3696 jtag newtap str912 cpu ... params ...
3697 jtag newtap str912 bs ... params ...
3698 @end example
3699
3700 Actual config files typically use a variable such as @code{$_CHIPNAME}
3701 instead of literals like @option{str912}, to support more than one chip
3702 of each type. @xref{Config File Guidelines}.
3703
3704 @deffn Command {jtag names}
3705 Returns the names of all current TAPs in the scan chain.
3706 Use @command{jtag cget} or @command{jtag tapisenabled}
3707 to examine attributes and state of each TAP.
3708 @example
3709 foreach t [jtag names] @{
3710 puts [format "TAP: %s\n" $t]
3711 @}
3712 @end example
3713 @end deffn
3714
3715 @deffn Command {scan_chain}
3716 Displays the TAPs in the scan chain configuration,
3717 and their status.
3718 The set of TAPs listed by this command is fixed by
3719 exiting the OpenOCD configuration stage,
3720 but systems with a JTAG router can
3721 enable or disable TAPs dynamically.
3722 @end deffn
3723
3724 @c FIXME! "jtag cget" should be able to return all TAP
3725 @c attributes, like "$target_name cget" does for targets.
3726
3727 @c Probably want "jtag eventlist", and a "tap-reset" event
3728 @c (on entry to RESET state).
3729
3730 @section TAP Names
3731 @cindex dotted name
3732
3733 When TAP objects are declared with @command{jtag newtap},
3734 a @dfn{dotted.name} is created for the TAP, combining the
3735 name of a module (usually a chip) and a label for the TAP.
3736 For example: @code{xilinx.tap}, @code{str912.flash},
3737 @code{omap3530.jrc}, @code{dm6446.dsp}, or @code{stm32.cpu}.
3738 Many other commands use that dotted.name to manipulate or
3739 refer to the TAP. For example, CPU configuration uses the
3740 name, as does declaration of NAND or NOR flash banks.
3741
3742 The components of a dotted name should follow ``C'' symbol
3743 name rules: start with an alphabetic character, then numbers
3744 and underscores are OK; while others (including dots!) are not.
3745
3746 @section TAP Declaration Commands
3747
3748 @c shouldn't this be(come) a {Config Command}?
3749 @deffn Command {jtag newtap} chipname tapname configparams...
3750 Declares a new TAP with the dotted name @var{chipname}.@var{tapname},
3751 and configured according to the various @var{configparams}.
3752
3753 The @var{chipname} is a symbolic name for the chip.
3754 Conventionally target config files use @code{$_CHIPNAME},
3755 defaulting to the model name given by the chip vendor but
3756 overridable.
3757
3758 @cindex TAP naming convention
3759 The @var{tapname} reflects the role of that TAP,
3760 and should follow this convention:
3761
3762 @itemize @bullet
3763 @item @code{bs} -- For boundary scan if this is a separate TAP;
3764 @item @code{cpu} -- The main CPU of the chip, alternatively
3765 @code{arm} and @code{dsp} on chips with both ARM and DSP CPUs,
3766 @code{arm1} and @code{arm2} on chips with two ARMs, and so forth;
3767 @item @code{etb} -- For an embedded trace buffer (example: an ARM ETB11);
3768 @item @code{flash} -- If the chip has a flash TAP, like the str912;
3769 @item @code{jrc} -- For JTAG route controller (example: the ICEPick modules
3770 on many Texas Instruments chips, like the OMAP3530 on Beagleboards);
3771 @item @code{tap} -- Should be used only for FPGA- or CPLD-like devices
3772 with a single TAP;
3773 @item @code{unknownN} -- If you have no idea what the TAP is for (N is a number);
3774 @item @emph{when in doubt} -- Use the chip maker's name in their data sheet.
3775 For example, the Freescale i.MX31 has a SDMA (Smart DMA) with
3776 a JTAG TAP; that TAP should be named @code{sdma}.
3777 @end itemize
3778
3779 Every TAP requires at least the following @var{configparams}:
3780
3781 @itemize @bullet
3782 @item @code{-irlen} @var{NUMBER}
3783 @*The length in bits of the
3784 instruction register, such as 4 or 5 bits.
3785 @end itemize
3786
3787 A TAP may also provide optional @var{configparams}:
3788
3789 @itemize @bullet
3790 @item @code{-disable} (or @code{-enable})
3791 @*Use the @code{-disable} parameter to flag a TAP which is not
3792 linked into the scan chain after a reset using either TRST
3793 or the JTAG state machine's @sc{reset} state.
3794 You may use @code{-enable} to highlight the default state
3795 (the TAP is linked in).
3796 @xref{enablinganddisablingtaps,,Enabling and Disabling TAPs}.
3797 @item @code{-expected-id} @var{NUMBER}
3798 @*A non-zero @var{number} represents a 32-bit IDCODE
3799 which you expect to find when the scan chain is examined.
3800 These codes are not required by all JTAG devices.
3801 @emph{Repeat the option} as many times as required if more than one
3802 ID code could appear (for example, multiple versions).
3803 Specify @var{number} as zero to suppress warnings about IDCODE
3804 values that were found but not included in the list.
3805
3806 Provide this value if at all possible, since it lets OpenOCD
3807 tell when the scan chain it sees isn't right. These values
3808 are provided in vendors' chip documentation, usually a technical
3809 reference manual. Sometimes you may need to probe the JTAG
3810 hardware to find these values.
3811 @xref{autoprobing,,Autoprobing}.
3812 @item @code{-ignore-version}
3813 @*Specify this to ignore the JTAG version field in the @code{-expected-id}
3814 option. When vendors put out multiple versions of a chip, or use the same
3815 JTAG-level ID for several largely-compatible chips, it may be more practical
3816 to ignore the version field than to update config files to handle all of
3817 the various chip IDs. The version field is defined as bit 28-31 of the IDCODE.
3818 @item @code{-ircapture} @var{NUMBER}
3819 @*The bit pattern loaded by the TAP into the JTAG shift register
3820 on entry to the @sc{ircapture} state, such as 0x01.
3821 JTAG requires the two LSBs of this value to be 01.
3822 By default, @code{-ircapture} and @code{-irmask} are set
3823 up to verify that two-bit value. You may provide
3824 additional bits if you know them, or indicate that
3825 a TAP doesn't conform to the JTAG specification.
3826 @item @code{-irmask} @var{NUMBER}
3827 @*A mask used with @code{-ircapture}
3828 to verify that instruction scans work correctly.
3829 Such scans are not used by OpenOCD except to verify that
3830 there seems to be no problems with JTAG scan chain operations.
3831 @end itemize
3832 @end deffn
3833
3834 @section Other TAP commands
3835
3836 @deffn Command {jtag cget} dotted.name @option{-event} event_name
3837 @deffnx Command {jtag configure} dotted.name @option{-event} event_name handler
3838 At this writing this TAP attribute
3839 mechanism is used only for event handling.
3840 (It is not a direct analogue of the @code{cget}/@code{configure}
3841 mechanism for debugger targets.)
3842 See the next section for information about the available events.
3843
3844 The @code{configure} subcommand assigns an event handler,
3845 a TCL string which is evaluated when the event is triggered.
3846 The @code{cget} subcommand returns that handler.
3847 @end deffn
3848
3849 @section TAP Events
3850 @cindex events
3851 @cindex TAP events
3852
3853 OpenOCD includes two event mechanisms.
3854 The one presented here applies to all JTAG TAPs.
3855 The other applies to debugger targets,
3856 which are associated with certain TAPs.
3857
3858 The TAP events currently defined are:
3859
3860 @itemize @bullet
3861 @item @b{post-reset}
3862 @* The TAP has just completed a JTAG reset.
3863 The tap may still be in the JTAG @sc{reset} state.
3864 Handlers for these events might perform initialization sequences
3865 such as issuing TCK cycles, TMS sequences to ensure
3866 exit from the ARM SWD mode, and more.
3867
3868 Because the scan chain has not yet been verified, handlers for these events
3869 @emph{should not issue commands which scan the JTAG IR or DR registers}
3870 of any particular target.
3871 @b{NOTE:} As this is written (September 2009), nothing prevents such access.
3872 @item @b{setup}
3873 @* The scan chain has been reset and verified.
3874 This handler may enable TAPs as needed.
3875 @item @b{tap-disable}
3876 @* The TAP needs to be disabled. This handler should
3877 implement @command{jtag tapdisable}
3878 by issuing the relevant JTAG commands.
3879 @item @b{tap-enable}
3880 @* The TAP needs to be enabled. This handler should
3881 implement @command{jtag tapenable}
3882 by issuing the relevant JTAG commands.
3883 @end itemize
3884
3885 If you need some action after each JTAG reset which isn't actually
3886 specific to any TAP (since you can't yet trust the scan chain's
3887 contents to be accurate), you might:
3888
3889 @example
3890 jtag configure CHIP.jrc -event post-reset @{
3891 echo "JTAG Reset done"
3892 ... non-scan jtag operations to be done after reset
3893 @}
3894 @end example
3895
3896
3897 @anchor{enablinganddisablingtaps}
3898 @section Enabling and Disabling TAPs
3899 @cindex JTAG Route Controller
3900 @cindex jrc
3901
3902 In some systems, a @dfn{JTAG Route Controller} (JRC)
3903 is used to enable and/or disable specific JTAG TAPs.
3904 Many ARM-based chips from Texas Instruments include
3905 an ``ICEPick'' module, which is a JRC.
3906 Such chips include DaVinci and OMAP3 processors.
3907
3908 A given TAP may not be visible until the JRC has been
3909 told to link it into the scan chain; and if the JRC
3910 has been told to unlink that TAP, it will no longer
3911 be visible.
3912 Such routers address problems that JTAG ``bypass mode''
3913 ignores, such as:
3914
3915 @itemize
3916 @item The scan chain can only go as fast as its slowest TAP.
3917 @item Having many TAPs slows instruction scans, since all
3918 TAPs receive new instructions.
3919 @item TAPs in the scan chain must be powered up, which wastes
3920 power and prevents debugging some power management mechanisms.
3921 @end itemize
3922
3923 The IEEE 1149.1 JTAG standard has no concept of a ``disabled'' tap,
3924 as implied by the existence of JTAG routers.
3925 However, the upcoming IEEE 1149.7 framework (layered on top of JTAG)
3926 does include a kind of JTAG router functionality.
3927
3928 @c (a) currently the event handlers don't seem to be able to
3929 @c fail in a way that could lead to no-change-of-state.
3930
3931 In OpenOCD, tap enabling/disabling is invoked by the Tcl commands
3932 shown below, and is implemented using TAP event handlers.
3933 So for example, when defining a TAP for a CPU connected to
3934 a JTAG router, your @file{target.cfg} file
3935 should define TAP event handlers using
3936 code that looks something like this:
3937
3938 @example
3939 jtag configure CHIP.cpu -event tap-enable @{
3940 ... jtag operations using CHIP.jrc
3941 @}
3942 jtag configure CHIP.cpu -event tap-disable @{
3943 ... jtag operations using CHIP.jrc
3944 @}
3945 @end example
3946
3947 Then you might want that CPU's TAP enabled almost all the time:
3948
3949 @example
3950 jtag configure $CHIP.jrc -event setup "jtag tapenable $CHIP.cpu"
3951 @end example
3952
3953 Note how that particular setup event handler declaration
3954 uses quotes to evaluate @code{$CHIP} when the event is configured.
3955 Using brackets @{ @} would cause it to be evaluated later,
3956 at runtime, when it might have a different value.
3957
3958 @deffn Command {jtag tapdisable} dotted.name
3959 If necessary, disables the tap
3960 by sending it a @option{tap-disable} event.
3961 Returns the string "1" if the tap
3962 specified by @var{dotted.name} is enabled,
3963 and "0" if it is disabled.
3964 @end deffn
3965
3966 @deffn Command {jtag tapenable} dotted.name
3967 If necessary, enables the tap
3968 by sending it a @option{tap-enable} event.
3969 Returns the string "1" if the tap
3970 specified by @var{dotted.name} is enabled,
3971 and "0" if it is disabled.
3972 @end deffn
3973
3974 @deffn Command {jtag tapisenabled} dotted.name
3975 Returns the string "1" if the tap
3976 specified by @var{dotted.name} is enabled,
3977 and "0" if it is disabled.
3978
3979 @quotation Note
3980 Humans will find the @command{scan_chain} command more helpful
3981 for querying the state of the JTAG taps.
3982 @end quotation
3983 @end deffn
3984
3985 @anchor{autoprobing}
3986 @section Autoprobing
3987 @cindex autoprobe
3988 @cindex JTAG autoprobe
3989
3990 TAP configuration is the first thing that needs to be done
3991 after interface and reset configuration. Sometimes it's
3992 hard finding out what TAPs exist, or how they are identified.
3993 Vendor documentation is not always easy to find and use.
3994
3995 To help you get past such problems, OpenOCD has a limited
3996 @emph{autoprobing} ability to look at the scan chain, doing
3997 a @dfn{blind interrogation} and then reporting the TAPs it finds.
3998 To use this mechanism, start the OpenOCD server with only data
3999 that configures your JTAG interface, and arranges to come up
4000 with a slow clock (many devices don't support fast JTAG clocks
4001 right when they come out of reset).
4002
4003 For example, your @file{openocd.cfg} file might have:
4004
4005 @example
4006 source [find interface/olimex-arm-usb-tiny-h.cfg]
4007 reset_config trst_and_srst
4008 jtag_rclk 8
4009 @end example
4010
4011 When you start the server without any TAPs configured, it will
4012 attempt to autoconfigure the TAPs. There are two parts to this:
4013
4014 @enumerate
4015 @item @emph{TAP discovery} ...
4016 After a JTAG reset (sometimes a system reset may be needed too),
4017 each TAP's data registers will hold the contents of either the
4018 IDCODE or BYPASS register.
4019 If JTAG communication is working, OpenOCD will see each TAP,
4020 and report what @option{-expected-id} to use with it.
4021 @item @emph{IR Length discovery} ...
4022 Unfortunately JTAG does not provide a reliable way to find out
4023 the value of the @option{-irlen} parameter to use with a TAP
4024 that is discovered.
4025 If OpenOCD can discover the length of a TAP's instruction
4026 register, it will report it.
4027 Otherwise you may need to consult vendor documentation, such
4028 as chip data sheets or BSDL files.
4029 @end enumerate
4030
4031 In many cases your board will have a simple scan chain with just
4032 a single device. Here's what OpenOCD reported with one board
4033 that's a bit more complex:
4034
4035 @example
4036 clock speed 8 kHz
4037 There are no enabled taps. AUTO PROBING MIGHT NOT WORK!!
4038 AUTO auto0.tap - use "jtag newtap auto0 tap -expected-id 0x2b900f0f ..."
4039 AUTO auto1.tap - use "jtag newtap auto1 tap -expected-id 0x07926001 ..."
4040 AUTO auto2.tap - use "jtag newtap auto2 tap -expected-id 0x0b73b02f ..."
4041 AUTO auto0.tap - use "... -irlen 4"
4042 AUTO auto1.tap - use "... -irlen 4"
4043 AUTO auto2.tap - use "... -irlen 6"
4044 no gdb ports allocated as no target has been specified
4045 @end example
4046
4047 Given that information, you should be able to either find some existing
4048 config files to use, or create your own. If you create your own, you
4049 would configure from the bottom up: first a @file{target.cfg} file
4050 with these TAPs, any targets associated with them, and any on-chip
4051 resources; then a @file{board.cfg} with off-chip resources, clocking,
4052 and so forth.
4053
4054 @node CPU Configuration
4055 @chapter CPU Configuration
4056 @cindex GDB target
4057
4058 This chapter discusses how to set up GDB debug targets for CPUs.
4059 You can also access these targets without GDB
4060 (@pxref{Architecture and Core Commands},
4061 and @ref{targetstatehandling,,Target State handling}) and
4062 through various kinds of NAND and NOR flash commands.
4063 If you have multiple CPUs you can have multiple such targets.
4064
4065 We'll start by looking at how to examine the targets you have,
4066 then look at how to add one more target and how to configure it.
4067
4068 @section Target List
4069 @cindex target, current
4070 @cindex target, list
4071
4072 All targets that have been set up are part of a list,
4073 where each member has a name.
4074 That name should normally be the same as the TAP name.
4075 You can display the list with the @command{targets}
4076 (plural!) command.
4077 This display often has only one CPU; here's what it might
4078 look like with more than one:
4079 @verbatim
4080 TargetName Type Endian TapName State
4081 -- ------------------ ---------- ------ ------------------ ------------
4082 0* at91rm9200.cpu arm920t little at91rm9200.cpu running
4083 1 MyTarget cortex_m little mychip.foo tap-disabled
4084 @end verbatim
4085
4086 One member of that list is the @dfn{current target}, which
4087 is implicitly referenced by many commands.
4088 It's the one marked with a @code{*} near the target name.
4089 In particular, memory addresses often refer to the address
4090 space seen by that current target.
4091 Commands like @command{mdw} (memory display words)
4092 and @command{flash erase_address} (erase NOR flash blocks)
4093 are examples; and there are many more.
4094
4095 Several commands let you examine the list of targets:
4096
4097 @deffn Command {target count}
4098 @emph{Note: target numbers are deprecated; don't use them.
4099 They will be removed shortly after August 2010, including this command.
4100 Iterate target using @command{target names}, not by counting.}
4101
4102 Returns the number of targets, @math{N}.
4103 The highest numbered target is @math{N - 1}.
4104 @example
4105 set c [target count]
4106 for @{ set x 0 @} @{ $x < $c @} @{ incr x @} @{
4107 # Assuming you have created this function
4108 print_target_details $x
4109 @}
4110 @end example
4111 @end deffn
4112
4113 @deffn Command {target current}
4114 Returns the name of the current target.
4115 @end deffn
4116
4117 @deffn Command {target names}
4118 Lists the names of all current targets in the list.
4119 @example
4120 foreach t [target names] @{
4121 puts [format "Target: %s\n" $t]
4122 @}
4123 @end example
4124 @end deffn
4125
4126 @deffn Command {target number} number
4127 @emph{Note: target numbers are deprecated; don't use them.
4128 They will be removed shortly after August 2010, including this command.}
4129
4130 The list of targets is numbered starting at zero.
4131 This command returns the name of the target at index @var{number}.
4132 @example
4133 set thename [target number $x]
4134 puts [format "Target %d is: %s\n" $x $thename]
4135 @end example
4136 @end deffn
4137
4138 @c yep, "target list" would have been better.
4139 @c plus maybe "target setdefault".
4140
4141 @deffn Command targets [name]
4142 @emph{Note: the name of this command is plural. Other target
4143 command names are singular.}
4144
4145 With no parameter, this command displays a table of all known
4146 targets in a user friendly form.
4147
4148 With a parameter, this command sets the current target to
4149 the given target with the given @var{name}; this is
4150 only relevant on boards which have more than one target.
4151 @end deffn
4152
4153 @section Target CPU Types and Variants
4154 @cindex target type
4155 @cindex CPU type
4156 @cindex CPU variant
4157
4158 Each target has a @dfn{CPU type}, as shown in the output of
4159 the @command{targets} command. You need to specify that type
4160 when calling @command{target create}.
4161 The CPU type indicates more than just the instruction set.
4162 It also indicates how that instruction set is implemented,
4163 what kind of debug support it integrates,
4164 whether it has an MMU (and if so, what kind),
4165 what core-specific commands may be available
4166 (@pxref{Architecture and Core Commands}),
4167 and more.
4168
4169 For some CPU types, OpenOCD also defines @dfn{variants} which
4170 indicate differences that affect their handling.
4171 For example, a particular implementation bug might need to be
4172 worked around in some chip versions.
4173
4174 It's easy to see what target types are supported,
4175 since there's a command to list them.
4176 However, there is currently no way to list what target variants
4177 are supported (other than by reading the OpenOCD source code).
4178
4179 @anchor{targettypes}
4180 @deffn Command {target types}
4181 Lists all supported target types.
4182 At this writing, the supported CPU types and variants are:
4183
4184 @itemize @bullet
4185 @item @code{arm11} -- this is a generation of ARMv6 cores
4186 @item @code{arm720t} -- this is an ARMv4 core with an MMU
4187 @item @code{arm7tdmi} -- this is an ARMv4 core
4188 @item @code{arm920t} -- this is an ARMv4 core with an MMU
4189 @item @code{arm926ejs} -- this is an ARMv5 core with an MMU
4190 @item @code{arm966e} -- this is an ARMv5 core
4191 @item @code{arm9tdmi} -- this is an ARMv4 core
4192 @item @code{avr} -- implements Atmel's 8-bit AVR instruction set.
4193 (Support for this is preliminary and incomplete.)
4194 @item @code{cortex_a} -- this is an ARMv7 core with an MMU
4195 @item @code{cortex_m} -- this is an ARMv7 core, supporting only the
4196 compact Thumb2 instruction set.
4197 @item @code{dragonite} -- resembles arm966e
4198 @item @code{dsp563xx} -- implements Freescale's 24-bit DSP.
4199 (Support for this is still incomplete.)
4200 @item @code{fa526} -- resembles arm920 (w/o Thumb)
4201 @item @code{feroceon} -- resembles arm926
4202 @item @code{mips_m4k} -- a MIPS core. This supports one variant:
4203 @item @code{xscale} -- this is actually an architecture,
4204 not a CPU type. It is based on the ARMv5 architecture.
4205 There are several variants defined:
4206 @itemize @minus
4207 @item @code{ixp42x}, @code{ixp45x}, @code{ixp46x},
4208 @code{pxa27x} ... instruction register length is 7 bits
4209 @item @code{pxa250}, @code{pxa255},
4210 @code{pxa26x} ... instruction register length is 5 bits
4211 @item @code{pxa3xx} ... instruction register length is 11 bits
4212 @end itemize
4213 @item @code{openrisc} -- this is an OpenRISC 1000 core.
4214 The current implementation supports three JTAG TAP cores:
4215 @itemize @minus
4216 @item @code{OpenCores TAP} (See: @emph{http://opencores.org/project,jtag})
4217 @item @code{Altera Virtual JTAG TAP} (See: @emph{http://www.altera.com/literature/ug/ug_virtualjtag.pdf})
4218 @item @code{Xilinx BSCAN_* virtual JTAG interface} (See: @emph{http://www.xilinx.com/support/documentation/sw_manuals/xilinx14_2/spartan6_hdl.pdf})
4219 @end itemize
4220 And two debug interfaces cores:
4221 @itemize @minus
4222 @item @code{Advanced debug interface} (See: @emph{http://opencores.org/project,adv_debug_sys})
4223 @item @code{SoC Debug Interface} (See: @emph{http://opencores.org/project,dbg_interface})
4224 @end itemize
4225 @end itemize
4226 @end deffn
4227
4228 To avoid being confused by the variety of ARM based cores, remember
4229 this key point: @emph{ARM is a technology licencing company}.
4230 (See: @url{http://www.arm.com}.)
4231 The CPU name used by OpenOCD will reflect the CPU design that was
4232 licenced, not a vendor brand which incorporates that design.
4233 Name prefixes like arm7, arm9, arm11, and cortex
4234 reflect design generations;
4235 while names like ARMv4, ARMv5, ARMv6, and ARMv7
4236 reflect an architecture version implemented by a CPU design.
4237
4238 @anchor{targetconfiguration}
4239 @section Target Configuration
4240
4241 Before creating a ``target'', you must have added its TAP to the scan chain.
4242 When you've added that TAP, you will have a @code{dotted.name}
4243 which is used to set up the CPU support.
4244 The chip-specific configuration file will normally configure its CPU(s)
4245 right after it adds all of the chip's TAPs to the scan chain.
4246
4247 Although you can set up a target in one step, it's often clearer if you
4248 use shorter commands and do it in two steps: create it, then configure
4249 optional parts.
4250 All operations on the target after it's created will use a new
4251 command, created as part of target creation.
4252
4253 The two main things to configure after target creation are
4254 a work area, which usually has target-specific defaults even
4255 if the board setup code overrides them later;
4256 and event handlers (@pxref{targetevents,,Target Events}), which tend
4257 to be much more board-specific.
4258 The key steps you use might look something like this
4259
4260 @example
4261 target create MyTarget cortex_m -chain-position mychip.cpu
4262 $MyTarget configure -work-area-phys 0x08000 -work-area-size 8096
4263 $MyTarget configure -event reset-deassert-pre @{ jtag_rclk 5 @}
4264 $MyTarget configure -event reset-init @{ myboard_reinit @}
4265 @end example
4266
4267 You should specify a working area if you can; typically it uses some
4268 on-chip SRAM.
4269 Such a working area can speed up many things, including bulk
4270 writes to target memory;
4271 flash operations like checking to see if memory needs to be erased;
4272 GDB memory checksumming;
4273 and more.
4274
4275 @quotation Warning
4276 On more complex chips, the work area can become
4277 inaccessible when application code
4278 (such as an operating system)
4279 enables or disables the MMU.
4280 For example, the particular MMU context used to acess the virtual
4281 address will probably matter ... and that context might not have
4282 easy access to other addresses needed.
4283 At this writing, OpenOCD doesn't have much MMU intelligence.
4284 @end quotation
4285
4286 It's often very useful to define a @code{reset-init} event handler.
4287 For systems that are normally used with a boot loader,
4288 common tasks include updating clocks and initializing memory
4289 controllers.
4290 That may be needed to let you write the boot loader into flash,
4291 in order to ``de-brick'' your board; or to load programs into
4292 external DDR memory without having run the boot loader.
4293
4294 @deffn Command {target create} target_name type configparams...
4295 This command creates a GDB debug target that refers to a specific JTAG tap.
4296 It enters that target into a list, and creates a new
4297 command (@command{@var{target_name}}) which is used for various
4298 purposes including additional configuration.
4299
4300 @itemize @bullet
4301 @item @var{target_name} ... is the name of the debug target.
4302 By convention this should be the same as the @emph{dotted.name}
4303 of the TAP associated with this target, which must be specified here
4304 using the @code{-chain-position @var{dotted.name}} configparam.
4305
4306 This name is also used to create the target object command,
4307 referred to here as @command{$target_name},
4308 and in other places the target needs to be identified.
4309 @item @var{type} ... specifies the target type. @xref{targettypes,,target types}.
4310 @item @var{configparams} ... all parameters accepted by
4311 @command{$target_name configure} are permitted.
4312 If the target is big-endian, set it here with @code{-endian big}.
4313 If the variant matters, set it here with @code{-variant}.
4314
4315 You @emph{must} set the @code{-chain-position @var{dotted.name}} here.
4316 @end itemize
4317 @end deffn
4318
4319 @deffn Command {$target_name configure} configparams...
4320 The options accepted by this command may also be
4321 specified as parameters to @command{target create}.
4322 Their values can later be queried one at a time by
4323 using the @command{$target_name cget} command.
4324
4325 @emph{Warning:} changing some of these after setup is dangerous.
4326 For example, moving a target from one TAP to another;
4327 and changing its endianness or variant.
4328
4329 @itemize @bullet
4330
4331 @item @code{-chain-position} @var{dotted.name} -- names the TAP
4332 used to access this target.
4333
4334 @item @code{-endian} (@option{big}|@option{little}) -- specifies
4335 whether the CPU uses big or little endian conventions
4336
4337 @item @code{-event} @var{event_name} @var{event_body} --
4338 @xref{targetevents,,Target Events}.
4339 Note that this updates a list of named event handlers.
4340 Calling this twice with two different event names assigns
4341 two different handlers, but calling it twice with the
4342 same event name assigns only one handler.
4343
4344 @item @code{-variant} @var{name} -- specifies a variant of the target,
4345 which OpenOCD needs to know about.
4346
4347 @item @code{-work-area-backup} (@option{0}|@option{1}) -- says
4348 whether the work area gets backed up; by default,
4349 @emph{it is not backed up.}
4350 When possible, use a working_area that doesn't need to be backed up,
4351 since performing a backup slows down operations.
4352 For example, the beginning of an SRAM block is likely to
4353 be used by most build systems, but the end is often unused.
4354
4355 @item @code{-work-area-size} @var{size} -- specify work are size,
4356 in bytes. The same size applies regardless of whether its physical
4357 or virtual address is being used.
4358
4359 @item @code{-work-area-phys} @var{address} -- set the work area
4360 base @var{address} to be used when no MMU is active.
4361
4362 @item @code{-work-area-virt} @var{address} -- set the work area
4363 base @var{address} to be used when an MMU is active.
4364 @emph{Do not specify a value for this except on targets with an MMU.}
4365 The value should normally correspond to a static mapping for the
4366 @code{-work-area-phys} address, set up by the current operating system.
4367
4368 @anchor{rtostype}
4369 @item @code{-rtos} @var{rtos_type} -- enable rtos support for target,
4370 @var{rtos_type} can be one of @option{auto}|@option{eCos}|@option{ThreadX}|
4371 @option{FreeRTOS}|@option{linux}|@option{ChibiOS}|@option{embKernel}
4372 @xref{gdbrtossupport,,RTOS Support}.
4373
4374 @end itemize
4375 @end deffn
4376
4377 @section Other $target_name Commands
4378 @cindex object command
4379
4380 The Tcl/Tk language has the concept of object commands,
4381 and OpenOCD adopts that same model for targets.
4382
4383 A good Tk example is a on screen button.
4384 Once a button is created a button
4385 has a name (a path in Tk terms) and that name is useable as a first
4386 class command. For example in Tk, one can create a button and later
4387 configure it like this:
4388
4389 @example
4390 # Create
4391 button .foobar -background red -command @{ foo @}
4392 # Modify
4393 .foobar configure -foreground blue
4394 # Query
4395 set x [.foobar cget -background]
4396 # Report
4397 puts [format "The button is %s" $x]
4398 @end example
4399
4400 In OpenOCD's terms, the ``target'' is an object just like a Tcl/Tk
4401 button, and its object commands are invoked the same way.
4402
4403 @example
4404 str912.cpu mww 0x1234 0x42
4405 omap3530.cpu mww 0x5555 123
4406 @end example
4407
4408 The commands supported by OpenOCD target objects are:
4409
4410 @deffn Command {$target_name arp_examine}
4411 @deffnx Command {$target_name arp_halt}
4412 @deffnx Command {$target_name arp_poll}
4413 @deffnx Command {$target_name arp_reset}
4414 @deffnx Command {$target_name arp_waitstate}
4415 Internal OpenOCD scripts (most notably @file{startup.tcl})
4416 use these to deal with specific reset cases.
4417 They are not otherwise documented here.
4418 @end deffn
4419
4420 @deffn Command {$target_name array2mem} arrayname width address count
4421 @deffnx Command {$target_name mem2array} arrayname width address count
4422 These provide an efficient script-oriented interface to memory.
4423 The @code{array2mem} primitive writes bytes, halfwords, or words;
4424 while @code{mem2array} reads them.
4425 In both cases, the TCL side uses an array, and
4426 the target side uses raw memory.
4427
4428 The efficiency comes from enabling the use of
4429 bulk JTAG data transfer operations.
4430 The script orientation comes from working with data
4431 values that are packaged for use by TCL scripts;
4432 @command{mdw} type primitives only print data they retrieve,
4433 and neither store nor return those values.
4434
4435 @itemize
4436 @item @var{arrayname} ... is the name of an array variable
4437 @item @var{width} ... is 8/16/32 - indicating the memory access size
4438 @item @var{address} ... is the target memory address
4439 @item @var{count} ... is the number of elements to process
4440 @end itemize
4441 @end deffn
4442
4443 @deffn Command {$target_name cget} queryparm
4444 Each configuration parameter accepted by
4445 @command{$target_name configure}
4446 can be individually queried, to return its current value.
4447 The @var{queryparm} is a parameter name
4448 accepted by that command, such as @code{-work-area-phys}.
4449 There are a few special cases:
4450
4451 @itemize @bullet
4452 @item @code{-event} @var{event_name} -- returns the handler for the
4453 event named @var{event_name}.
4454 This is a special case because setting a handler requires
4455 two parameters.
4456 @item @code{-type} -- returns the target type.
4457 This is a special case because this is set using
4458 @command{target create} and can't be changed
4459 using @command{$target_name configure}.
4460 @end itemize
4461
4462 For example, if you wanted to summarize information about
4463 all the targets you might use something like this:
4464
4465 @example
4466 foreach name [target names] @{
4467 set y [$name cget -endian]
4468 set z [$name cget -type]
4469 puts [format "Chip %d is %s, Endian: %s, type: %s" \
4470 $x $name $y $z]
4471 @}
4472 @end example
4473 @end deffn
4474
4475 @anchor{targetcurstate}
4476 @deffn Command {$target_name curstate}
4477 Displays the current target state:
4478 @code{debug-running},
4479 @code{halted},
4480 @code{reset},
4481 @code{running}, or @code{unknown}.
4482 (Also, @pxref{eventpolling,,Event Polling}.)
4483 @end deffn
4484
4485 @deffn Command {$target_name eventlist}
4486 Displays a table listing all event handlers
4487 currently associated with this target.
4488 @xref{targetevents,,Target Events}.
4489 @end deffn
4490
4491 @deffn Command {$target_name invoke-event} event_name
4492 Invokes the handler for the event named @var{event_name}.
4493 (This is primarily intended for use by OpenOCD framework
4494 code, for example by the reset code in @file{startup.tcl}.)
4495 @end deffn
4496
4497 @deffn Command {$target_name mdw} addr [count]
4498 @deffnx Command {$target_name mdh} addr [count]
4499 @deffnx Command {$target_name mdb} addr [count]
4500 Display contents of address @var{addr}, as
4501 32-bit words (@command{mdw}), 16-bit halfwords (@command{mdh}),
4502 or 8-bit bytes (@command{mdb}).
4503 If @var{count} is specified, displays that many units.
4504 (If you want to manipulate the data instead of displaying it,
4505 see the @code{mem2array} primitives.)
4506 @end deffn
4507
4508 @deffn Command {$target_name mww} addr word
4509 @deffnx Command {$target_name mwh} addr halfword
4510 @deffnx Command {$target_name mwb} addr byte
4511 Writes the specified @var{word} (32 bits),
4512 @var{halfword} (16 bits), or @var{byte} (8-bit) pattern,
4513 at the specified address @var{addr}.
4514 @end deffn
4515
4516 @anchor{targetevents}
4517 @section Target Events
4518 @cindex target events
4519 @cindex events
4520 At various times, certain things can happen, or you want them to happen.
4521 For example:
4522 @itemize @bullet
4523 @item What should happen when GDB connects? Should your target reset?
4524 @item When GDB tries to flash the target, do you need to enable the flash via a special command?
4525 @item Is using SRST appropriate (and possible) on your system?
4526 Or instead of that, do you need to issue JTAG commands to trigger reset?
4527 SRST usually resets everything on the scan chain, which can be inappropriate.
4528 @item During reset, do you need to write to certain memory locations
4529 to set up system clocks or
4530 to reconfigure the SDRAM?
4531 How about configuring the watchdog timer, or other peripherals,
4532 to stop running while you hold the core stopped for debugging?
4533 @end itemize
4534
4535 All of the above items can be addressed by target event handlers.
4536 These are set up by @command{$target_name configure -event} or
4537 @command{target create ... -event}.
4538
4539 The programmer's model matches the @code{-command} option used in Tcl/Tk
4540 buttons and events. The two examples below act the same, but one creates
4541 and invokes a small procedure while the other inlines it.
4542
4543 @example
4544 proc my_attach_proc @{ @} @{
4545 echo "Reset..."
4546 reset halt
4547 @}
4548 mychip.cpu configure -event gdb-attach my_attach_proc
4549 mychip.cpu configure -event gdb-attach @{
4550 echo "Reset..."
4551 # To make flash probe and gdb load to flash work we need a reset init.
4552 reset init
4553 @}
4554 @end example
4555
4556 The following target events are defined:
4557
4558 @itemize @bullet
4559 @item @b{debug-halted}
4560 @* The target has halted for debug reasons (i.e.: breakpoint)
4561 @item @b{debug-resumed}
4562 @* The target has resumed (i.e.: gdb said run)
4563 @item @b{early-halted}
4564 @* Occurs early in the halt process
4565 @item @b{examine-start}
4566 @* Before target examine is called.
4567 @item @b{examine-end}
4568 @* After target examine is called with no errors.
4569 @item @b{gdb-attach}
4570 @* When GDB connects. This is before any communication with the target, so this
4571 can be used to set up the target so it is possible to probe flash. Probing flash
4572 is necessary during gdb connect if gdb load is to write the image to flash. Another
4573 use of the flash memory map is for GDB to automatically hardware/software breakpoints
4574 depending on whether the breakpoint is in RAM or read only memory.
4575 @item @b{gdb-detach}
4576 @* When GDB disconnects
4577 @item @b{gdb-end}
4578 @* When the target has halted and GDB is not doing anything (see early halt)
4579 @item @b{gdb-flash-erase-start}
4580 @* Before the GDB flash process tries to erase the flash
4581 @item @b{gdb-flash-erase-end}
4582 @* After the GDB flash process has finished erasing the flash
4583 @item @b{gdb-flash-write-start}
4584 @* Before GDB writes to the flash
4585 @item @b{gdb-flash-write-end}
4586 @* After GDB writes to the flash
4587 @item @b{gdb-start}
4588 @* Before the target steps, gdb is trying to start/resume the target
4589 @item @b{halted}
4590 @* The target has halted
4591 @item @b{reset-assert-pre}
4592 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
4593 after @command{reset_init} was triggered
4594 but before either SRST alone is re-asserted on the scan chain,
4595 or @code{reset-assert} is triggered.
4596 @item @b{reset-assert}
4597 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
4598 after @command{reset-assert-pre} was triggered.
4599 When such a handler is present, cores which support this event will use
4600 it instead of asserting SRST.
4601 This support is essential for debugging with JTAG interfaces which
4602 don't include an SRST line (JTAG doesn't require SRST), and for
4603 selective reset on scan chains that have multiple targets.
4604 @item @b{reset-assert-post}
4605 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
4606 after @code{reset-assert} has been triggered.
4607 or the target asserted SRST on the entire scan chain.
4608 @item @b{reset-deassert-pre}
4609 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
4610 after @code{reset-assert-post} has been triggered.
4611 @item @b{reset-deassert-post}
4612 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
4613 after @code{reset-deassert-pre} has been triggered
4614 and (if the target is using it) after SRST has been
4615 released on the scan chain.
4616 @item @b{reset-end}
4617 @* Issued as the final step in @command{reset} processing.
4618 @ignore
4619 @item @b{reset-halt-post}
4620 @* Currently not used
4621 @item @b{reset-halt-pre}
4622 @* Currently not used
4623 @end ignore
4624 @item @b{reset-init}
4625 @* Used by @b{reset init} command for board-specific initialization.
4626 This event fires after @emph{reset-deassert-post}.
4627
4628 This is where you would configure PLLs and clocking, set up DRAM so
4629 you can download programs that don't fit in on-chip SRAM, set up pin
4630 multiplexing, and so on.
4631 (You may be able to switch to a fast JTAG clock rate here, after
4632 the target clocks are fully set up.)
4633 @item @b{reset-start}
4634 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
4635 before @command{reset_init} is called.
4636
4637 This is the most robust place to use @command{jtag_rclk}
4638 or @command{adapter_khz} to switch to a low JTAG clock rate,
4639 when reset disables PLLs needed to use a fast clock.
4640 @ignore
4641 @item @b{reset-wait-pos}
4642 @* Currently not used
4643 @item @b{reset-wait-pre}
4644 @* Currently not used
4645 @end ignore
4646 @item @b{resume-start}
4647 @* Before any target is resumed
4648 @item @b{resume-end}
4649 @* After all targets have resumed
4650 @item @b{resumed}
4651 @* Target has resumed
4652 @end itemize
4653
4654 @node Flash Commands
4655 @chapter Flash Commands
4656
4657 OpenOCD has different commands for NOR and NAND flash;
4658 the ``flash'' command works with NOR flash, while
4659 the ``nand'' command works with NAND flash.
4660 This partially reflects different hardware technologies:
4661 NOR flash usually supports direct CPU instruction and data bus access,
4662 while data from a NAND flash must be copied to memory before it can be
4663 used. (SPI flash must also be copied to memory before use.)
4664 However, the documentation also uses ``flash'' as a generic term;
4665 for example, ``Put flash configuration in board-specific files''.
4666
4667 Flash Steps:
4668 @enumerate
4669 @item Configure via the command @command{flash bank}
4670 @* Do this in a board-specific configuration file,
4671 passing parameters as needed by the driver.
4672 @item Operate on the flash via @command{flash subcommand}
4673 @* Often commands to manipulate the flash are typed by a human, or run
4674 via a script in some automated way. Common tasks include writing a
4675 boot loader, operating system, or other data.
4676 @item GDB Flashing
4677 @* Flashing via GDB requires the flash be configured via ``flash
4678 bank'', and the GDB flash features be enabled.
4679 @xref{gdbconfiguration,,GDB Configuration}.
4680 @end enumerate
4681
4682 Many CPUs have the ablity to ``boot'' from the first flash bank.
4683 This means that misprogramming that bank can ``brick'' a system,
4684 so that it can't boot.
4685 JTAG tools, like OpenOCD, are often then used to ``de-brick'' the
4686 board by (re)installing working boot firmware.
4687
4688 @anchor{norconfiguration}
4689 @section Flash Configuration Commands
4690 @cindex flash configuration
4691
4692 @deffn {Config Command} {flash bank} name driver base size chip_width bus_width target [driver_options]
4693 Configures a flash bank which provides persistent storage
4694 for addresses from @math{base} to @math{base + size - 1}.
4695 These banks will often be visible to GDB through the target's memory map.
4696 In some cases, configuring a flash bank will activate extra commands;
4697 see the driver-specific documentation.
4698
4699 @itemize @bullet
4700 @item @var{name} ... may be used to reference the flash bank
4701 in other flash commands. A number is also available.
4702 @item @var{driver} ... identifies the controller driver
4703 associated with the flash bank being declared.
4704 This is usually @code{cfi} for external flash, or else
4705 the name of a microcontroller with embedded flash memory.
4706 @xref{flashdriverlist,,Flash Driver List}.
4707 @item @var{base} ... Base address of the flash chip.
4708 @item @var{size} ... Size of the chip, in bytes.
4709 For some drivers, this value is detected from the hardware.
4710 @item @var{chip_width} ... Width of the flash chip, in bytes;
4711 ignored for most microcontroller drivers.
4712 @item @var{bus_width} ... Width of the data bus used to access the
4713 chip, in bytes; ignored for most microcontroller drivers.
4714 @item @var{target} ... Names the target used to issue
4715 commands to the flash controller.
4716 @comment Actually, it's currently a controller-specific parameter...
4717 @item @var{driver_options} ... drivers may support, or require,
4718 additional parameters. See the driver-specific documentation
4719 for more information.
4720 @end itemize
4721 @quotation Note
4722 This command is not available after OpenOCD initialization has completed.
4723 Use it in board specific configuration files, not interactively.
4724 @end quotation
4725 @end deffn
4726
4727 @comment the REAL name for this command is "ocd_flash_banks"
4728 @comment less confusing would be: "flash list" (like "nand list")
4729 @deffn Command {flash banks}
4730 Prints a one-line summary of each device that was
4731 declared using @command{flash bank}, numbered from zero.
4732 Note that this is the @emph{plural} form;
4733 the @emph{singular} form is a very different command.
4734 @end deffn
4735
4736 @deffn Command {flash list}
4737 Retrieves a list of associative arrays for each device that was
4738 declared using @command{flash bank}, numbered from zero.
4739 This returned list can be manipulated easily from within scripts.
4740 @end deffn
4741
4742 @deffn Command {flash probe} num
4743 Identify the flash, or validate the parameters of the configured flash. Operation
4744 depends on the flash type.
4745 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4746 Most flash commands will implicitly @emph{autoprobe} the bank;
4747 flash drivers can distinguish between probing and autoprobing,
4748 but most don't bother.
4749 @end deffn
4750
4751 @section Erasing, Reading, Writing to Flash
4752 @cindex flash erasing
4753 @cindex flash reading
4754 @cindex flash writing
4755 @cindex flash programming
4756 @anchor{flashprogrammingcommands}
4757
4758 One feature distinguishing NOR flash from NAND or serial flash technologies
4759 is that for read access, it acts exactly like any other addressible memory.
4760 This means you can use normal memory read commands like @command{mdw} or
4761 @command{dump_image} with it, with no special @command{flash} subcommands.
4762 @xref{memoryaccess,,Memory access}, and @ref{imageaccess,,Image access}.
4763
4764 Write access works differently. Flash memory normally needs to be erased
4765 before it's written. Erasing a sector turns all of its bits to ones, and
4766 writing can turn ones into zeroes. This is why there are special commands
4767 for interactive erasing and writing, and why GDB needs to know which parts
4768 of the address space hold NOR flash memory.
4769
4770 @quotation Note
4771 Most of these erase and write commands leverage the fact that NOR flash
4772 chips consume target address space. They implicitly refer to the current
4773 JTAG target, and map from an address in that target's address space
4774 back to a flash bank.
4775 @comment In May 2009, those mappings may fail if any bank associated
4776 @comment with that target doesn't succesfuly autoprobe ... bug worth fixing?
4777 A few commands use abstract addressing based on bank and sector numbers,
4778 and don't depend on searching the current target and its address space.
4779 Avoid confusing the two command models.
4780 @end quotation
4781
4782 Some flash chips implement software protection against accidental writes,
4783 since such buggy writes could in some cases ``brick'' a system.
4784 For such systems, erasing and writing may require sector protection to be
4785 disabled first.
4786 Examples include CFI flash such as ``Intel Advanced Bootblock flash'',
4787 and AT91SAM7 on-chip flash.
4788 @xref{flashprotect,,flash protect}.
4789
4790 @deffn Command {flash erase_sector} num first last
4791 Erase sectors in bank @var{num}, starting at sector @var{first}
4792 up to and including @var{last}.
4793 Sector numbering starts at 0.
4794 Providing a @var{last} sector of @option{last}
4795 specifies "to the end of the flash bank".
4796 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4797 @end deffn
4798
4799 @deffn Command {flash erase_address} [@option{pad}] [@option{unlock}] address length
4800 Erase sectors starting at @var{address} for @var{length} bytes.
4801 Unless @option{pad} is specified, @math{address} must begin a
4802 flash sector, and @math{address + length - 1} must end a sector.
4803 Specifying @option{pad} erases extra data at the beginning and/or
4804 end of the specified region, as needed to erase only full sectors.
4805 The flash bank to use is inferred from the @var{address}, and
4806 the specified length must stay within that bank.
4807 As a special case, when @var{length} is zero and @var{address} is
4808 the start of the bank, the whole flash is erased.
4809 If @option{unlock} is specified, then the flash is unprotected
4810 before erase starts.
4811 @end deffn
4812
4813 @deffn Command {flash fillw} address word length
4814 @deffnx Command {flash fillh} address halfword length
4815 @deffnx Command {flash fillb} address byte length
4816 Fills flash memory with the specified @var{word} (32 bits),
4817 @var{halfword} (16 bits), or @var{byte} (8-bit) pattern,
4818 starting at @var{address} and continuing
4819 for @var{length} units (word/halfword/byte).
4820 No erasure is done before writing; when needed, that must be done
4821 before issuing this command.
4822 Writes are done in blocks of up to 1024 bytes, and each write is
4823 verified by reading back the data and comparing it to what was written.
4824 The flash bank to use is inferred from the @var{address} of
4825 each block, and the specified length must stay within that bank.
4826 @end deffn
4827 @comment no current checks for errors if fill blocks touch multiple banks!
4828
4829 @deffn Command {flash write_bank} num filename offset
4830 Write the binary @file{filename} to flash bank @var{num},
4831 starting at @var{offset} bytes from the beginning of the bank.
4832 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4833 @end deffn
4834
4835 @deffn Command {flash write_image} [erase] [unlock] filename [offset] [type]
4836 Write the image @file{filename} to the current target's flash bank(s).
4837 A relocation @var{offset} may be specified, in which case it is added
4838 to the base address for each section in the image.
4839 The file [@var{type}] can be specified
4840 explicitly as @option{bin} (binary), @option{ihex} (Intel hex),
4841 @option{elf} (ELF file), @option{s19} (Motorola s19).
4842 @option{mem}, or @option{builder}.
4843 The relevant flash sectors will be erased prior to programming
4844 if the @option{erase} parameter is given. If @option{unlock} is
4845 provided, then the flash banks are unlocked before erase and
4846 program. The flash bank to use is inferred from the address of
4847 each image section.
4848
4849 @quotation Warning
4850 Be careful using the @option{erase} flag when the flash is holding
4851 data you want to preserve.
4852 Portions of the flash outside those described in the image's
4853 sections might be erased with no notice.
4854 @itemize
4855 @item
4856 When a section of the image being written does not fill out all the
4857 sectors it uses, the unwritten parts of those sectors are necessarily
4858 also erased, because sectors can't be partially erased.
4859 @item
4860 Data stored in sector "holes" between image sections are also affected.
4861 For example, "@command{flash write_image erase ...}" of an image with
4862 one byte at the beginning of a flash bank and one byte at the end
4863 erases the entire bank -- not just the two sectors being written.
4864 @end itemize
4865 Also, when flash protection is important, you must re-apply it after
4866 it has been removed by the @option{unlock} flag.
4867 @end quotation
4868
4869 @end deffn
4870
4871 @section Other Flash commands
4872 @cindex flash protection
4873
4874 @deffn Command {flash erase_check} num
4875 Check erase state of sectors in flash bank @var{num},
4876 and display that status.
4877 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4878 @end deffn
4879
4880 @deffn Command {flash info} num
4881 Print info about flash bank @var{num}
4882 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4883 This command will first query the hardware, it does not print cached
4884 and possibly stale information.
4885 @end deffn
4886
4887 @anchor{flashprotect}
4888 @deffn Command {flash protect} num first last (@option{on}|@option{off})
4889 Enable (@option{on}) or disable (@option{off}) protection of flash sectors
4890 in flash bank @var{num}, starting at sector @var{first}
4891 and continuing up to and including @var{last}.
4892 Providing a @var{last} sector of @option{last}
4893 specifies "to the end of the flash bank".
4894 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4895 @end deffn
4896
4897 @deffn Command {flash padded_value} num value
4898 Sets the default value used for padding any image sections, This should
4899 normally match the flash bank erased value. If not specified by this
4900 comamnd or the flash driver then it defaults to 0xff.
4901 @end deffn
4902
4903 @anchor{program}
4904 @deffn Command {program} filename [verify] [reset] [offset]
4905 This is a helper script that simplifies using OpenOCD as a standalone
4906 programmer. The only required parameter is @option{filename}, the others are optional.
4907 @xref{Flash Programming}.
4908 @end deffn
4909
4910 @anchor{flashdriverlist}
4911 @section Flash Driver List
4912 As noted above, the @command{flash bank} command requires a driver name,
4913 and allows driver-specific options and behaviors.
4914 Some drivers also activate driver-specific commands.
4915
4916 @subsection External Flash
4917
4918 @deffn {Flash Driver} cfi
4919 @cindex Common Flash Interface
4920 @cindex CFI
4921 The ``Common Flash Interface'' (CFI) is the main standard for
4922 external NOR flash chips, each of which connects to a
4923 specific external chip select on the CPU.
4924 Frequently the first such chip is used to boot the system.
4925 Your board's @code{reset-init} handler might need to
4926 configure additional chip selects using other commands (like: @command{mww} to
4927 configure a bus and its timings), or
4928 perhaps configure a GPIO pin that controls the ``write protect'' pin
4929 on the flash chip.
4930 The CFI driver can use a target-specific working area to significantly
4931 speed up operation.
4932
4933 The CFI driver can accept the following optional parameters, in any order:
4934
4935 @itemize
4936 @item @var{jedec_probe} ... is used to detect certain non-CFI flash ROMs,
4937 like AM29LV010 and similar types.
4938 @item @var{x16_as_x8} ... when a 16-bit flash is hooked up to an 8-bit bus.
4939 @end itemize
4940
4941 To configure two adjacent banks of 16 MBytes each, both sixteen bits (two bytes)
4942 wide on a sixteen bit bus:
4943
4944 @example
4945 flash bank $_FLASHNAME cfi 0x00000000 0x01000000 2 2 $_TARGETNAME
4946 flash bank $_FLASHNAME cfi 0x01000000 0x01000000 2 2 $_TARGETNAME
4947 @end example
4948
4949 To configure one bank of 32 MBytes
4950 built from two sixteen bit (two byte) wide parts wired in parallel
4951 to create a thirty-two bit (four byte) bus with doubled throughput:
4952
4953 @example
4954 flash bank $_FLASHNAME cfi 0x00000000 0x02000000 2 4 $_TARGETNAME
4955 @end example
4956
4957 @c "cfi part_id" disabled
4958 @end deffn
4959
4960 @deffn {Flash Driver} lpcspifi
4961 @cindex NXP SPI Flash Interface
4962 @cindex SPIFI
4963 @cindex lpcspifi
4964 NXP's LPC43xx and LPC18xx families include a proprietary SPI
4965 Flash Interface (SPIFI) peripheral that can drive and provide
4966 memory mapped access to external SPI flash devices.
4967
4968 The lpcspifi driver initializes this interface and provides
4969 program and erase functionality for these serial flash devices.
4970 Use of this driver @b{requires} a working area of at least 1kB
4971 to be configured on the target device; more than this will
4972 significantly reduce flash programming times.
4973
4974 The setup command only requires the @var{base} parameter. All
4975 other parameters are ignored, and the flash size and layout
4976 are configured by the driver.
4977
4978 @example
4979 flash bank $_FLASHNAME lpcspifi 0x14000000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4980 @end example
4981
4982 @end deffn
4983
4984 @deffn {Flash Driver} stmsmi
4985 @cindex STMicroelectronics Serial Memory Interface
4986 @cindex SMI
4987 @cindex stmsmi
4988 Some devices form STMicroelectronics (e.g. STR75x MCU family,
4989 SPEAr MPU family) include a proprietary
4990 ``Serial Memory Interface'' (SMI) controller able to drive external
4991 SPI flash devices.
4992 Depending on specific device and board configuration, up to 4 external
4993 flash devices can be connected.
4994
4995 SMI makes the flash content directly accessible in the CPU address
4996 space; each external device is mapped in a memory bank.
4997 CPU can directly read data, execute code and boot from SMI banks.
4998 Normal OpenOCD commands like @command{mdw} can be used to display
4999 the flash content.
5000
5001 The setup command only requires the @var{base} parameter in order
5002 to identify the memory bank.
5003 All other parameters are ignored. Additional information, like
5004 flash size, are detected automatically.
5005
5006 @example
5007 flash bank $_FLASHNAME stmsmi 0xf8000000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5008 @end example
5009
5010 @end deffn
5011
5012 @subsection Internal Flash (Microcontrollers)
5013
5014 @deffn {Flash Driver} aduc702x
5015 The ADUC702x analog microcontrollers from Analog Devices
5016 include internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores.
5017 The aduc702x flash driver works with models ADUC7019 through ADUC7028.
5018 The setup command only requires the @var{target} argument
5019 since all devices in this family have the same memory layout.
5020
5021 @example
5022 flash bank $_FLASHNAME aduc702x 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5023 @end example
5024 @end deffn
5025
5026 @anchor{at91sam3}
5027 @deffn {Flash Driver} at91sam3
5028 @cindex at91sam3
5029 All members of the AT91SAM3 microcontroller family from
5030 Atmel include internal flash and use ARM's Cortex-M3 core. The driver
5031 currently (6/22/09) recognizes the AT91SAM3U[1/2/4][C/E] chips. Note
5032 that the driver was orginaly developed and tested using the
5033 AT91SAM3U4E, using a SAM3U-EK eval board. Support for other chips in
5034 the family was cribbed from the data sheet. @emph{Note to future
5035 readers/updaters: Please remove this worrysome comment after other
5036 chips are confirmed.}
5037
5038 The AT91SAM3U4[E/C] (256K) chips have two flash banks; most other chips
5039 have one flash bank. In all cases the flash banks are at
5040 the following fixed locations:
5041
5042 @example
5043 # Flash bank 0 - all chips
5044 flash bank $_FLASHNAME at91sam3 0x00080000 0 1 1 $_TARGETNAME
5045 # Flash bank 1 - only 256K chips
5046 flash bank $_FLASHNAME at91sam3 0x00100000 0 1 1 $_TARGETNAME
5047 @end example
5048
5049 Internally, the AT91SAM3 flash memory is organized as follows.
5050 Unlike the AT91SAM7 chips, these are not used as parameters
5051 to the @command{flash bank} command:
5052
5053 @itemize
5054 @item @emph{N-Banks:} 256K chips have 2 banks, others have 1 bank.
5055 @item @emph{Bank Size:} 128K/64K Per flash bank
5056 @item @emph{Sectors:} 16 or 8 per bank
5057 @item @emph{SectorSize:} 8K Per Sector
5058 @item @emph{PageSize:} 256 bytes per page. Note that OpenOCD operates on 'sector' sizes, not page sizes.
5059 @end itemize
5060
5061 The AT91SAM3 driver adds some additional commands:
5062
5063 @deffn Command {at91sam3 gpnvm}
5064 @deffnx Command {at91sam3 gpnvm clear} number
5065 @deffnx Command {at91sam3 gpnvm set} number
5066 @deffnx Command {at91sam3 gpnvm show} [@option{all}|number]
5067 With no parameters, @command{show} or @command{show all},
5068 shows the status of all GPNVM bits.
5069 With @command{show} @var{number}, displays that bit.
5070
5071 With @command{set} @var{number} or @command{clear} @var{number},
5072 modifies that GPNVM bit.
5073 @end deffn
5074
5075 @deffn Command {at91sam3 info}
5076 This command attempts to display information about the AT91SAM3
5077 chip. @emph{First} it read the @code{CHIPID_CIDR} [address 0x400e0740, see
5078 Section 28.2.1, page 505 of the AT91SAM3U 29/may/2009 datasheet,
5079 document id: doc6430A] and decodes the values. @emph{Second} it reads the
5080 various clock configuration registers and attempts to display how it
5081 believes the chip is configured. By default, the SLOWCLK is assumed to
5082 be 32768 Hz, see the command @command{at91sam3 slowclk}.
5083 @end deffn
5084
5085 @deffn Command {at91sam3 slowclk} [value]
5086 This command shows/sets the slow clock frequency used in the
5087 @command{at91sam3 info} command calculations above.
5088 @end deffn
5089 @end deffn
5090
5091 @deffn {Flash Driver} at91sam4
5092 @cindex at91sam4
5093 All members of the AT91SAM4 microcontroller family from
5094 Atmel include internal flash and use ARM's Cortex-M4 core.
5095 This driver uses the same cmd names/syntax as @xref{at91sam3}.
5096 @end deffn
5097
5098 @deffn {Flash Driver} at91sam7
5099 All members of the AT91SAM7 microcontroller family from Atmel include
5100 internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores. The driver automatically
5101 recognizes a number of these chips using the chip identification
5102 register, and autoconfigures itself.
5103
5104 @example
5105 flash bank $_FLASHNAME at91sam7 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5106 @end example
5107
5108 For chips which are not recognized by the controller driver, you must
5109 provide additional parameters in the following order:
5110
5111 @itemize
5112 @item @var{chip_model} ... label used with @command{flash info}
5113 @item @var{banks}
5114 @item @var{sectors_per_bank}
5115 @item @var{pages_per_sector}
5116 @item @var{pages_size}
5117 @item @var{num_nvm_bits}
5118 @item @var{freq_khz} ... required if an external clock is provided,
5119 optional (but recommended) when the oscillator frequency is known
5120 @end itemize
5121
5122 It is recommended that you provide zeroes for all of those values
5123 except the clock frequency, so that everything except that frequency
5124 will be autoconfigured.
5125 Knowing the frequency helps ensure correct timings for flash access.
5126
5127 The flash controller handles erases automatically on a page (128/256 byte)
5128 basis, so explicit erase commands are not necessary for flash programming.
5129 However, there is an ``EraseAll`` command that can erase an entire flash
5130 plane (of up to 256KB), and it will be used automatically when you issue
5131 @command{flash erase_sector} or @command{flash erase_address} commands.
5132
5133 @deffn Command {at91sam7 gpnvm} bitnum (@option{set}|@option{clear})
5134 Set or clear a ``General Purpose Non-Volatile Memory'' (GPNVM)
5135 bit for the processor. Each processor has a number of such bits,
5136 used for controlling features such as brownout detection (so they
5137 are not truly general purpose).
5138 @quotation Note
5139 This assumes that the first flash bank (number 0) is associated with
5140 the appropriate at91sam7 target.
5141 @end quotation
5142 @end deffn
5143 @end deffn
5144
5145 @deffn {Flash Driver} avr
5146 The AVR 8-bit microcontrollers from Atmel integrate flash memory.
5147 @emph{The current implementation is incomplete.}
5148 @comment - defines mass_erase ... pointless given flash_erase_address
5149 @end deffn
5150
5151 @deffn {Flash Driver} efm32
5152 All members of the EFM32 microcontroller family from Energy Micro include
5153 internal flash and use ARM Cortex M3 cores. The driver automatically recognizes
5154 a number of these chips using the chip identification register, and
5155 autoconfigures itself.
5156 @example
5157 flash bank $_FLASHNAME efm32 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5158 @end example
5159 @emph{The current implementation is incomplete. Unprotecting flash pages is not
5160 supported.}
5161 @end deffn
5162
5163 @deffn {Flash Driver} lpc2000
5164 Most members of the LPC1700, LPC1800, LPC2000 and LPC4300 microcontroller
5165 families from NXP include internal flash and use Cortex-M3 (LPC1700, LPC1800),
5166 Cortex-M4 (LPC4300) or ARM7TDMI (LPC2000) cores.
5167
5168 @quotation Note
5169 There are LPC2000 devices which are not supported by the @var{lpc2000}
5170 driver:
5171 The LPC2888 is supported by the @var{lpc288x} driver.
5172 The LPC29xx family is supported by the @var{lpc2900} driver.
5173 @end quotation
5174
5175 The @var{lpc2000} driver defines two mandatory and one optional parameters,
5176 which must appear in the following order:
5177
5178 @itemize
5179 @item @var{variant} ... required, may be
5180 @option{lpc2000_v1} (older LPC21xx and LPC22xx)
5181 @option{lpc2000_v2} (LPC213x, LPC214x, LPC210[123], LPC23xx and LPC24xx)
5182 @option{lpc1700} (LPC175x and LPC176x)
5183 or @option{lpc4300} - available also as @option{lpc1800} alias (LPC18x[2357] and
5184 LPC43x[2357])
5185 @item @var{clock_kHz} ... the frequency, in kiloHertz,
5186 at which the core is running
5187 @item @option{calc_checksum} ... optional (but you probably want to provide this!),
5188 telling the driver to calculate a valid checksum for the exception vector table.
5189 @quotation Note
5190 If you don't provide @option{calc_checksum} when you're writing the vector
5191 table, the boot ROM will almost certainly ignore your flash image.
5192 However, if you do provide it,
5193 with most tool chains @command{verify_image} will fail.
5194 @end quotation
5195 @end itemize
5196
5197 LPC flashes don't require the chip and bus width to be specified.
5198
5199 @example
5200 flash bank $_FLASHNAME lpc2000 0x0 0x7d000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME \
5201 lpc2000_v2 14765 calc_checksum
5202 @end example
5203
5204 @deffn {Command} {lpc2000 part_id} bank
5205 Displays the four byte part identifier associated with
5206 the specified flash @var{bank}.
5207 @end deffn
5208 @end deffn
5209
5210 @deffn {Flash Driver} lpc288x
5211 The LPC2888 microcontroller from NXP needs slightly different flash
5212 support from its lpc2000 siblings.
5213 The @var{lpc288x} driver defines one mandatory parameter,
5214 the programming clock rate in Hz.
5215 LPC flashes don't require the chip and bus width to be specified.
5216
5217 @example
5218 flash bank $_FLASHNAME lpc288x 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME 12000000
5219 @end example
5220 @end deffn
5221
5222 @deffn {Flash Driver} lpc2900
5223 This driver supports the LPC29xx ARM968E based microcontroller family
5224 from NXP.
5225
5226 The predefined parameters @var{base}, @var{size}, @var{chip_width} and
5227 @var{bus_width} of the @code{flash bank} command are ignored. Flash size and
5228 sector layout are auto-configured by the driver.
5229 The driver has one additional mandatory parameter: The CPU clock rate
5230 (in kHz) at the time the flash operations will take place. Most of the time this
5231 will not be the crystal frequency, but a higher PLL frequency. The
5232 @code{reset-init} event handler in the board script is usually the place where
5233 you start the PLL.
5234
5235 The driver rejects flashless devices (currently the LPC2930).
5236
5237 The EEPROM in LPC2900 devices is not mapped directly into the address space.
5238 It must be handled much more like NAND flash memory, and will therefore be
5239 handled by a separate @code{lpc2900_eeprom} driver (not yet available).
5240
5241 Sector protection in terms of the LPC2900 is handled transparently. Every time a
5242 sector needs to be erased or programmed, it is automatically unprotected.
5243 What is shown as protection status in the @code{flash info} command, is
5244 actually the LPC2900 @emph{sector security}. This is a mechanism to prevent a
5245 sector from ever being erased or programmed again. As this is an irreversible
5246 mechanism, it is handled by a special command (@code{lpc2900 secure_sector}),
5247 and not by the standard @code{flash protect} command.
5248
5249 Example for a 125 MHz clock frequency:
5250 @example
5251 flash bank $_FLASHNAME lpc2900 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME 125000
5252 @end example
5253
5254 Some @code{lpc2900}-specific commands are defined. In the following command list,
5255 the @var{bank} parameter is the bank number as obtained by the
5256 @code{flash banks} command.
5257
5258 @deffn Command {lpc2900 signature} bank
5259 Calculates a 128-bit hash value, the @emph{signature}, from the whole flash
5260 content. This is a hardware feature of the flash block, hence the calculation is
5261 very fast. You may use this to verify the content of a programmed device against
5262 a known signature.
5263 Example:
5264 @example
5265 lpc2900 signature 0
5266 signature: 0x5f40cdc8:0xc64e592e:0x10490f89:0x32a0f317
5267 @end example
5268 @end deffn
5269
5270 @deffn Command {lpc2900 read_custom} bank filename
5271 Reads the 912 bytes of customer information from the flash index sector, and
5272 saves it to a file in binary format.
5273 Example:
5274 @example
5275 lpc2900 read_custom 0 /path_to/customer_info.bin
5276 @end example
5277 @end deffn
5278
5279 The index sector of the flash is a @emph{write-only} sector. It cannot be
5280 erased! In order to guard against unintentional write access, all following
5281 commands need to be preceeded by a successful call to the @code{password}
5282 command:
5283
5284 @deffn Command {lpc2900 password} bank password
5285 You need to use this command right before each of the following commands:
5286 @code{lpc2900 write_custom}, @code{lpc2900 secure_sector},
5287 @code{lpc2900 secure_jtag}.
5288
5289 The password string is fixed to "I_know_what_I_am_doing".
5290 Example:
5291 @example
5292 lpc2900 password 0 I_know_what_I_am_doing
5293 Potentially dangerous operation allowed in next command!
5294 @end example
5295 @end deffn
5296
5297 @deffn Command {lpc2900 write_custom} bank filename type
5298 Writes the content of the file into the customer info space of the flash index
5299 sector. The filetype can be specified with the @var{type} field. Possible values
5300 for @var{type} are: @var{bin} (binary), @var{ihex} (Intel hex format),
5301 @var{elf} (ELF binary) or @var{s19} (Motorola S-records). The file must
5302 contain a single section, and the contained data length must be exactly
5303 912 bytes.
5304 @quotation Attention
5305 This cannot be reverted! Be careful!
5306 @end quotation
5307 Example:
5308 @example
5309 lpc2900 write_custom 0 /path_to/customer_info.bin bin
5310 @end example
5311 @end deffn
5312
5313 @deffn Command {lpc2900 secure_sector} bank first last
5314 Secures the sector range from @var{first} to @var{last} (including) against
5315 further program and erase operations. The sector security will be effective
5316 after the next power cycle.
5317 @quotation Attention
5318 This cannot be reverted! Be careful!
5319 @end quotation
5320 Secured sectors appear as @emph{protected} in the @code{flash info} command.
5321 Example:
5322 @example
5323 lpc2900 secure_sector 0 1 1
5324 flash info 0
5325 #0 : lpc2900 at 0x20000000, size 0x000c0000, (...)
5326 # 0: 0x00000000 (0x2000 8kB) not protected
5327 # 1: 0x00002000 (0x2000 8kB) protected
5328 # 2: 0x00004000 (0x2000 8kB) not protected
5329 @end example
5330 @end deffn
5331
5332 @deffn Command {lpc2900 secure_jtag} bank
5333 Irreversibly disable the JTAG port. The new JTAG security setting will be
5334 effective after the next power cycle.
5335 @quotation Attention
5336 This cannot be reverted! Be careful!
5337 @end quotation
5338 Examples:
5339 @example
5340 lpc2900 secure_jtag 0
5341 @end example
5342 @end deffn
5343 @end deffn
5344
5345 @deffn {Flash Driver} ocl
5346 @emph{No idea what this is, other than using some arm7/arm9 core.}
5347
5348 @example
5349 flash bank $_FLASHNAME ocl 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5350 @end example
5351 @end deffn
5352
5353 @deffn {Flash Driver} pic32mx
5354 The PIC32MX microcontrollers are based on the MIPS 4K cores,
5355 and integrate flash memory.
5356
5357 @example
5358 flash bank $_FLASHNAME pix32mx 0x1fc00000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5359 flash bank $_FLASHNAME pix32mx 0x1d000000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5360 @end example
5361
5362 @comment numerous *disabled* commands are defined:
5363 @comment - chip_erase ... pointless given flash_erase_address
5364 @comment - lock, unlock ... pointless given protect on/off (yes?)
5365 @comment - pgm_word ... shouldn't bank be deduced from address??
5366 Some pic32mx-specific commands are defined:
5367 @deffn Command {pic32mx pgm_word} address value bank
5368 Programs the specified 32-bit @var{value} at the given @var{address}
5369 in the specified chip @var{bank}.
5370 @end deffn
5371 @deffn Command {pic32mx unlock} bank
5372 Unlock and erase specified chip @var{bank}.
5373 This will remove any Code Protection.
5374 @end deffn
5375 @end deffn
5376
5377 @deffn {Flash Driver} stellaris
5378 All members of the Stellaris LM3Sxxx microcontroller family from
5379 Texas Instruments
5380 include internal flash and use ARM Cortex M3 cores.
5381 The driver automatically recognizes a number of these chips using
5382 the chip identification register, and autoconfigures itself.
5383 @footnote{Currently there is a @command{stellaris mass_erase} command.
5384 That seems pointless since the same effect can be had using the
5385 standard @command{flash erase_address} command.}
5386
5387 @example
5388 flash bank $_FLASHNAME stellaris 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5389 @end example
5390
5391 @deffn Command {stellaris recover bank_id}
5392 Performs the @emph{Recovering a "Locked" Device} procedure to
5393 restore the flash specified by @var{bank_id} and its associated
5394 nonvolatile registers to their factory default values (erased).
5395 This is the only way to remove flash protection or re-enable
5396 debugging if that capability has been disabled.
5397
5398 Note that the final "power cycle the chip" step in this procedure
5399 must be performed by hand, since OpenOCD can't do it.
5400 @quotation Warning
5401 if more than one Stellaris chip is connected, the procedure is
5402 applied to all of them.
5403 @end quotation
5404 @end deffn
5405 @end deffn
5406
5407 @deffn {Flash Driver} stm32f1x
5408 All members of the STM32F0, STM32F1 and STM32F3 microcontroller families
5409 from ST Microelectronics include internal flash and use ARM Cortex-M0/M3/M4 cores.
5410 The driver automatically recognizes a number of these chips using
5411 the chip identification register, and autoconfigures itself.
5412
5413 @example
5414 flash bank $_FLASHNAME stm32f1x 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5415 @end example
5416
5417 Note that some devices have been found that have a flash size register that contains
5418 an invalid value, to workaround this issue you can override the probed value used by
5419 the flash driver.
5420
5421 @example
5422 flash bank $_FLASHNAME stm32f1x 0 0x20000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5423 @end example
5424
5425 If you have a target with dual flash banks then define the second bank
5426 as per the following example.
5427 @example
5428 flash bank $_FLASHNAME stm32f1x 0x08080000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5429 @end example
5430
5431 Some stm32f1x-specific commands
5432 @footnote{Currently there is a @command{stm32f1x mass_erase} command.
5433 That seems pointless since the same effect can be had using the
5434 standard @command{flash erase_address} command.}
5435 are defined:
5436
5437 @deffn Command {stm32f1x lock} num
5438 Locks the entire stm32 device.
5439 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
5440 @end deffn
5441
5442 @deffn Command {stm32f1x unlock} num
5443 Unlocks the entire stm32 device.
5444 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
5445 @end deffn
5446
5447 @deffn Command {stm32f1x options_read} num
5448 Read and display the stm32 option bytes written by
5449 the @command{stm32f1x options_write} command.
5450 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
5451 @end deffn
5452
5453 @deffn Command {stm32f1x options_write} num (@option{SWWDG}|@option{HWWDG}) (@option{RSTSTNDBY}|@option{NORSTSTNDBY}) (@option{RSTSTOP}|@option{NORSTSTOP})
5454 Writes the stm32 option byte with the specified values.
5455 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
5456 @end deffn
5457 @end deffn
5458
5459 @deffn {Flash Driver} stm32f2x
5460 All members of the STM32F2 and STM32F4 microcontroller families from ST Microelectronics
5461 include internal flash and use ARM Cortex-M3/M4 cores.
5462 The driver automatically recognizes a number of these chips using
5463 the chip identification register, and autoconfigures itself.
5464
5465 Note that some devices have been found that have a flash size register that contains
5466 an invalid value, to workaround this issue you can override the probed value used by
5467 the flash driver.
5468
5469 @example
5470 flash bank $_FLASHNAME stm32f2x 0 0x20000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5471 @end example
5472
5473 Some stm32f2x-specific commands are defined:
5474
5475 @deffn Command {stm32f2x lock} num
5476 Locks the entire stm32 device.
5477 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
5478 @end deffn
5479
5480 @deffn Command {stm32f2x unlock} num
5481 Unlocks the entire stm32 device.
5482 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
5483 @end deffn
5484 @end deffn
5485
5486 @deffn {Flash Driver} stm32lx
5487 All members of the STM32L microcontroller families from ST Microelectronics
5488 include internal flash and use ARM Cortex-M3 cores.
5489 The driver automatically recognizes a number of these chips using
5490 the chip identification register, and autoconfigures itself.
5491
5492 Note that some devices have been found that have a flash size register that contains
5493 an invalid value, to workaround this issue you can override the probed value used by
5494 the flash driver.
5495
5496 @example
5497 flash bank $_FLASHNAME stm32lx 0 0x20000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5498 @end example
5499 @end deffn
5500
5501 @deffn {Flash Driver} str7x
5502 All members of the STR7 microcontroller family from ST Microelectronics
5503 include internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores.
5504 The @var{str7x} driver defines one mandatory parameter, @var{variant},
5505 which is either @code{STR71x}, @code{STR73x} or @code{STR75x}.
5506
5507 @example
5508 flash bank $_FLASHNAME str7x 0x40000000 0x00040000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME STR71x
5509 @end example
5510
5511 @deffn Command {str7x disable_jtag} bank
5512 Activate the Debug/Readout protection mechanism
5513 for the specified flash bank.
5514 @end deffn
5515 @end deffn
5516
5517 @deffn {Flash Driver} str9x
5518 Most members of the STR9 microcontroller family from ST Microelectronics
5519 include internal flash and use ARM966E cores.
5520 The str9 needs the flash controller to be configured using
5521 the @command{str9x flash_config} command prior to Flash programming.
5522
5523 @example
5524 flash bank $_FLASHNAME str9x 0x40000000 0x00040000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5525 str9x flash_config 0 4 2 0 0x80000
5526 @end example
5527
5528 @deffn Command {str9x flash_config} num bbsr nbbsr bbadr nbbadr
5529 Configures the str9 flash controller.
5530 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
5531
5532 @itemize @bullet
5533 @item @var{bbsr} - Boot Bank Size register
5534 @item @var{nbbsr} - Non Boot Bank Size register
5535 @item @var{bbadr} - Boot Bank Start Address register
5536 @item @var{nbbadr} - Boot Bank Start Address register
5537 @end itemize
5538 @end deffn
5539
5540 @end deffn
5541
5542 @deffn {Flash Driver} tms470
5543 Most members of the TMS470 microcontroller family from Texas Instruments
5544 include internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores.
5545 This driver doesn't require the chip and bus width to be specified.
5546
5547 Some tms470-specific commands are defined:
5548
5549 @deffn Command {tms470 flash_keyset} key0 key1 key2 key3
5550 Saves programming keys in a register, to enable flash erase and write commands.
5551 @end deffn
5552
5553 @deffn Command {tms470 osc_mhz} clock_mhz
5554 Reports the clock speed, which is used to calculate timings.
5555 @end deffn
5556
5557 @deffn Command {tms470 plldis} (0|1)
5558 Disables (@var{1}) or enables (@var{0}) use of the PLL to speed up
5559 the flash clock.
5560 @end deffn
5561 @end deffn
5562
5563 @deffn {Flash Driver} virtual
5564 This is a special driver that maps a previously defined bank to another
5565 address. All bank settings will be copied from the master physical bank.
5566
5567 The @var{virtual} driver defines one mandatory parameters,
5568
5569 @itemize
5570 @item @var{master_bank} The bank that this virtual address refers to.
5571 @end itemize
5572
5573 So in the following example addresses 0xbfc00000 and 0x9fc00000 refer to
5574 the flash bank defined at address 0x1fc00000. Any cmds executed on
5575 the virtual banks are actually performed on the physical banks.
5576 @example
5577 flash bank $_FLASHNAME pic32mx 0x1fc00000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5578 flash bank vbank0 virtual 0xbfc00000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME $_FLASHNAME
5579 flash bank vbank1 virtual 0x9fc00000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME $_FLASHNAME
5580 @end example
5581 @end deffn
5582
5583 @deffn {Flash Driver} fm3
5584 All members of the FM3 microcontroller family from Fujitsu
5585 include internal flash and use ARM Cortex M3 cores.
5586 The @var{fm3} driver uses the @var{target} parameter to select the
5587 correct bank config, it can currently be one of the following:
5588 @code{mb9bfxx1.cpu}, @code{mb9bfxx2.cpu}, @code{mb9bfxx3.cpu},
5589 @code{mb9bfxx4.cpu}, @code{mb9bfxx5.cpu} or @code{mb9bfxx6.cpu}.
5590
5591 @example
5592 flash bank $_FLASHNAME fm3 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5593 @end example
5594 @end deffn
5595
5596 @subsection str9xpec driver
5597 @cindex str9xpec
5598
5599 Here is some background info to help
5600 you better understand how this driver works. OpenOCD has two flash drivers for
5601 the str9:
5602 @enumerate
5603 @item
5604 Standard driver @option{str9x} programmed via the str9 core. Normally used for
5605 flash programming as it is faster than the @option{str9xpec} driver.
5606 @item
5607 Direct programming @option{str9xpec} using the flash controller. This is an
5608 ISC compilant (IEEE 1532) tap connected in series with the str9 core. The str9
5609 core does not need to be running to program using this flash driver. Typical use
5610 for this driver is locking/unlocking the target and programming the option bytes.
5611 @end enumerate
5612
5613 Before we run any commands using the @option{str9xpec} driver we must first disable
5614 the str9 core. This example assumes the @option{str9xpec} driver has been
5615 configured for flash bank 0.
5616 @example
5617 # assert srst, we do not want core running
5618 # while accessing str9xpec flash driver
5619 jtag_reset 0 1
5620 # turn off target polling
5621 poll off
5622 # disable str9 core
5623 str9xpec enable_turbo 0
5624 # read option bytes
5625 str9xpec options_read 0
5626 # re-enable str9 core
5627 str9xpec disable_turbo 0
5628 poll on
5629 reset halt
5630 @end example
5631 The above example will read the str9 option bytes.
5632 When performing a unlock remember that you will not be able to halt the str9 - it
5633 has been locked. Halting the core is not required for the @option{str9xpec} driver
5634 as mentioned above, just issue the commands above manually or from a telnet prompt.
5635
5636 @deffn {Flash Driver} str9xpec
5637 Only use this driver for locking/unlocking the device or configuring the option bytes.
5638 Use the standard str9 driver for programming.
5639 Before using the flash commands the turbo mode must be enabled using the
5640 @command{str9xpec enable_turbo} command.
5641
5642 Several str9xpec-specific commands are defined:
5643
5644 @deffn Command {str9xpec disable_turbo} num
5645 Restore the str9 into JTAG chain.
5646 @end deffn
5647
5648 @deffn Command {str9xpec enable_turbo} num
5649 Enable turbo mode, will simply remove the str9 from the chain and talk
5650 directly to the embedded flash controller.
5651 @end deffn
5652
5653 @deffn Command {str9xpec lock} num
5654 Lock str9 device. The str9 will only respond to an unlock command that will
5655 erase the device.
5656 @end deffn
5657
5658 @deffn Command {str9xpec part_id} num
5659 Prints the part identifier for bank @var{num}.
5660 @end deffn
5661
5662 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_cmap} num (@option{bank0}|@option{bank1})
5663 Configure str9 boot bank.
5664 @end deffn
5665
5666 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_lvdsel} num (@option{vdd}|@option{vdd_vddq})
5667 Configure str9 lvd source.
5668 @end deffn
5669
5670 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_lvdthd} num (@option{2.4v}|@option{2.7v})
5671 Configure str9 lvd threshold.
5672 @end deffn
5673
5674 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_lvdwarn} bank (@option{vdd}|@option{vdd_vddq})
5675 Configure str9 lvd reset warning source.
5676 @end deffn
5677
5678 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_read} num
5679 Read str9 option bytes.
5680 @end deffn
5681
5682 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_write} num
5683 Write str9 option bytes.
5684 @end deffn
5685
5686 @deffn Command {str9xpec unlock} num
5687 unlock str9 device.
5688 @end deffn
5689
5690 @end deffn
5691
5692 @deffn {Flash Driver} nrf51
5693 All members of the nRF51 microcontroller families from Nordic Semiconductor
5694 include internal flash and use ARM Cortex-M0 core.
5695
5696 @example
5697 flash bank $_FLASHNAME nrf51 0 0x00000000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5698 @end example
5699
5700 Some nrf51-specific commands are defined:
5701
5702 @deffn Command {nrf51 mass_erase}
5703 Erases the contents of the code memory and user information
5704 configuration registers as well. It must be noted that this command
5705 works only for chips that do not have factory pre-programmed region 0
5706 code.
5707 @end deffn
5708 @end deffn
5709
5710 @section mFlash
5711
5712 @subsection mFlash Configuration
5713 @cindex mFlash Configuration
5714
5715 @deffn {Config Command} {mflash bank} soc base RST_pin target
5716 Configures a mflash for @var{soc} host bank at
5717 address @var{base}.
5718 The pin number format depends on the host GPIO naming convention.
5719 Currently, the mflash driver supports s3c2440 and pxa270.
5720
5721 Example for s3c2440 mflash where @var{RST pin} is GPIO B1:
5722
5723 @example
5724 mflash bank $_FLASHNAME s3c2440 0x10000000 1b 0
5725 @end example
5726
5727 Example for pxa270 mflash where @var{RST pin} is GPIO 43:
5728
5729 @example
5730 mflash bank $_FLASHNAME pxa270 0x08000000 43 0
5731 @end example
5732 @end deffn
5733
5734 @subsection mFlash commands
5735 @cindex mFlash commands
5736
5737 @deffn Command {mflash config pll} frequency
5738 Configure mflash PLL.
5739 The @var{frequency} is the mflash input frequency, in Hz.
5740 Issuing this command will erase mflash's whole internal nand and write new pll.
5741 After this command, mflash needs power-on-reset for normal operation.
5742 If pll was newly configured, storage and boot(optional) info also need to be update.
5743 @end deffn
5744
5745 @deffn Command {mflash config boot}
5746 Configure bootable option.
5747 If bootable option is set, mflash offer the first 8 sectors
5748 (4kB) for boot.
5749 @end deffn
5750
5751 @deffn Command {mflash config storage}
5752 Configure storage information.
5753 For the normal storage operation, this information must be
5754 written.
5755 @end deffn
5756
5757 @deffn Command {mflash dump} num filename offset size
5758 Dump @var{size} bytes, starting at @var{offset} bytes from the
5759 beginning of the bank @var{num}, to the file named @var{filename}.
5760 @end deffn
5761
5762 @deffn Command {mflash probe}
5763 Probe mflash.
5764 @end deffn
5765
5766 @deffn Command {mflash write} num filename offset
5767 Write the binary file @var{filename} to mflash bank @var{num}, starting at
5768 @var{offset} bytes from the beginning of the bank.
5769 @end deffn
5770
5771 @node Flash Programming
5772 @chapter Flash Programming
5773
5774 OpenOCD implements numerous ways to program the target flash, whether internal or external.
5775 Programming can be acheived by either using GDB @ref{programmingusinggdb,,Programming using GDB},
5776 or using the cmds given in @ref{flashprogrammingcommands,,Flash Programming Commands}.
5777
5778 @*To simplify using the flash cmds directly a jimtcl script is available that handles the programming and verify stage.
5779 OpenOCD will program/verify/reset the target and shutdown.
5780
5781 The script is executed as follows and by default the following actions will be peformed.
5782 @enumerate
5783 @item 'init' is executed.
5784 @item 'reset init' is called to reset and halt the target, any 'reset init' scripts are executed.
5785 @item @code{flash write_image} is called to erase and write any flash using the filename given.
5786 @item @code{verify_image} is called if @option{verify} parameter is given.
5787 @item @code{reset run} is called if @option{reset} parameter is given.
5788 @item OpenOCD is shutdown.
5789 @end enumerate
5790
5791 An example of usage is given below. @xref{program}.
5792
5793 @example
5794 # program and verify using elf/hex/s19. verify and reset
5795 # are optional parameters
5796 openocd -f board/stm32f3discovery.cfg \
5797 -c "program filename.elf verify reset"
5798
5799 # binary files need the flash address passing
5800 openocd -f board/stm32f3discovery.cfg \
5801 -c "program filename.bin 0x08000000"
5802 @end example
5803
5804 @node NAND Flash Commands
5805 @chapter NAND Flash Commands
5806 @cindex NAND
5807
5808 Compared to NOR or SPI flash, NAND devices are inexpensive
5809 and high density. Today's NAND chips, and multi-chip modules,
5810 commonly hold multiple GigaBytes of data.
5811
5812 NAND chips consist of a number of ``erase blocks'' of a given
5813 size (such as 128 KBytes), each of which is divided into a
5814 number of pages (of perhaps 512 or 2048 bytes each). Each
5815 page of a NAND flash has an ``out of band'' (OOB) area to hold
5816 Error Correcting Code (ECC) and other metadata, usually 16 bytes
5817 of OOB for every 512 bytes of page data.
5818
5819 One key characteristic of NAND flash is that its error rate
5820 is higher than that of NOR flash. In normal operation, that
5821 ECC is used to correct and detect errors. However, NAND
5822 blocks can also wear out and become unusable; those blocks
5823 are then marked "bad". NAND chips are even shipped from the
5824 manufacturer with a few bad blocks. The highest density chips
5825 use a technology (MLC) that wears out more quickly, so ECC
5826 support is increasingly important as a way to detect blocks
5827 that have begun to fail, and help to preserve data integrity
5828 with techniques such as wear leveling.
5829
5830 Software is used to manage the ECC. Some controllers don't
5831 support ECC directly; in those cases, software ECC is used.
5832 Other controllers speed up the ECC calculations with hardware.
5833 Single-bit error correction hardware is routine. Controllers
5834 geared for newer MLC chips may correct 4 or more errors for
5835 every 512 bytes of data.
5836
5837 You will need to make sure that any data you write using
5838 OpenOCD includes the apppropriate kind of ECC. For example,
5839 that may mean passing the @code{oob_softecc} flag when
5840 writing NAND data, or ensuring that the correct hardware
5841 ECC mode is used.
5842
5843 The basic steps for using NAND devices include:
5844 @enumerate
5845 @item Declare via the command @command{nand device}
5846 @* Do this in a board-specific configuration file,
5847 passing parameters as needed by the controller.
5848 @item Configure each device using @command{nand probe}.
5849 @* Do this only after the associated target is set up,
5850 such as in its reset-init script or in procures defined
5851 to access that device.
5852 @item Operate on the flash via @command{nand subcommand}
5853 @* Often commands to manipulate the flash are typed by a human, or run
5854 via a script in some automated way. Common task include writing a
5855 boot loader, operating system, or other data needed to initialize or
5856 de-brick a board.
5857 @end enumerate
5858
5859 @b{NOTE:} At the time this text was written, the largest NAND
5860 flash fully supported by OpenOCD is 2 GiBytes (16 GiBits).
5861 This is because the variables used to hold offsets and lengths
5862 are only 32 bits wide.
5863 (Larger chips may work in some cases, unless an offset or length
5864 is larger than 0xffffffff, the largest 32-bit unsigned integer.)
5865 Some larger devices will work, since they are actually multi-chip
5866 modules with two smaller chips and individual chipselect lines.
5867
5868 @anchor{nandconfiguration}
5869 @section NAND Configuration Commands
5870 @cindex NAND configuration
5871
5872 NAND chips must be declared in configuration scripts,
5873 plus some additional configuration that's done after
5874 OpenOCD has initialized.
5875
5876 @deffn {Config Command} {nand device} name driver target [configparams...]
5877 Declares a NAND device, which can be read and written to
5878 after it has been configured through @command{nand probe}.
5879 In OpenOCD, devices are single chips; this is unlike some
5880 operating systems, which may manage multiple chips as if
5881 they were a single (larger) device.
5882 In some cases, configuring a device will activate extra
5883 commands; see the controller-specific documentation.
5884
5885 @b{NOTE:} This command is not available after OpenOCD
5886 initialization has completed. Use it in board specific
5887 configuration files, not interactively.
5888
5889 @itemize @bullet
5890 @item @var{name} ... may be used to reference the NAND bank
5891 in most other NAND commands. A number is also available.
5892 @item @var{driver} ... identifies the NAND controller driver
5893 associated with the NAND device being declared.
5894 @xref{nanddriverlist,,NAND Driver List}.
5895 @item @var{target} ... names the target used when issuing
5896 commands to the NAND controller.
5897 @comment Actually, it's currently a controller-specific parameter...
5898 @item @var{configparams} ... controllers may support, or require,
5899 additional parameters. See the controller-specific documentation
5900 for more information.
5901 @end itemize
5902 @end deffn
5903
5904 @deffn Command {nand list}
5905 Prints a summary of each device declared
5906 using @command{nand device}, numbered from zero.
5907 Note that un-probed devices show no details.
5908 @example
5909 > nand list
5910 #0: NAND 1GiB 3,3V 8-bit (Micron) pagesize: 2048, buswidth: 8,
5911 blocksize: 131072, blocks: 8192
5912 #1: NAND 1GiB 3,3V 8-bit (Micron) pagesize: 2048, buswidth: 8,
5913 blocksize: 131072, blocks: 8192
5914 >
5915 @end example
5916 @end deffn
5917
5918 @deffn Command {nand probe} num
5919 Probes the specified device to determine key characteristics
5920 like its page and block sizes, and how many blocks it has.
5921 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5922 You must (successfully) probe a device before you can use
5923 it with most other NAND commands.
5924 @end deffn
5925
5926 @section Erasing, Reading, Writing to NAND Flash
5927
5928 @deffn Command {nand dump} num filename offset length [oob_option]
5929 @cindex NAND reading
5930 Reads binary data from the NAND device and writes it to the file,
5931 starting at the specified offset.
5932 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5933
5934 Use a complete path name for @var{filename}, so you don't depend
5935 on the directory used to start the OpenOCD server.
5936
5937 The @var{offset} and @var{length} must be exact multiples of the
5938 device's page size. They describe a data region; the OOB data
5939 associated with each such page may also be accessed.
5940
5941 @b{NOTE:} At the time this text was written, no error correction
5942 was done on the data that's read, unless raw access was disabled
5943 and the underlying NAND controller driver had a @code{read_page}
5944 method which handled that error correction.
5945
5946 By default, only page data is saved to the specified file.
5947 Use an @var{oob_option} parameter to save OOB data:
5948 @itemize @bullet
5949 @item no oob_* parameter
5950 @*Output file holds only page data; OOB is discarded.
5951 @item @code{oob_raw}
5952 @*Output file interleaves page data and OOB data;
5953 the file will be longer than "length" by the size of the
5954 spare areas associated with each data page.
5955 Note that this kind of "raw" access is different from
5956 what's implied by @command{nand raw_access}, which just
5957 controls whether a hardware-aware access method is used.
5958 @item @code{oob_only}
5959 @*Output file has only raw OOB data, and will
5960 be smaller than "length" since it will contain only the
5961 spare areas associated with each data page.
5962 @end itemize
5963 @end deffn
5964
5965 @deffn Command {nand erase} num [offset length]
5966 @cindex NAND erasing
5967 @cindex NAND programming
5968 Erases blocks on the specified NAND device, starting at the
5969 specified @var{offset} and continuing for @var{length} bytes.
5970 Both of those values must be exact multiples of the device's
5971 block size, and the region they specify must fit entirely in the chip.
5972 If those parameters are not specified,
5973 the whole NAND chip will be erased.
5974 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5975
5976 @b{NOTE:} This command will try to erase bad blocks, when told
5977 to do so, which will probably invalidate the manufacturer's bad
5978 block marker.
5979 For the remainder of the current server session, @command{nand info}
5980 will still report that the block ``is'' bad.
5981 @end deffn
5982
5983 @deffn Command {nand write} num filename offset [option...]
5984 @cindex NAND writing
5985 @cindex NAND programming
5986 Writes binary data from the file into the specified NAND device,
5987 starting at the specified offset. Those pages should already
5988 have been erased; you can't change zero bits to one bits.
5989 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5990
5991 Use a complete path name for @var{filename}, so you don't depend
5992 on the directory used to start the OpenOCD server.
5993
5994 The @var{offset} must be an exact multiple of the device's page size.
5995 All data in the file will be written, assuming it doesn't run
5996 past the end of the device.
5997 Only full pages are written, and any extra space in the last
5998 page will be filled with 0xff bytes. (That includes OOB data,
5999 if that's being written.)
6000
6001 @b{NOTE:} At the time this text was written, bad blocks are
6002 ignored. That is, this routine will not skip bad blocks,
6003 but will instead try to write them. This can cause problems.
6004
6005 Provide at most one @var{option} parameter. With some
6006 NAND drivers, the meanings of these parameters may change
6007 if @command{nand raw_access} was used to disable hardware ECC.
6008 @itemize @bullet
6009 @item no oob_* parameter
6010 @*File has only page data, which is written.
6011 If raw acccess is in use, the OOB area will not be written.
6012 Otherwise, if the underlying NAND controller driver has
6013 a @code{write_page} routine, that routine may write the OOB
6014 with hardware-computed ECC data.
6015 @item @code{oob_only}
6016 @*File has only raw OOB data, which is written to the OOB area.
6017 Each page's data area stays untouched. @i{This can be a dangerous
6018 option}, since it can invalidate the ECC data.
6019 You may need to force raw access to use this mode.
6020 @item @code{oob_raw}
6021 @*File interleaves data and OOB data, both of which are written
6022 If raw access is enabled, the data is written first, then the
6023 un-altered OOB.
6024 Otherwise, if the underlying NAND controller driver has
6025 a @code{write_page} routine, that routine may modify the OOB
6026 before it's written, to include hardware-computed ECC data.
6027 @item @code{oob_softecc}
6028 @*File has only page data, which is written.
6029 The OOB area is filled with 0xff, except for a standard 1-bit
6030 software ECC code stored in conventional locations.
6031 You might need to force raw access to use this mode, to prevent
6032 the underlying driver from applying hardware ECC.
6033 @item @code{oob_softecc_kw}
6034 @*File has only page data, which is written.
6035 The OOB area is filled with 0xff, except for a 4-bit software ECC
6036 specific to the boot ROM in Marvell Kirkwood SoCs.
6037 You might need to force raw access to use this mode, to prevent
6038 the underlying driver from applying hardware ECC.
6039 @end itemize
6040 @end deffn
6041
6042 @deffn Command {nand verify} num filename offset [option...]
6043 @cindex NAND verification
6044 @cindex NAND programming
6045 Verify the binary data in the file has been programmed to the
6046 specified NAND device, starting at the specified offset.
6047 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
6048
6049 Use a complete path name for @var{filename}, so you don't depend
6050 on the directory used to start the OpenOCD server.
6051
6052 The @var{offset} must be an exact multiple of the device's page size.
6053 All data in the file will be read and compared to the contents of the
6054 flash, assuming it doesn't run past the end of the device.
6055 As with @command{nand write}, only full pages are verified, so any extra
6056 space in the last page will be filled with 0xff bytes.
6057
6058 The same @var{options} accepted by @command{nand write},
6059 and the file will be processed similarly to produce the buffers that
6060 can be compared against the contents produced from @command{nand dump}.
6061
6062 @b{NOTE:} This will not work when the underlying NAND controller
6063 driver's @code{write_page} routine must update the OOB with a
6064 hardward-computed ECC before the data is written. This limitation may
6065 be removed in a future release.
6066 @end deffn
6067
6068 @section Other NAND commands
6069 @cindex NAND other commands
6070
6071 @deffn Command {nand check_bad_blocks} num [offset length]
6072 Checks for manufacturer bad block markers on the specified NAND
6073 device. If no parameters are provided, checks the whole
6074 device; otherwise, starts at the specified @var{offset} and
6075 continues for @var{length} bytes.
6076 Both of those values must be exact multiples of the device's
6077 block size, and the region they specify must fit entirely in the chip.
6078 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
6079
6080 @b{NOTE:} Before using this command you should force raw access
6081 with @command{nand raw_access enable} to ensure that the underlying
6082 driver will not try to apply hardware ECC.
6083 @end deffn
6084
6085 @deffn Command {nand info} num
6086 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
6087 This prints the one-line summary from "nand list", plus for
6088 devices which have been probed this also prints any known
6089 status for each block.
6090 @end deffn
6091
6092 @deffn Command {nand raw_access} num (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
6093 Sets or clears an flag affecting how page I/O is done.
6094 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
6095
6096 This flag is cleared (disabled) by default, but changing that
6097 value won't affect all NAND devices. The key factor is whether
6098 the underlying driver provides @code{read_page} or @code{write_page}
6099 methods. If it doesn't provide those methods, the setting of
6100 this flag is irrelevant; all access is effectively ``raw''.
6101
6102 When those methods exist, they are normally used when reading
6103 data (@command{nand dump} or reading bad block markers) or
6104 writing it (@command{nand write}). However, enabling
6105 raw access (setting the flag) prevents use of those methods,
6106 bypassing hardware ECC logic.
6107 @i{This can be a dangerous option}, since writing blocks
6108 with the wrong ECC data can cause them to be marked as bad.
6109 @end deffn
6110
6111 @anchor{nanddriverlist}
6112 @section NAND Driver List
6113 As noted above, the @command{nand device} command allows
6114 driver-specific options and behaviors.
6115 Some controllers also activate controller-specific commands.
6116
6117 @deffn {NAND Driver} at91sam9
6118 This driver handles the NAND controllers found on AT91SAM9 family chips from
6119 Atmel. It takes two extra parameters: address of the NAND chip;
6120 address of the ECC controller.
6121 @example
6122 nand device $NANDFLASH at91sam9 $CHIPNAME 0x40000000 0xfffffe800
6123 @end example
6124 AT91SAM9 chips support single-bit ECC hardware. The @code{write_page} and
6125 @code{read_page} methods are used to utilize the ECC hardware unless they are
6126 disabled by using the @command{nand raw_access} command. There are four
6127 additional commands that are needed to fully configure the AT91SAM9 NAND
6128 controller. Two are optional; most boards use the same wiring for ALE/CLE:
6129 @deffn Command {at91sam9 cle} num addr_line
6130 Configure the address line used for latching commands. The @var{num}
6131 parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
6132 @end deffn
6133 @deffn Command {at91sam9 ale} num addr_line
6134 Configure the address line used for latching addresses. The @var{num}
6135 parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
6136 @end deffn
6137
6138 For the next two commands, it is assumed that the pins have already been
6139 properly configured for input or output.
6140 @deffn Command {at91sam9 rdy_busy} num pio_base_addr pin
6141 Configure the RDY/nBUSY input from the NAND device. The @var{num}
6142 parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}. @var{pio_base_addr}
6143 is the base address of the PIO controller and @var{pin} is the pin number.
6144 @end deffn
6145 @deffn Command {at91sam9 ce} num pio_base_addr pin
6146 Configure the chip enable input to the NAND device. The @var{num}
6147 parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}. @var{pio_base_addr}
6148 is the base address of the PIO controller and @var{pin} is the pin number.
6149 @end deffn
6150 @end deffn
6151
6152 @deffn {NAND Driver} davinci
6153 This driver handles the NAND controllers found on DaVinci family
6154 chips from Texas Instruments.
6155 It takes three extra parameters:
6156 address of the NAND chip;
6157 hardware ECC mode to use (@option{hwecc1},
6158 @option{hwecc4}, @option{hwecc4_infix});
6159 address of the AEMIF controller on this processor.
6160 @example
6161 nand device davinci dm355.arm 0x02000000 hwecc4 0x01e10000
6162 @end example
6163 All DaVinci processors support the single-bit ECC hardware,
6164 and newer ones also support the four-bit ECC hardware.
6165 The @code{write_page} and @code{read_page} methods are used
6166 to implement those ECC modes, unless they are disabled using
6167 the @command{nand raw_access} command.
6168 @end deffn
6169
6170 @deffn {NAND Driver} lpc3180
6171 These controllers require an extra @command{nand device}
6172 parameter: the clock rate used by the controller.
6173 @deffn Command {lpc3180 select} num [mlc|slc]
6174 Configures use of the MLC or SLC controller mode.
6175 MLC implies use of hardware ECC.
6176 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
6177 @end deffn
6178
6179 At this writing, this driver includes @code{write_page}
6180 and @code{read_page} methods. Using @command{nand raw_access}
6181 to disable those methods will prevent use of hardware ECC
6182 in the MLC controller mode, but won't change SLC behavior.
6183 @end deffn
6184 @comment current lpc3180 code won't issue 5-byte address cycles
6185
6186 @deffn {NAND Driver} mx3
6187 This driver handles the NAND controller in i.MX31. The mxc driver
6188 should work for this chip aswell.
6189 @end deffn
6190
6191 @deffn {NAND Driver} mxc
6192 This driver handles the NAND controller found in Freescale i.MX
6193 chips. It has support for v1 (i.MX27 and i.MX31) and v2 (i.MX35).
6194 The driver takes 3 extra arguments, chip (@option{mx27},
6195 @option{mx31}, @option{mx35}), ecc (@option{noecc}, @option{hwecc})
6196 and optionally if bad block information should be swapped between
6197 main area and spare area (@option{biswap}), defaults to off.
6198 @example
6199 nand device mx35.nand mxc imx35.cpu mx35 hwecc biswap
6200 @end example
6201 @deffn Command {mxc biswap} bank_num [enable|disable]
6202 Turns on/off bad block information swaping from main area,
6203 without parameter query status.
6204 @end deffn
6205 @end deffn
6206
6207 @deffn {NAND Driver} orion
6208 These controllers require an extra @command{nand device}
6209 parameter: the address of the controller.
6210 @example
6211 nand device orion 0xd8000000
6212 @end example
6213 These controllers don't define any specialized commands.
6214 At this writing, their drivers don't include @code{write_page}
6215 or @code{read_page} methods, so @command{nand raw_access} won't
6216 change any behavior.
6217 @end deffn
6218
6219 @deffn {NAND Driver} s3c2410
6220 @deffnx {NAND Driver} s3c2412
6221 @deffnx {NAND Driver} s3c2440
6222 @deffnx {NAND Driver} s3c2443
6223 @deffnx {NAND Driver} s3c6400
6224 These S3C family controllers don't have any special
6225 @command{nand device} options, and don't define any
6226 specialized commands.
6227 At this writing, their drivers don't include @code{write_page}
6228 or @code{read_page} methods, so @command{nand raw_access} won't
6229 change any behavior.
6230 @end deffn
6231
6232 @node PLD/FPGA Commands
6233 @chapter PLD/FPGA Commands
6234 @cindex PLD
6235 @cindex FPGA
6236
6237 Programmable Logic Devices (PLDs) and the more flexible
6238 Field Programmable Gate Arrays (FPGAs) are both types of programmable hardware.
6239 OpenOCD can support programming them.
6240 Although PLDs are generally restrictive (cells are less functional, and
6241 there are no special purpose cells for memory or computational tasks),
6242 they share the same OpenOCD infrastructure.
6243 Accordingly, both are called PLDs here.
6244
6245 @section PLD/FPGA Configuration and Commands
6246
6247 As it does for JTAG TAPs, debug targets, and flash chips (both NOR and NAND),
6248 OpenOCD maintains a list of PLDs available for use in various commands.
6249 Also, each such PLD requires a driver.
6250
6251 They are referenced by the number shown by the @command{pld devices} command,
6252 and new PLDs are defined by @command{pld device driver_name}.
6253
6254 @deffn {Config Command} {pld device} driver_name tap_name [driver_options]
6255 Defines a new PLD device, supported by driver @var{driver_name},
6256 using the TAP named @var{tap_name}.
6257 The driver may make use of any @var{driver_options} to configure its
6258 behavior.
6259 @end deffn
6260
6261 @deffn {Command} {pld devices}
6262 Lists the PLDs and their numbers.
6263 @end deffn
6264
6265 @deffn {Command} {pld load} num filename
6266 Loads the file @file{filename} into the PLD identified by @var{num}.
6267 The file format must be inferred by the driver.
6268 @end deffn
6269
6270 @section PLD/FPGA Drivers, Options, and Commands
6271
6272 Drivers may support PLD-specific options to the @command{pld device}
6273 definition command, and may also define commands usable only with
6274 that particular type of PLD.
6275
6276 @deffn {FPGA Driver} virtex2
6277 Virtex-II is a family of FPGAs sold by Xilinx.
6278 It supports the IEEE 1532 standard for In-System Configuration (ISC).
6279 No driver-specific PLD definition options are used,
6280 and one driver-specific command is defined.
6281
6282 @deffn {Command} {virtex2 read_stat} num
6283 Reads and displays the Virtex-II status register (STAT)
6284 for FPGA @var{num}.
6285 @end deffn
6286 @end deffn
6287
6288 @node General Commands
6289 @chapter General Commands
6290 @cindex commands
6291
6292 The commands documented in this chapter here are common commands that
6293 you, as a human, may want to type and see the output of. Configuration type
6294 commands are documented elsewhere.
6295
6296 Intent:
6297 @itemize @bullet
6298 @item @b{Source Of Commands}
6299 @* OpenOCD commands can occur in a configuration script (discussed
6300 elsewhere) or typed manually by a human or supplied programatically,
6301 or via one of several TCP/IP Ports.
6302
6303 @item @b{From the human}
6304 @* A human should interact with the telnet interface (default port: 4444)
6305 or via GDB (default port 3333).
6306
6307 To issue commands from within a GDB session, use the @option{monitor}
6308 command, e.g. use @option{monitor poll} to issue the @option{poll}
6309 command. All output is relayed through the GDB session.
6310
6311 @item @b{Machine Interface}
6312 The Tcl interface's intent is to be a machine interface. The default Tcl
6313 port is 5555.
6314 @end itemize
6315
6316
6317 @section Daemon Commands
6318
6319 @deffn {Command} exit
6320 Exits the current telnet session.
6321 @end deffn
6322
6323 @deffn {Command} help [string]
6324 With no parameters, prints help text for all commands.
6325 Otherwise, prints each helptext containing @var{string}.
6326 Not every command provides helptext.
6327
6328 Configuration commands, and commands valid at any time, are
6329 explicitly noted in parenthesis.
6330 In most cases, no such restriction is listed; this indicates commands
6331 which are only available after the configuration stage has completed.
6332 @end deffn
6333
6334 @deffn Command sleep msec [@option{busy}]
6335 Wait for at least @var{msec} milliseconds before resuming.
6336 If @option{busy} is passed, busy-wait instead of sleeping.
6337 (This option is strongly discouraged.)
6338 Useful in connection with script files
6339 (@command{script} command and @command{target_name} configuration).
6340 @end deffn
6341
6342 @deffn Command shutdown
6343 Close the OpenOCD daemon, disconnecting all clients (GDB, telnet, other).
6344 @end deffn
6345
6346 @anchor{debuglevel}
6347 @deffn Command debug_level [n]
6348 @cindex message level
6349 Display debug level.
6350 If @var{n} (from 0..3) is provided, then set it to that level.
6351 This affects the kind of messages sent to the server log.
6352 Level 0 is error messages only;
6353 level 1 adds warnings;
6354 level 2 adds informational messages;
6355 and level 3 adds debugging messages.
6356 The default is level 2, but that can be overridden on
6357 the command line along with the location of that log
6358 file (which is normally the server's standard output).
6359 @xref{Running}.
6360 @end deffn
6361
6362 @deffn Command echo [-n] message
6363 Logs a message at "user" priority.
6364 Output @var{message} to stdout.
6365 Option "-n" suppresses trailing newline.
6366 @example
6367 echo "Downloading kernel -- please wait"
6368 @end example
6369 @end deffn
6370
6371 @deffn Command log_output [filename]
6372 Redirect logging to @var{filename};
6373 the initial log output channel is stderr.
6374 @end deffn
6375
6376 @deffn Command add_script_search_dir [directory]
6377 Add @var{directory} to the file/script search path.
6378 @end deffn
6379
6380 @anchor{targetstatehandling}
6381 @section Target State handling
6382 @cindex reset
6383 @cindex halt
6384 @cindex target initialization
6385
6386 In this section ``target'' refers to a CPU configured as
6387 shown earlier (@pxref{CPU Configuration}).
6388 These commands, like many, implicitly refer to
6389 a current target which is used to perform the
6390 various operations. The current target may be changed
6391 by using @command{targets} command with the name of the
6392 target which should become current.
6393
6394 @deffn Command reg [(number|name) [(value|'force')]]
6395 Access a single register by @var{number} or by its @var{name}.
6396 The target must generally be halted before access to CPU core
6397 registers is allowed. Depending on the hardware, some other
6398 registers may be accessible while the target is running.
6399
6400 @emph{With no arguments}:
6401 list all available registers for the current target,
6402 showing number, name, size, value, and cache status.
6403 For valid entries, a value is shown; valid entries
6404 which are also dirty (and will be written back later)
6405 are flagged as such.
6406
6407 @emph{With number/name}: display that register's value.
6408 Use @var{force} argument to read directly from the target,
6409 bypassing any internal cache.
6410
6411 @emph{With both number/name and value}: set register's value.
6412 Writes may be held in a writeback cache internal to OpenOCD,
6413 so that setting the value marks the register as dirty instead
6414 of immediately flushing that value. Resuming CPU execution
6415 (including by single stepping) or otherwise activating the
6416 relevant module will flush such values.
6417
6418 Cores may have surprisingly many registers in their
6419 Debug and trace infrastructure:
6420
6421 @example
6422 > reg
6423 ===== ARM registers
6424 (0) r0 (/32): 0x0000D3C2 (dirty)
6425 (1) r1 (/32): 0xFD61F31C
6426 (2) r2 (/32)
6427 ...
6428 (164) ETM_contextid_comparator_mask (/32)
6429 >
6430 @end example
6431 @end deffn
6432
6433 @deffn Command halt [ms]
6434 @deffnx Command wait_halt [ms]
6435 The @command{halt} command first sends a halt request to the target,
6436 which @command{wait_halt} doesn't.
6437 Otherwise these behave the same: wait up to @var{ms} milliseconds,
6438 or 5 seconds if there is no parameter, for the target to halt
6439 (and enter debug mode).
6440 Using 0 as the @var{ms} parameter prevents OpenOCD from waiting.
6441
6442 @quotation Warning
6443 On ARM cores, software using the @emph{wait for interrupt} operation
6444 often blocks the JTAG access needed by a @command{halt} command.
6445 This is because that operation also puts the core into a low
6446 power mode by gating the core clock;
6447 but the core clock is needed to detect JTAG clock transitions.
6448
6449 One partial workaround uses adaptive clocking: when the core is
6450 interrupted the operation completes, then JTAG clocks are accepted
6451 at least until the interrupt handler completes.
6452 However, this workaround is often unusable since the processor, board,
6453 and JTAG adapter must all support adaptive JTAG clocking.
6454 Also, it can't work until an interrupt is issued.
6455
6456 A more complete workaround is to not use that operation while you
6457 work with a JTAG debugger.
6458 Tasking environments generaly have idle loops where the body is the
6459 @emph{wait for interrupt} operation.
6460 (On older cores, it is a coprocessor action;
6461 newer cores have a @option{wfi} instruction.)
6462 Such loops can just remove that operation, at the cost of higher
6463 power consumption (because the CPU is needlessly clocked).
6464 @end quotation
6465
6466 @end deffn
6467
6468 @deffn Command resume [address]
6469 Resume the target at its current code position,
6470 or the optional @var{address} if it is provided.
6471 OpenOCD will wait 5 seconds for the target to resume.
6472 @end deffn
6473
6474 @deffn Command step [address]
6475 Single-step the target at its current code position,
6476 or the optional @var{address} if it is provided.
6477 @end deffn
6478
6479 @anchor{resetcommand}
6480 @deffn Command reset
6481 @deffnx Command {reset run}
6482 @deffnx Command {reset halt}
6483 @deffnx Command {reset init}
6484 Perform as hard a reset as possible, using SRST if possible.
6485 @emph{All defined targets will be reset, and target
6486 events will fire during the reset sequence.}
6487
6488 The optional parameter specifies what should
6489 happen after the reset.
6490 If there is no parameter, a @command{reset run} is executed.
6491 The other options will not work on all systems.
6492 @xref{Reset Configuration}.
6493
6494 @itemize @minus
6495 @item @b{run} Let the target run
6496 @item @b{halt} Immediately halt the target
6497 @item @b{init} Immediately halt the target, and execute the reset-init script
6498 @end itemize
6499 @end deffn
6500
6501 @deffn Command soft_reset_halt
6502 Requesting target halt and executing a soft reset. This is often used
6503 when a target cannot be reset and halted. The target, after reset is
6504 released begins to execute code. OpenOCD attempts to stop the CPU and
6505 then sets the program counter back to the reset vector. Unfortunately
6506 the code that was executed may have left the hardware in an unknown
6507 state.
6508 @end deffn
6509
6510 @section I/O Utilities
6511
6512 These commands are available when
6513 OpenOCD is built with @option{--enable-ioutil}.
6514 They are mainly useful on embedded targets,
6515 notably the ZY1000.
6516 Hosts with operating systems have complementary tools.
6517
6518 @emph{Note:} there are several more such commands.
6519
6520 @deffn Command append_file filename [string]*
6521 Appends the @var{string} parameters to
6522 the text file @file{filename}.
6523 Each string except the last one is followed by one space.
6524 The last string is followed by a newline.
6525 @end deffn
6526
6527 @deffn Command cat filename
6528 Reads and displays the text file @file{filename}.
6529 @end deffn
6530
6531 @deffn Command cp src_filename dest_filename
6532 Copies contents from the file @file{src_filename}
6533 into @file{dest_filename}.
6534 @end deffn
6535
6536 @deffn Command ip
6537 @emph{No description provided.}
6538 @end deffn
6539
6540 @deffn Command ls
6541 @emph{No description provided.}
6542 @end deffn
6543
6544 @deffn Command mac
6545 @emph{No description provided.}
6546 @end deffn
6547
6548 @deffn Command meminfo
6549 Display available RAM memory on OpenOCD host.
6550 Used in OpenOCD regression testing scripts.
6551 @end deffn
6552
6553 @deffn Command peek
6554 @emph{No description provided.}
6555 @end deffn
6556
6557 @deffn Command poke
6558 @emph{No description provided.}
6559 @end deffn
6560
6561 @deffn Command rm filename
6562 @c "rm" has both normal and Jim-level versions??
6563 Unlinks the file @file{filename}.
6564 @end deffn
6565
6566 @deffn Command trunc filename
6567 Removes all data in the file @file{filename}.
6568 @end deffn
6569
6570 @anchor{memoryaccess}
6571 @section Memory access commands
6572 @cindex memory access
6573
6574 These commands allow accesses of a specific size to the memory
6575 system. Often these are used to configure the current target in some
6576 special way. For example - one may need to write certain values to the
6577 SDRAM controller to enable SDRAM.
6578
6579 @enumerate
6580 @item Use the @command{targets} (plural) command
6581 to change the current target.
6582 @item In system level scripts these commands are deprecated.
6583 Please use their TARGET object siblings to avoid making assumptions
6584 about what TAP is the current target, or about MMU configuration.
6585 @end enumerate
6586
6587 @deffn Command mdw [phys] addr [count]
6588 @deffnx Command mdh [phys] addr [count]
6589 @deffnx Command mdb [phys] addr [count]
6590 Display contents of address @var{addr}, as
6591 32-bit words (@command{mdw}), 16-bit halfwords (@command{mdh}),
6592 or 8-bit bytes (@command{mdb}).
6593 When the current target has an MMU which is present and active,
6594 @var{addr} is interpreted as a virtual address.
6595 Otherwise, or if the optional @var{phys} flag is specified,
6596 @var{addr} is interpreted as a physical address.
6597 If @var{count} is specified, displays that many units.
6598 (If you want to manipulate the data instead of displaying it,
6599 see the @code{mem2array} primitives.)
6600 @end deffn
6601
6602 @deffn Command mww [phys] addr word
6603 @deffnx Command mwh [phys] addr halfword
6604 @deffnx Command mwb [phys] addr byte
6605 Writes the specified @var{word} (32 bits),
6606 @var{halfword} (16 bits), or @var{byte} (8-bit) value,
6607 at the specified address @var{addr}.
6608 When the current target has an MMU which is present and active,
6609 @var{addr} is interpreted as a virtual address.
6610 Otherwise, or if the optional @var{phys} flag is specified,
6611 @var{addr} is interpreted as a physical address.
6612 @end deffn
6613
6614 @anchor{imageaccess}
6615 @section Image loading commands
6616 @cindex image loading
6617 @cindex image dumping
6618
6619 @deffn Command {dump_image} filename address size
6620 Dump @var{size} bytes of target memory starting at @var{address} to the
6621 binary file named @var{filename}.
6622 @end deffn
6623
6624 @deffn Command {fast_load}
6625 Loads an image stored in memory by @command{fast_load_image} to the
6626 current target. Must be preceeded by fast_load_image.
6627 @end deffn
6628
6629 @deffn Command {fast_load_image} filename address [@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}|@option{s19}]
6630 Normally you should be using @command{load_image} or GDB load. However, for
6631 testing purposes or when I/O overhead is significant(OpenOCD running on an embedded
6632 host), storing the image in memory and uploading the image to the target
6633 can be a way to upload e.g. multiple debug sessions when the binary does not change.
6634 Arguments are the same as @command{load_image}, but the image is stored in OpenOCD host
6635 memory, i.e. does not affect target. This approach is also useful when profiling
6636 target programming performance as I/O and target programming can easily be profiled
6637 separately.
6638 @end deffn
6639
6640 @deffn Command {load_image} filename address [[@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}|@option{s19}] @option{min_addr} @option{max_length}]
6641 Load image from file @var{filename} to target memory offset by @var{address} from its load address.
6642 The file format may optionally be specified
6643 (@option{bin}, @option{ihex}, @option{elf}, or @option{s19}).
6644 In addition the following arguments may be specifed:
6645 @var{min_addr} - ignore data below @var{min_addr} (this is w.r.t. to the target's load address + @var{address})
6646 @var{max_length} - maximum number of bytes to load.
6647 @example
6648 proc load_image_bin @{fname foffset address length @} @{
6649 # Load data from fname filename at foffset offset to
6650 # target at address. Load at most length bytes.
6651 load_image $fname [expr $address - $foffset] bin $address $length
6652 @}
6653 @end example
6654 @end deffn
6655
6656 @deffn Command {test_image} filename [address [@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}]]
6657 Displays image section sizes and addresses
6658 as if @var{filename} were loaded into target memory
6659 starting at @var{address} (defaults to zero).
6660 The file format may optionally be specified
6661 (@option{bin}, @option{ihex}, or @option{elf})
6662 @end deffn
6663
6664 @deffn Command {verify_image} filename address [@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}]
6665 Verify @var{filename} against target memory starting at @var{address}.
6666 The file format may optionally be specified
6667 (@option{bin}, @option{ihex}, or @option{elf})
6668 This will first attempt a comparison using a CRC checksum, if this fails it will try a binary compare.
6669 @end deffn
6670
6671
6672 @section Breakpoint and Watchpoint commands
6673 @cindex breakpoint
6674 @cindex watchpoint
6675
6676 CPUs often make debug modules accessible through JTAG, with
6677 hardware support for a handful of code breakpoints and data
6678 watchpoints.
6679 In addition, CPUs almost always support software breakpoints.
6680
6681 @deffn Command {bp} [address len [@option{hw}]]
6682 With no parameters, lists all active breakpoints.
6683 Else sets a breakpoint on code execution starting
6684 at @var{address} for @var{length} bytes.
6685 This is a software breakpoint, unless @option{hw} is specified
6686 in which case it will be a hardware breakpoint.
6687
6688 (@xref{arm9vectorcatch,,arm9 vector_catch}, or @pxref{xscalevectorcatch,,xscale vector_catch},
6689 for similar mechanisms that do not consume hardware breakpoints.)
6690 @end deffn
6691
6692 @deffn Command {rbp} address
6693 Remove the breakpoint at @var{address}.
6694 @end deffn
6695
6696 @deffn Command {rwp} address
6697 Remove data watchpoint on @var{address}
6698 @end deffn
6699
6700 @deffn Command {wp} [address len [(@option{r}|@option{w}|@option{a}) [value [mask]]]]
6701 With no parameters, lists all active watchpoints.
6702 Else sets a data watchpoint on data from @var{address} for @var{length} bytes.
6703 The watch point is an "access" watchpoint unless
6704 the @option{r} or @option{w} parameter is provided,
6705 defining it as respectively a read or write watchpoint.
6706 If a @var{value} is provided, that value is used when determining if
6707 the watchpoint should trigger. The value may be first be masked
6708 using @var{mask} to mark ``don't care'' fields.
6709 @end deffn
6710
6711 @section Misc Commands
6712
6713 @cindex profiling
6714 @deffn Command {profile} seconds filename
6715 Profiling samples the CPU's program counter as quickly as possible,
6716 which is useful for non-intrusive stochastic profiling.
6717 Saves up to 10000 sampines in @file{filename} using ``gmon.out'' format.
6718 @end deffn
6719
6720 @deffn Command {version}
6721 Displays a string identifying the version of this OpenOCD server.
6722 @end deffn
6723
6724 @deffn Command {virt2phys} virtual_address
6725 Requests the current target to map the specified @var{virtual_address}
6726 to its corresponding physical address, and displays the result.
6727 @end deffn
6728
6729 @node Architecture and Core Commands
6730 @chapter Architecture and Core Commands
6731 @cindex Architecture Specific Commands
6732 @cindex Core Specific Commands
6733
6734 Most CPUs have specialized JTAG operations to support debugging.
6735 OpenOCD packages most such operations in its standard command framework.
6736 Some of those operations don't fit well in that framework, so they are
6737 exposed here as architecture or implementation (core) specific commands.
6738
6739 @anchor{armhardwaretracing}
6740 @section ARM Hardware Tracing
6741 @cindex tracing
6742 @cindex ETM
6743 @cindex ETB
6744
6745 CPUs based on ARM cores may include standard tracing interfaces,
6746 based on an ``Embedded Trace Module'' (ETM) which sends voluminous
6747 address and data bus trace records to a ``Trace Port''.
6748
6749 @itemize
6750 @item
6751 Development-oriented boards will sometimes provide a high speed
6752 trace connector for collecting that data, when the particular CPU
6753 supports such an interface.
6754 (The standard connector is a 38-pin Mictor, with both JTAG
6755 and trace port support.)
6756 Those trace connectors are supported by higher end JTAG adapters
6757 and some logic analyzer modules; frequently those modules can
6758 buffer several megabytes of trace data.
6759 Configuring an ETM coupled to such an external trace port belongs
6760 in the board-specific configuration file.
6761 @item
6762 If the CPU doesn't provide an external interface, it probably
6763 has an ``Embedded Trace Buffer'' (ETB) on the chip, which is a
6764 dedicated SRAM. 4KBytes is one common ETB size.
6765 Configuring an ETM coupled only to an ETB belongs in the CPU-specific
6766 (target) configuration file, since it works the same on all boards.
6767 @end itemize
6768
6769 ETM support in OpenOCD doesn't seem to be widely used yet.
6770
6771 @quotation Issues
6772 ETM support may be buggy, and at least some @command{etm config}
6773 parameters should be detected by asking the ETM for them.
6774
6775 ETM trigger events could also implement a kind of complex
6776 hardware breakpoint, much more powerful than the simple
6777 watchpoint hardware exported by EmbeddedICE modules.
6778 @emph{Such breakpoints can be triggered even when using the
6779 dummy trace port driver}.
6780
6781 It seems like a GDB hookup should be possible,
6782 as well as tracing only during specific states
6783 (perhaps @emph{handling IRQ 23} or @emph{calls foo()}).
6784
6785 There should be GUI tools to manipulate saved trace data and help
6786 analyse it in conjunction with the source code.
6787 It's unclear how much of a common interface is shared
6788 with the current XScale trace support, or should be
6789 shared with eventual Nexus-style trace module support.
6790
6791 At this writing (November 2009) only ARM7, ARM9, and ARM11 support
6792 for ETM modules is available. The code should be able to
6793 work with some newer cores; but not all of them support
6794 this original style of JTAG access.
6795 @end quotation
6796
6797 @subsection ETM Configuration
6798 ETM setup is coupled with the trace port driver configuration.
6799
6800 @deffn {Config Command} {etm config} target width mode clocking driver
6801 Declares the ETM associated with @var{target}, and associates it
6802 with a given trace port @var{driver}. @xref{traceportdrivers,,Trace Port Drivers}.
6803
6804 Several of the parameters must reflect the trace port capabilities,
6805 which are a function of silicon capabilties (exposed later
6806 using @command{etm info}) and of what hardware is connected to
6807 that port (such as an external pod, or ETB).
6808 The @var{width} must be either 4, 8, or 16,
6809 except with ETMv3.0 and newer modules which may also
6810 support 1, 2, 24, 32, 48, and 64 bit widths.
6811 (With those versions, @command{etm info} also shows whether
6812 the selected port width and mode are supported.)
6813
6814 The @var{mode} must be @option{normal}, @option{multiplexed},
6815 or @option{demultiplexed}.
6816 The @var{clocking} must be @option{half} or @option{full}.
6817
6818 @quotation Warning
6819 With ETMv3.0 and newer, the bits set with the @var{mode} and
6820 @var{clocking} parameters both control the mode.
6821 This modified mode does not map to the values supported by
6822 previous ETM modules, so this syntax is subject to change.
6823 @end quotation
6824
6825 @quotation Note
6826 You can see the ETM registers using the @command{reg} command.
6827 Not all possible registers are present in every ETM.
6828 Most of the registers are write-only, and are used to configure
6829 what CPU activities are traced.
6830 @end quotation
6831 @end deffn
6832
6833 @deffn Command {etm info}
6834 Displays information about the current target's ETM.
6835 This includes resource counts from the @code{ETM_CONFIG} register,
6836 as well as silicon capabilities (except on rather old modules).
6837 from the @code{ETM_SYS_CONFIG} register.
6838 @end deffn
6839
6840 @deffn Command {etm status}
6841 Displays status of the current target's ETM and trace port driver:
6842 is the ETM idle, or is it collecting data?
6843 Did trace data overflow?
6844 Was it triggered?
6845 @end deffn
6846
6847 @deffn Command {etm tracemode} [type context_id_bits cycle_accurate branch_output]
6848 Displays what data that ETM will collect.
6849 If arguments are provided, first configures that data.
6850 When the configuration changes, tracing is stopped
6851 and any buffered trace data is invalidated.
6852
6853 @itemize
6854 @item @var{type} ... describing how data accesses are traced,
6855 when they pass any ViewData filtering that that was set up.
6856 The value is one of
6857 @option{none} (save nothing),
6858 @option{data} (save data),
6859 @option{address} (save addresses),
6860 @option{all} (save data and addresses)
6861 @item @var{context_id_bits} ... 0, 8, 16, or 32
6862 @item @var{cycle_accurate} ... @option{enable} or @option{disable}
6863 cycle-accurate instruction tracing.
6864 Before ETMv3, enabling this causes much extra data to be recorded.
6865 @item @var{branch_output} ... @option{enable} or @option{disable}.
6866 Disable this unless you need to try reconstructing the instruction
6867 trace stream without an image of the code.
6868 @end itemize
6869 @end deffn
6870
6871 @deffn Command {etm trigger_debug} (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
6872 Displays whether ETM triggering debug entry (like a breakpoint) is
6873 enabled or disabled, after optionally modifying that configuration.
6874 The default behaviour is @option{disable}.
6875 Any change takes effect after the next @command{etm start}.
6876
6877 By using script commands to configure ETM registers, you can make the
6878 processor enter debug state automatically when certain conditions,
6879 more complex than supported by the breakpoint hardware, happen.
6880 @end deffn
6881
6882 @subsection ETM Trace Operation
6883
6884 After setting up the ETM, you can use it to collect data.
6885 That data can be exported to files for later analysis.
6886 It can also be parsed with OpenOCD, for basic sanity checking.
6887
6888 To configure what is being traced, you will need to write
6889 various trace registers using @command{reg ETM_*} commands.
6890 For the definitions of these registers, read ARM publication
6891 @emph{IHI 0014, ``Embedded Trace Macrocell, Architecture Specification''}.
6892 Be aware that most of the relevant registers are write-only,
6893 and that ETM resources are limited. There are only a handful
6894 of address comparators, data comparators, counters, and so on.
6895
6896 Examples of scenarios you might arrange to trace include:
6897
6898 @itemize
6899 @item Code flow within a function, @emph{excluding} subroutines
6900 it calls. Use address range comparators to enable tracing
6901 for instruction access within that function's body.
6902 @item Code flow within a function, @emph{including} subroutines
6903 it calls. Use the sequencer and address comparators to activate
6904 tracing on an ``entered function'' state, then deactivate it by
6905 exiting that state when the function's exit code is invoked.
6906 @item Code flow starting at the fifth invocation of a function,
6907 combining one of the above models with a counter.
6908 @item CPU data accesses to the registers for a particular device,
6909 using address range comparators and the ViewData logic.
6910 @item Such data accesses only during IRQ handling, combining the above
6911 model with sequencer triggers which on entry and exit to the IRQ handler.
6912 @item @emph{... more}
6913 @end itemize
6914
6915 At this writing, September 2009, there are no Tcl utility
6916 procedures to help set up any common tracing scenarios.
6917
6918 @deffn Command {etm analyze}
6919 Reads trace data into memory, if it wasn't already present.
6920 Decodes and prints the data that was collected.
6921 @end deffn
6922
6923 @deffn Command {etm dump} filename
6924 Stores the captured trace data in @file{filename}.
6925 @end deffn
6926
6927 @deffn Command {etm image} filename [base_address] [type]
6928 Opens an image file.
6929 @end deffn
6930
6931 @deffn Command {etm load} filename
6932 Loads captured trace data from @file{filename}.
6933 @end deffn
6934
6935 @deffn Command {etm start}
6936 Starts trace data collection.
6937 @end deffn
6938
6939 @deffn Command {etm stop}
6940 Stops trace data collection.
6941 @end deffn
6942
6943 @anchor{traceportdrivers}
6944 @subsection Trace Port Drivers
6945
6946 To use an ETM trace port it must be associated with a driver.
6947
6948 @deffn {Trace Port Driver} dummy
6949 Use the @option{dummy} driver if you are configuring an ETM that's
6950 not connected to anything (on-chip ETB or off-chip trace connector).
6951 @emph{This driver lets OpenOCD talk to the ETM, but it does not expose
6952 any trace data collection.}
6953 @deffn {Config Command} {etm_dummy config} target
6954 Associates the ETM for @var{target} with a dummy driver.
6955 @end deffn
6956 @end deffn
6957
6958 @deffn {Trace Port Driver} etb
6959 Use the @option{etb} driver if you are configuring an ETM
6960 to use on-chip ETB memory.
6961 @deffn {Config Command} {etb config} target etb_tap
6962 Associates the ETM for @var{target} with the ETB at @var{etb_tap}.
6963 You can see the ETB registers using the @command{reg} command.
6964 @end deffn
6965 @deffn Command {etb trigger_percent} [percent]
6966 This displays, or optionally changes, ETB behavior after the
6967 ETM's configured @emph{trigger} event fires.
6968 It controls how much more trace data is saved after the (single)
6969 trace trigger becomes active.
6970
6971 @itemize
6972 @item The default corresponds to @emph{trace around} usage,
6973 recording 50 percent data before the event and the rest
6974 afterwards.
6975 @item The minimum value of @var{percent} is 2 percent,
6976 recording almost exclusively data before the trigger.
6977 Such extreme @emph{trace before} usage can help figure out
6978 what caused that event to happen.
6979 @item The maximum value of @var{percent} is 100 percent,
6980 recording data almost exclusively after the event.
6981 This extreme @emph{trace after} usage might help sort out
6982 how the event caused trouble.
6983 @end itemize
6984 @c REVISIT allow "break" too -- enter debug mode.
6985 @end deffn
6986
6987 @end deffn
6988
6989 @deffn {Trace Port Driver} oocd_trace
6990 This driver isn't available unless OpenOCD was explicitly configured
6991 with the @option{--enable-oocd_trace} option. You probably don't want
6992 to configure it unless you've built the appropriate prototype hardware;
6993 it's @emph{proof-of-concept} software.
6994
6995 Use the @option{oocd_trace} driver if you are configuring an ETM that's
6996 connected to an off-chip trace connector.
6997
6998 @deffn {Config Command} {oocd_trace config} target tty
6999 Associates the ETM for @var{target} with a trace driver which
7000 collects data through the serial port @var{tty}.
7001 @end deffn
7002
7003 @deffn Command {oocd_trace resync}
7004 Re-synchronizes with the capture clock.
7005 @end deffn
7006
7007 @deffn Command {oocd_trace status}
7008 Reports whether the capture clock is locked or not.
7009 @end deffn
7010 @end deffn
7011
7012
7013 @section Generic ARM
7014 @cindex ARM
7015
7016 These commands should be available on all ARM processors.
7017 They are available in addition to other core-specific
7018 commands that may be available.
7019
7020 @deffn Command {arm core_state} [@option{arm}|@option{thumb}]
7021 Displays the core_state, optionally changing it to process
7022 either @option{arm} or @option{thumb} instructions.
7023 The target may later be resumed in the currently set core_state.
7024 (Processors may also support the Jazelle state, but
7025 that is not currently supported in OpenOCD.)
7026 @end deffn
7027
7028 @deffn Command {arm disassemble} address [count [@option{thumb}]]
7029 @cindex disassemble
7030 Disassembles @var{count} instructions starting at @var{address}.
7031 If @var{count} is not specified, a single instruction is disassembled.
7032 If @option{thumb} is specified, or the low bit of the address is set,
7033 Thumb2 (mixed 16/32-bit) instructions are used;
7034 else ARM (32-bit) instructions are used.
7035 (Processors may also support the Jazelle state, but
7036 those instructions are not currently understood by OpenOCD.)
7037
7038 Note that all Thumb instructions are Thumb2 instructions,
7039 so older processors (without Thumb2 support) will still
7040 see correct disassembly of Thumb code.
7041 Also, ThumbEE opcodes are the same as Thumb2,
7042 with a handful of exceptions.
7043 ThumbEE disassembly currently has no explicit support.
7044 @end deffn
7045
7046 @deffn Command {arm mcr} pX op1 CRn CRm op2 value
7047 Write @var{value} to a coprocessor @var{pX} register
7048 passing parameters @var{CRn},
7049 @var{CRm}, opcodes @var{opc1} and @var{opc2},
7050 and using the MCR instruction.
7051 (Parameter sequence matches the ARM instruction, but omits
7052 an ARM register.)
7053 @end deffn
7054
7055 @deffn Command {arm mrc} pX coproc op1 CRn CRm op2
7056 Read a coprocessor @var{pX} register passing parameters @var{CRn},
7057 @var{CRm}, opcodes @var{opc1} and @var{opc2},
7058 and the MRC instruction.
7059 Returns the result so it can be manipulated by Jim scripts.
7060 (Parameter sequence matches the ARM instruction, but omits
7061 an ARM register.)
7062 @end deffn
7063
7064 @deffn Command {arm reg}
7065 Display a table of all banked core registers, fetching the current value from every
7066 core mode if necessary.
7067 @end deffn
7068
7069 @deffn Command {arm semihosting} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
7070 @cindex ARM semihosting
7071 Display status of semihosting, after optionally changing that status.
7072
7073 Semihosting allows for code executing on an ARM target to use the
7074 I/O facilities on the host computer i.e. the system where OpenOCD
7075 is running. The target application must be linked against a library
7076 implementing the ARM semihosting convention that forwards operation
7077 requests by using a special SVC instruction that is trapped at the
7078 Supervisor Call vector by OpenOCD.
7079 @end deffn
7080
7081 @section ARMv4 and ARMv5 Architecture
7082 @cindex ARMv4
7083 @cindex ARMv5
7084
7085 The ARMv4 and ARMv5 architectures are widely used in embedded systems,
7086 and introduced core parts of the instruction set in use today.
7087 That includes the Thumb instruction set, introduced in the ARMv4T
7088 variant.
7089
7090 @subsection ARM7 and ARM9 specific commands
7091 @cindex ARM7
7092 @cindex ARM9
7093
7094 These commands are specific to ARM7 and ARM9 cores, like ARM7TDMI, ARM720T,
7095 ARM9TDMI, ARM920T or ARM926EJ-S.
7096 They are available in addition to the ARM commands,
7097 and any other core-specific commands that may be available.
7098
7099 @deffn Command {arm7_9 dbgrq} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
7100 Displays the value of the flag controlling use of the
7101 the EmbeddedIce DBGRQ signal to force entry into debug mode,
7102 instead of breakpoints.
7103 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
7104
7105 This should be
7106 safe for all but ARM7TDMI-S cores (like NXP LPC).
7107 This feature is enabled by default on most ARM9 cores,
7108 including ARM9TDMI, ARM920T, and ARM926EJ-S.
7109 @end deffn
7110
7111 @deffn Command {arm7_9 dcc_downloads} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
7112 @cindex DCC
7113 Displays the value of the flag controlling use of the debug communications
7114 channel (DCC) to write larger (>128 byte) amounts of memory.
7115 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
7116
7117 DCC downloads offer a huge speed increase, but might be
7118 unsafe, especially with targets running at very low speeds. This command was introduced
7119 with OpenOCD rev. 60, and requires a few bytes of working area.
7120 @end deffn
7121
7122 @deffn Command {arm7_9 fast_memory_access} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
7123 Displays the value of the flag controlling use of memory writes and reads
7124 that don't check completion of the operation.
7125 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
7126
7127 This provides a huge speed increase, especially with USB JTAG
7128 cables (FT2232), but might be unsafe if used with targets running at very low
7129 speeds, like the 32kHz startup clock of an AT91RM9200.
7130 @end deffn
7131
7132 @subsection ARM720T specific commands
7133 @cindex ARM720T
7134
7135 These commands are available to ARM720T based CPUs,
7136 which are implementations of the ARMv4T architecture
7137 based on the ARM7TDMI-S integer core.
7138 They are available in addition to the ARM and ARM7/ARM9 commands.
7139
7140 @deffn Command {arm720t cp15} opcode [value]
7141 @emph{DEPRECATED -- avoid using this.
7142 Use the @command{arm mrc} or @command{arm mcr} commands instead.}
7143
7144 Display cp15 register returned by the ARM instruction @var{opcode};
7145 else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
7146 The @var{opcode} should be the value of either an MRC or MCR instruction.
7147 @end deffn
7148
7149 @subsection ARM9 specific commands
7150 @cindex ARM9
7151
7152 ARM9-family cores are built around ARM9TDMI or ARM9E (including ARM9EJS)
7153 integer processors.
7154 Such cores include the ARM920T, ARM926EJ-S, and ARM966.
7155
7156 @c 9-june-2009: tried this on arm920t, it didn't work.
7157 @c no-params always lists nothing caught, and that's how it acts.
7158 @c 23-oct-2009: doesn't work _consistently_ ... as if the ICE
7159 @c versions have different rules about when they commit writes.
7160
7161 @anchor{arm9vectorcatch}
7162 @deffn Command {arm9 vector_catch} [@option{all}|@option{none}|list]
7163 @cindex vector_catch
7164 Vector Catch hardware provides a sort of dedicated breakpoint
7165 for hardware events such as reset, interrupt, and abort.
7166 You can use this to conserve normal breakpoint resources,
7167 so long as you're not concerned with code that branches directly
7168 to those hardware vectors.
7169
7170 This always finishes by listing the current configuration.
7171 If parameters are provided, it first reconfigures the
7172 vector catch hardware to intercept
7173 @option{all} of the hardware vectors,
7174 @option{none} of them,
7175 or a list with one or more of the following:
7176 @option{reset} @option{undef} @option{swi} @option{pabt} @option{dabt}
7177 @option{irq} @option{fiq}.
7178 @end deffn
7179
7180 @subsection ARM920T specific commands
7181 @cindex ARM920T
7182
7183 These commands are available to ARM920T based CPUs,
7184 which are implementations of the ARMv4T architecture
7185 built using the ARM9TDMI integer core.
7186 They are available in addition to the ARM, ARM7/ARM9,
7187 and ARM9 commands.
7188
7189 @deffn Command {arm920t cache_info}
7190 Print information about the caches found. This allows to see whether your target
7191 is an ARM920T (2x16kByte cache) or ARM922T (2x8kByte cache).
7192 @end deffn
7193
7194 @deffn Command {arm920t cp15} regnum [value]
7195 Display cp15 register @var{regnum};
7196 else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
7197 This uses "physical access" and the register number is as
7198 shown in bits 38..33 of table 9-9 in the ARM920T TRM.
7199 (Not all registers can be written.)
7200 @end deffn
7201
7202 @deffn Command {arm920t cp15i} opcode [value [address]]
7203 @emph{DEPRECATED -- avoid using this.
7204 Use the @command{arm mrc} or @command{arm mcr} commands instead.}
7205
7206 Interpreted access using ARM instruction @var{opcode}, which should
7207 be the value of either an MRC or MCR instruction
7208 (as shown tables 9-11, 9-12, and 9-13 in the ARM920T TRM).
7209 If no @var{value} is provided, the result is displayed.
7210 Else if that value is written using the specified @var{address},
7211 or using zero if no other address is provided.
7212 @end deffn
7213
7214 @deffn Command {arm920t read_cache} filename
7215 Dump the content of ICache and DCache to a file named @file{filename}.
7216 @end deffn
7217
7218 @deffn Command {arm920t read_mmu} filename
7219 Dump the content of the ITLB and DTLB to a file named @file{filename}.
7220 @end deffn
7221
7222 @subsection ARM926ej-s specific commands
7223 @cindex ARM926ej-s
7224
7225 These commands are available to ARM926ej-s based CPUs,
7226 which are implementations of the ARMv5TEJ architecture
7227 based on the ARM9EJ-S integer core.
7228 They are available in addition to the ARM, ARM7/ARM9,
7229 and ARM9 commands.
7230
7231 The Feroceon cores also support these commands, although
7232 they are not built from ARM926ej-s designs.
7233
7234 @deffn Command {arm926ejs cache_info}
7235 Print information about the caches found.
7236 @end deffn
7237
7238 @subsection ARM966E specific commands
7239 @cindex ARM966E
7240
7241 These commands are available to ARM966 based CPUs,
7242 which are implementations of the ARMv5TE architecture.
7243 They are available in addition to the ARM, ARM7/ARM9,
7244 and ARM9 commands.
7245
7246 @deffn Command {arm966e cp15} regnum [value]
7247 Display cp15 register @var{regnum};
7248 else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
7249 The six bit @var{regnum} values are bits 37..32 from table 7-2 of the
7250 ARM966E-S TRM.
7251 There is no current control over bits 31..30 from that table,
7252 as required for BIST support.
7253 @end deffn
7254
7255 @subsection XScale specific commands
7256 @cindex XScale
7257
7258 Some notes about the debug implementation on the XScale CPUs:
7259
7260 The XScale CPU provides a special debug-only mini-instruction cache
7261 (mini-IC) in which exception vectors and target-resident debug handler
7262 code are placed by OpenOCD. In order to get access to the CPU, OpenOCD
7263 must point vector 0 (the reset vector) to the entry of the debug
7264 handler. However, this means that the complete first cacheline in the
7265 mini-IC is marked valid, which makes the CPU fetch all exception
7266 handlers from the mini-IC, ignoring the code in RAM.
7267
7268 To address this situation, OpenOCD provides the @code{xscale
7269 vector_table} command, which allows the user to explicity write
7270 individual entries to either the high or low vector table stored in
7271 the mini-IC.
7272
7273 It is recommended to place a pc-relative indirect branch in the vector
7274 table, and put the branch destination somewhere in memory. Doing so
7275 makes sure the code in the vector table stays constant regardless of
7276 code layout in memory:
7277 @example
7278 _vectors:
7279 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
7280 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
7281 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
7282 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
7283 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
7284 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
7285 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
7286 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
7287 .org 0x100
7288 .long real_reset_vector
7289 .long real_ui_handler
7290 .long real_swi_handler
7291 .long real_pf_abort
7292 .long real_data_abort
7293 .long 0 /* unused */
7294 .long real_irq_handler
7295 .long real_fiq_handler
7296 @end example
7297
7298 Alternatively, you may choose to keep some or all of the mini-IC
7299 vector table entries synced with those written to memory by your
7300 system software. The mini-IC can not be modified while the processor
7301 is executing, but for each vector table entry not previously defined
7302 using the @code{xscale vector_table} command, OpenOCD will copy the
7303 value from memory to the mini-IC every time execution resumes from a
7304 halt. This is done for both high and low vector tables (although the
7305 table not in use may not be mapped to valid memory, and in this case
7306 that copy operation will silently fail). This means that you will
7307 need to briefly halt execution at some strategic point during system
7308 start-up; e.g., after the software has initialized the vector table,
7309 but before exceptions are enabled. A breakpoint can be used to
7310 accomplish this once the appropriate location in the start-up code has
7311 been identified. A watchpoint over the vector table region is helpful
7312 in finding the location if you're not sure. Note that the same
7313 situation exists any time the vector table is modified by the system
7314 software.
7315
7316 The debug handler must be placed somewhere in the address space using
7317 the @code{xscale debug_handler} command. The allowed locations for the
7318 debug handler are either (0x800 - 0x1fef800) or (0xfe000800 -
7319 0xfffff800). The default value is 0xfe000800.
7320
7321 XScale has resources to support two hardware breakpoints and two
7322 watchpoints. However, the following restrictions on watchpoint
7323 functionality apply: (1) the value and mask arguments to the @code{wp}
7324 command are not supported, (2) the watchpoint length must be a
7325 power of two and not less than four, and can not be greater than the
7326 watchpoint address, and (3) a watchpoint with a length greater than
7327 four consumes all the watchpoint hardware resources. This means that
7328 at any one time, you can have enabled either two watchpoints with a
7329 length of four, or one watchpoint with a length greater than four.
7330
7331 These commands are available to XScale based CPUs,
7332 which are implementations of the ARMv5TE architecture.
7333
7334 @deffn Command {xscale analyze_trace}
7335 Displays the contents of the trace buffer.
7336 @end deffn
7337
7338 @deffn Command {xscale cache_clean_address} address
7339 Changes the address used when cleaning the data cache.
7340 @end deffn
7341
7342 @deffn Command {xscale cache_info}
7343 Displays information about the CPU caches.
7344 @end deffn
7345
7346 @deffn Command {xscale cp15} regnum [value]
7347 Display cp15 register @var{regnum};
7348 else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
7349 @end deffn
7350
7351 @deffn Command {xscale debug_handler} target address
7352 Changes the address used for the specified target's debug handler.
7353 @end deffn
7354
7355 @deffn Command {xscale dcache} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
7356 Enables or disable the CPU's data cache.
7357 @end deffn
7358
7359 @deffn Command {xscale dump_trace} filename
7360 Dumps the raw contents of the trace buffer to @file{filename}.
7361 @end deffn
7362
7363 @deffn Command {xscale icache} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
7364 Enables or disable the CPU's instruction cache.
7365 @end deffn
7366
7367 @deffn Command {xscale mmu} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
7368 Enables or disable the CPU's memory management unit.
7369 @end deffn
7370
7371 @deffn Command {xscale trace_buffer} [@option{enable}|@option{disable} [@option{fill} [n] | @option{wrap}]]
7372 Displays the trace buffer status, after optionally
7373 enabling or disabling the trace buffer
7374 and modifying how it is emptied.
7375 @end deffn
7376
7377 @deffn Command {xscale trace_image} filename [offset [type]]
7378 Opens a trace image from @file{filename}, optionally rebasing
7379 its segment addresses by @var{offset}.
7380 The image @var{type} may be one of
7381 @option{bin} (binary), @option{ihex} (Intel hex),
7382 @option{elf} (ELF file), @option{s19} (Motorola s19),
7383 @option{mem}, or @option{builder}.
7384 @end deffn
7385
7386 @anchor{xscalevectorcatch}
7387 @deffn Command {xscale vector_catch} [mask]
7388 @cindex vector_catch
7389 Display a bitmask showing the hardware vectors to catch.
7390 If the optional parameter is provided, first set the bitmask to that value.
7391
7392 The mask bits correspond with bit 16..23 in the DCSR:
7393 @example
7394 0x01 Trap Reset
7395 0x02 Trap Undefined Instructions
7396 0x04 Trap Software Interrupt
7397 0x08 Trap Prefetch Abort
7398 0x10 Trap Data Abort
7399 0x20 reserved
7400 0x40 Trap IRQ
7401 0x80 Trap FIQ
7402 @end example
7403 @end deffn
7404
7405 @deffn Command {xscale vector_table} [(@option{low}|@option{high}) index value]
7406 @cindex vector_table
7407
7408 Set an entry in the mini-IC vector table. There are two tables: one for
7409 low vectors (at 0x00000000), and one for high vectors (0xFFFF0000), each
7410 holding the 8 exception vectors. @var{index} can be 1-7, because vector 0
7411 points to the debug handler entry and can not be overwritten.
7412 @var{value} holds the 32-bit opcode that is placed in the mini-IC.
7413
7414 Without arguments, the current settings are displayed.
7415
7416 @end deffn
7417
7418 @section ARMv6 Architecture
7419 @cindex ARMv6
7420
7421 @subsection ARM11 specific commands
7422 @cindex ARM11
7423
7424 @deffn Command {arm11 memwrite burst} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
7425 Displays the value of the memwrite burst-enable flag,
7426 which is enabled by default.
7427 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
7428 Burst writes are only used for memory writes larger than 1 word.
7429 They improve performance by assuming that the CPU has read each data
7430 word over JTAG and completed its write before the next word arrives,
7431 instead of polling for a status flag to verify that completion.
7432 This is usually safe, because JTAG runs much slower than the CPU.
7433 @end deffn
7434
7435 @deffn Command {arm11 memwrite error_fatal} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
7436 Displays the value of the memwrite error_fatal flag,
7437 which is enabled by default.
7438 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
7439 When set, certain memory write errors cause earlier transfer termination.
7440 @end deffn
7441
7442 @deffn Command {arm11 step_irq_enable} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
7443 Displays the value of the flag controlling whether
7444 IRQs are enabled during single stepping;
7445 they are disabled by default.
7446 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that.
7447 @end deffn
7448
7449 @deffn Command {arm11 vcr} [value]
7450 @cindex vector_catch
7451 Displays the value of the @emph{Vector Catch Register (VCR)},
7452 coprocessor 14 register 7.
7453 If @var{value} is defined, first assigns that.
7454
7455 Vector Catch hardware provides dedicated breakpoints
7456 for certain hardware events.
7457 The specific bit values are core-specific (as in fact is using
7458 coprocessor 14 register 7 itself) but all current ARM11
7459 cores @emph{except the ARM1176} use the same six bits.
7460 @end deffn
7461
7462 @section ARMv7 Architecture
7463 @cindex ARMv7
7464
7465 @subsection ARMv7 Debug Access Port (DAP) specific commands
7466 @cindex Debug Access Port
7467 @cindex DAP
7468 These commands are specific to ARM architecture v7 Debug Access Port (DAP),
7469 included on Cortex-M and Cortex-A systems.
7470 They are available in addition to other core-specific commands that may be available.
7471
7472 @deffn Command {dap apid} [num]
7473 Displays ID register from AP @var{num},
7474 defaulting to the currently selected AP.
7475 @end deffn
7476
7477 @deffn Command {dap apsel} [num]
7478 Select AP @var{num}, defaulting to 0.
7479 @end deffn
7480
7481 @deffn Command {dap baseaddr} [num]
7482 Displays debug base address from MEM-AP @var{num},
7483 defaulting to the currently selected AP.
7484 @end deffn
7485
7486 @deffn Command {dap info} [num]
7487 Displays the ROM table for MEM-AP @var{num},
7488 defaulting to the currently selected AP.
7489 @end deffn
7490
7491 @deffn Command {dap memaccess} [value]
7492 Displays the number of extra tck cycles in the JTAG idle to use for MEM-AP
7493 memory bus access [0-255], giving additional time to respond to reads.
7494 If @var{value} is defined, first assigns that.
7495 @end deffn
7496
7497 @deffn Command {dap apcsw} [0 / 1]
7498 fix CSW_SPROT from register AP_REG_CSW on selected dap.
7499 Defaulting to 0.
7500 @end deffn
7501
7502 @subsection Cortex-M specific commands
7503 @cindex Cortex-M
7504
7505 @deffn Command {cortex_m maskisr} (@option{auto}|@option{on}|@option{off})
7506 Control masking (disabling) interrupts during target step/resume.
7507
7508 The @option{auto} option handles interrupts during stepping a way they get
7509 served but don't disturb the program flow. The step command first allows
7510 pending interrupt handlers to execute, then disables interrupts and steps over
7511 the next instruction where the core was halted. After the step interrupts
7512 are enabled again. If the interrupt handlers don't complete within 500ms,
7513 the step command leaves with the core running.
7514
7515 Note that a free breakpoint is required for the @option{auto} option. If no
7516 breakpoint is available at the time of the step, then the step is taken
7517 with interrupts enabled, i.e. the same way the @option{off} option does.
7518
7519 Default is @option{auto}.
7520 @end deffn
7521
7522 @deffn Command {cortex_m vector_catch} [@option{all}|@option{none}|list]
7523 @cindex vector_catch
7524 Vector Catch hardware provides dedicated breakpoints
7525 for certain hardware events.
7526
7527 Parameters request interception of
7528 @option{all} of these hardware event vectors,
7529 @option{none} of them,
7530 or one or more of the following:
7531 @option{hard_err} for a HardFault exception;
7532 @option{mm_err} for a MemManage exception;
7533 @option{bus_err} for a BusFault exception;
7534 @option{irq_err},
7535 @option{state_err},
7536 @option{chk_err}, or
7537 @option{nocp_err} for various UsageFault exceptions; or
7538 @option{reset}.
7539 If NVIC setup code does not enable them,
7540 MemManage, BusFault, and UsageFault exceptions
7541 are mapped to HardFault.
7542 UsageFault checks for
7543 divide-by-zero and unaligned access
7544 must also be explicitly enabled.
7545
7546 This finishes by listing the current vector catch configuration.
7547 @end deffn
7548
7549 @deffn Command {cortex_m reset_config} (@option{srst}|@option{sysresetreq}|@option{vectreset})
7550 Control reset handling. The default @option{srst} is to use srst if fitted,
7551 otherwise fallback to @option{vectreset}.
7552 @itemize @minus
7553 @item @option{srst} use hardware srst if fitted otherwise fallback to @option{vectreset}.
7554 @item @option{sysresetreq} use NVIC SYSRESETREQ to reset system.
7555 @item @option{vectreset} use NVIC VECTRESET to reset system.
7556 @end itemize
7557 Using @option{vectreset} is a safe option for all current Cortex-M cores.
7558 This however has the disadvantage of only resetting the core, all peripherals
7559 are uneffected. A solution would be to use a @code{reset-init} event handler to manually reset
7560 the peripherals.
7561 @xref{targetevents,,Target Events}.
7562 @end deffn
7563
7564 @section Intel Architecture
7565
7566 Intel Quark X10xx is the first product in the Quark family of SoCs. It is an IA-32
7567 (Pentium x86 ISA) compatible SoC. The core CPU in the X10xx is codenamed Lakemont.
7568 Lakemont version 1 (LMT1) is used in X10xx. The CPU TAP (Lakemont TAP) is used for
7569 software debug and the CLTAP is used for SoC level operations.
7570 Useful docs are here: https://communities.intel.com/community/makers/documentation
7571 @itemize
7572 @item Intel Quark SoC X1000 OpenOCD/GDB/Eclipse App Note (web search for doc num 330015)
7573 @item Intel Quark SoC X1000 Debug Operations User Guide (web search for doc num 329866)
7574 @item Intel Quark SoC X1000 Datasheet (web search for doc num 329676)
7575 @end itemize
7576
7577 @subsection x86 32-bit specific commands
7578 The three main address spaces for x86 are memory, I/O and configuration space.
7579 These commands allow a user to read and write to the 64Kbyte I/O address space.
7580
7581 @deffn Command {x86_32 idw} address
7582 Display the contents of a 32-bit I/O port from address range 0x0000 - 0xffff.
7583 @end deffn
7584
7585 @deffn Command {x86_32 idh} address
7586 Display the contents of a 16-bit I/O port from address range 0x0000 - 0xffff.
7587 @end deffn
7588
7589 @deffn Command {x86_32 idb} address
7590 Display the contents of a 8-bit I/O port from address range 0x0000 - 0xffff.
7591 @end deffn
7592
7593 @deffn Command {x86_32 iww} address
7594 Write the contents of a 32-bit I/O port to address range 0x0000 - 0xffff.
7595 @end deffn
7596
7597 @deffn Command {x86_32 iwh} address
7598 Write the contents of a 16-bit I/O port to address range 0x0000 - 0xffff.
7599 @end deffn
7600
7601 @deffn Command {x86_32 iwb} address
7602 Write the contents of a 8-bit I/O port to address range 0x0000 - 0xffff.
7603 @end deffn
7604
7605 @section OpenRISC Architecture
7606
7607 The OpenRISC CPU is a soft core. It is used in a programmable SoC which can be
7608 configured with any of the TAP / Debug Unit available.
7609
7610 @subsection TAP and Debug Unit selection commands
7611 @deffn Command {tap_select} (@option{vjtag}|@option{mohor}|@option{xilinx_bscan})
7612 Select between the Altera Virtual JTAG , Xilinx Virtual JTAG and Mohor TAP.
7613 @end deffn
7614 @deffn Command {du_select} (@option{adv}|@option{mohor}) [option]
7615 Select between the Advanced Debug Interface and the classic one.
7616
7617 An option can be passed as a second argument to the debug unit.
7618
7619 When using the Advanced Debug Interface, option = 1 means the RTL core is
7620 configured with ADBG_USE_HISPEED = 1. This configuration skips status checking
7621 between bytes while doing read or write bursts.
7622 @end deffn
7623
7624 @subsection Registers commands
7625 @deffn Command {addreg} [name] [address] [feature] [reg_group]
7626 Add a new register in the cpu register list. This register will be
7627 included in the generated target descriptor file.
7628
7629 @strong{[feature]} must be "org.gnu.gdb.or1k.group[0..10]".
7630
7631 @strong{[reg_group]} can be anything. The default register list defines "system",
7632 "dmmu", "immu", "dcache", "icache", "mac", "debug", "perf", "power", "pic"
7633 and "timer" groups.
7634
7635 @emph{example:}
7636 @example
7637 addreg rtest 0x1234 org.gnu.gdb.or1k.group0 system
7638 @end example
7639
7640
7641 @end deffn
7642 @deffn Command {readgroup} (@option{group})
7643 Display all registers in @emph{group}.
7644
7645 @emph{group} can be "system",
7646 "dmmu", "immu", "dcache", "icache", "mac", "debug", "perf", "power", "pic",
7647 "timer" or any new group created with addreg command.
7648 @end deffn
7649
7650 @anchor{softwaredebugmessagesandtracing}
7651 @section Software Debug Messages and Tracing
7652 @cindex Linux-ARM DCC support
7653 @cindex tracing
7654 @cindex libdcc
7655 @cindex DCC
7656 OpenOCD can process certain requests from target software, when
7657 the target uses appropriate libraries.
7658 The most powerful mechanism is semihosting, but there is also
7659 a lighter weight mechanism using only the DCC channel.
7660
7661 Currently @command{target_request debugmsgs}
7662 is supported only for @option{arm7_9} and @option{cortex_m} cores.
7663 These messages are received as part of target polling, so
7664 you need to have @command{poll on} active to receive them.
7665 They are intrusive in that they will affect program execution
7666 times. If that is a problem, @pxref{armhardwaretracing,,ARM Hardware Tracing}.
7667
7668 See @file{libdcc} in the contrib dir for more details.
7669 In addition to sending strings, characters, and
7670 arrays of various size integers from the target,
7671 @file{libdcc} also exports a software trace point mechanism.
7672 The target being debugged may
7673 issue trace messages which include a 24-bit @dfn{trace point} number.
7674 Trace point support includes two distinct mechanisms,
7675 each supported by a command:
7676
7677 @itemize
7678 @item @emph{History} ... A circular buffer of trace points
7679 can be set up, and then displayed at any time.
7680 This tracks where code has been, which can be invaluable in
7681 finding out how some fault was triggered.
7682
7683 The buffer may overflow, since it collects records continuously.
7684 It may be useful to use some of the 24 bits to represent a
7685 particular event, and other bits to hold data.
7686
7687 @item @emph{Counting} ... An array of counters can be set up,
7688 and then displayed at any time.
7689 This can help establish code coverage and identify hot spots.
7690
7691 The array of counters is directly indexed by the trace point
7692 number, so trace points with higher numbers are not counted.
7693 @end itemize
7694
7695 Linux-ARM kernels have a ``Kernel low-level debugging
7696 via EmbeddedICE DCC channel'' option (CONFIG_DEBUG_ICEDCC,
7697 depends on CONFIG_DEBUG_LL) which uses this mechanism to
7698 deliver messages before a serial console can be activated.
7699 This is not the same format used by @file{libdcc}.
7700 Other software, such as the U-Boot boot loader, sometimes
7701 does the same thing.
7702
7703 @deffn Command {target_request debugmsgs} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}|@option{charmsg}]
7704 Displays current handling of target DCC message requests.
7705 These messages may be sent to the debugger while the target is running.
7706 The optional @option{enable} and @option{charmsg} parameters
7707 both enable the messages, while @option{disable} disables them.
7708
7709 With @option{charmsg} the DCC words each contain one character,
7710 as used by Linux with CONFIG_DEBUG_ICEDCC;
7711 otherwise the libdcc format is used.
7712 @end deffn
7713
7714 @deffn Command {trace history} [@option{clear}|count]
7715 With no parameter, displays all the trace points that have triggered
7716 in the order they triggered.
7717 With the parameter @option{clear}, erases all current trace history records.
7718 With a @var{count} parameter, allocates space for that many
7719 history records.
7720 @end deffn
7721
7722 @deffn Command {trace point} [@option{clear}|identifier]
7723 With no parameter, displays all trace point identifiers and how many times
7724 they have been triggered.
7725 With the parameter @option{clear}, erases all current trace point counters.
7726 With a numeric @var{identifier} parameter, creates a new a trace point counter
7727 and associates it with that identifier.
7728
7729 @emph{Important:} The identifier and the trace point number
7730 are not related except by this command.
7731 These trace point numbers always start at zero (from server startup,
7732 or after @command{trace point clear}) and count up from there.
7733 @end deffn
7734
7735
7736 @node JTAG Commands
7737 @chapter JTAG Commands
7738 @cindex JTAG Commands
7739 Most general purpose JTAG commands have been presented earlier.
7740 (@xref{jtagspeed,,JTAG Speed}, @ref{Reset Configuration}, and @ref{TAP Declaration}.)
7741 Lower level JTAG commands, as presented here,
7742 may be needed to work with targets which require special
7743 attention during operations such as reset or initialization.
7744
7745 To use these commands you will need to understand some
7746 of the basics of JTAG, including:
7747
7748 @itemize @bullet
7749 @item A JTAG scan chain consists of a sequence of individual TAP
7750 devices such as a CPUs.
7751 @item Control operations involve moving each TAP through the same
7752 standard state machine (in parallel)
7753 using their shared TMS and clock signals.
7754 @item Data transfer involves shifting data through the chain of
7755 instruction or data registers of each TAP, writing new register values
7756 while the reading previous ones.
7757 @item Data register sizes are a function of the instruction active in
7758 a given TAP, while instruction register sizes are fixed for each TAP.
7759 All TAPs support a BYPASS instruction with a single bit data register.
7760 @item The way OpenOCD differentiates between TAP devices is by
7761 shifting different instructions into (and out of) their instruction
7762 registers.
7763 @end itemize
7764
7765 @section Low Level JTAG Commands
7766
7767 These commands are used by developers who need to access
7768 JTAG instruction or data registers, possibly controlling
7769 the order of TAP state transitions.
7770 If you're not debugging OpenOCD internals, or bringing up a
7771 new JTAG adapter or a new type of TAP device (like a CPU or
7772 JTAG router), you probably won't need to use these commands.
7773 In a debug session that doesn't use JTAG for its transport protocol,
7774 these commands are not available.
7775
7776 @deffn Command {drscan} tap [numbits value]+ [@option{-endstate} tap_state]
7777 Loads the data register of @var{tap} with a series of bit fields
7778 that specify the entire register.
7779 Each field is @var{numbits} bits long with
7780 a numeric @var{value} (hexadecimal encouraged).
7781 The return value holds the original value of each
7782 of those fields.
7783
7784 For example, a 38 bit number might be specified as one
7785 field of 32 bits then one of 6 bits.
7786 @emph{For portability, never pass fields which are more
7787 than 32 bits long. Many OpenOCD implementations do not
7788 support 64-bit (or larger) integer values.}
7789
7790 All TAPs other than @var{tap} must be in BYPASS mode.
7791 The single bit in their data registers does not matter.
7792
7793 When @var{tap_state} is specified, the JTAG state machine is left
7794 in that state.
7795 For example @sc{drpause} might be specified, so that more
7796 instructions can be issued before re-entering the @sc{run/idle} state.
7797 If the end state is not specified, the @sc{run/idle} state is entered.
7798
7799 @quotation Warning
7800 OpenOCD does not record information about data register lengths,
7801 so @emph{it is important that you get the bit field lengths right}.
7802 Remember that different JTAG instructions refer to different
7803 data registers, which may have different lengths.
7804 Moreover, those lengths may not be fixed;
7805 the SCAN_N instruction can change the length of
7806 the register accessed by the INTEST instruction
7807 (by connecting a different scan chain).
7808 @end quotation
7809 @end deffn
7810
7811 @deffn Command {flush_count}
7812 Returns the number of times the JTAG queue has been flushed.
7813 This may be used for performance tuning.
7814
7815 For example, flushing a queue over USB involves a
7816 minimum latency, often several milliseconds, which does
7817 not change with the amount of data which is written.
7818 You may be able to identify performance problems by finding
7819 tasks which waste bandwidth by flushing small transfers too often,
7820 instead of batching them into larger operations.
7821 @end deffn
7822
7823 @deffn Command {irscan} [tap instruction]+ [@option{-endstate} tap_state]
7824 For each @var{tap} listed, loads the instruction register
7825 with its associated numeric @var{instruction}.
7826 (The number of bits in that instruction may be displayed
7827 using the @command{scan_chain} command.)
7828 For other TAPs, a BYPASS instruction is loaded.
7829
7830 When @var{tap_state} is specified, the JTAG state machine is left
7831 in that state.
7832 For example @sc{irpause} might be specified, so the data register
7833 can be loaded before re-entering the @sc{run/idle} state.
7834 If the end state is not specified, the @sc{run/idle} state is entered.
7835
7836 @quotation Note
7837 OpenOCD currently supports only a single field for instruction
7838 register values, unlike data register values.
7839 For TAPs where the instruction register length is more than 32 bits,
7840 portable scripts currently must issue only BYPASS instructions.
7841 @end quotation
7842 @end deffn
7843
7844 @deffn Command {jtag_reset} trst srst
7845 Set values of reset signals.
7846 The @var{trst} and @var{srst} parameter values may be
7847 @option{0}, indicating that reset is inactive (pulled or driven high),
7848 or @option{1}, indicating it is active (pulled or driven low).
7849 The @command{reset_config} command should already have been used
7850 to configure how the board and JTAG adapter treat these two
7851 signals, and to say if either signal is even present.
7852 @xref{Reset Configuration}.
7853
7854 Note that TRST is specially handled.
7855 It actually signifies JTAG's @sc{reset} state.
7856 So if the board doesn't support the optional TRST signal,
7857 or it doesn't support it along with the specified SRST value,
7858 JTAG reset is triggered with TMS and TCK signals
7859 instead of the TRST signal.
7860 And no matter how that JTAG reset is triggered, once
7861 the scan chain enters @sc{reset} with TRST inactive,
7862 TAP @code{post-reset} events are delivered to all TAPs
7863 with handlers for that event.
7864 @end deffn
7865
7866 @deffn Command {pathmove} start_state [next_state ...]
7867 Start by moving to @var{start_state}, which
7868 must be one of the @emph{stable} states.
7869 Unless it is the only state given, this will often be the
7870 current state, so that no TCK transitions are needed.
7871 Then, in a series of single state transitions
7872 (conforming to the JTAG state machine) shift to
7873 each @var{next_state} in sequence, one per TCK cycle.
7874 The final state must also be stable.
7875 @end deffn
7876
7877 @deffn Command {runtest} @var{num_cycles}
7878 Move to the @sc{run/idle} state, and execute at least
7879 @var{num_cycles} of the JTAG clock (TCK).
7880 Instructions often need some time
7881 to execute before they take effect.
7882 @end deffn
7883
7884 @c tms_sequence (short|long)
7885 @c ... temporary, debug-only, other than USBprog bug workaround...
7886
7887 @deffn Command {verify_ircapture} (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
7888 Verify values captured during @sc{ircapture} and returned
7889 during IR scans. Default is enabled, but this can be
7890 overridden by @command{verify_jtag}.
7891 This flag is ignored when validating JTAG chain configuration.
7892 @end deffn
7893
7894 @deffn Command {verify_jtag} (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
7895 Enables verification of DR and IR scans, to help detect
7896 programming errors. For IR scans, @command{verify_ircapture}
7897 must also be enabled.
7898 Default is enabled.
7899 @end deffn
7900
7901 @section TAP state names
7902 @cindex TAP state names
7903
7904 The @var{tap_state} names used by OpenOCD in the @command{drscan},
7905 @command{irscan}, and @command{pathmove} commands are the same
7906 as those used in SVF boundary scan documents, except that
7907 SVF uses @sc{idle} instead of @sc{run/idle}.
7908
7909 @itemize @bullet
7910 @item @b{RESET} ... @emph{stable} (with TMS high);
7911 acts as if TRST were pulsed
7912 @item @b{RUN/IDLE} ... @emph{stable}; don't assume this always means IDLE
7913 @item @b{DRSELECT}
7914 @item @b{DRCAPTURE}
7915 @item @b{DRSHIFT} ... @emph{stable}; TDI/TDO shifting
7916 through the data register
7917 @item @b{DREXIT1}
7918 @item @b{DRPAUSE} ... @emph{stable}; data register ready
7919 for update or more shifting
7920 @item @b{DREXIT2}
7921 @item @b{DRUPDATE}
7922 @item @b{IRSELECT}
7923 @item @b{IRCAPTURE}
7924 @item @b{IRSHIFT} ... @emph{stable}; TDI/TDO shifting
7925 through the instruction register
7926 @item @b{IREXIT1}
7927 @item @b{IRPAUSE} ... @emph{stable}; instruction register ready
7928 for update or more shifting
7929 @item @b{IREXIT2}
7930 @item @b{IRUPDATE}
7931 @end itemize
7932
7933 Note that only six of those states are fully ``stable'' in the
7934 face of TMS fixed (low except for @sc{reset})
7935 and a free-running JTAG clock. For all the
7936 others, the next TCK transition changes to a new state.
7937
7938 @itemize @bullet
7939 @item From @sc{drshift} and @sc{irshift}, clock transitions will
7940 produce side effects by changing register contents. The values
7941 to be latched in upcoming @sc{drupdate} or @sc{irupdate} states
7942 may not be as expected.
7943 @item @sc{run/idle}, @sc{drpause}, and @sc{irpause} are reasonable
7944 choices after @command{drscan} or @command{irscan} commands,
7945 since they are free of JTAG side effects.
7946 @item @sc{run/idle} may have side effects that appear at non-JTAG
7947 levels, such as advancing the ARM9E-S instruction pipeline.
7948 Consult the documentation for the TAP(s) you are working with.
7949 @end itemize
7950
7951 @node Boundary Scan Commands
7952 @chapter Boundary Scan Commands
7953
7954 One of the original purposes of JTAG was to support
7955 boundary scan based hardware testing.
7956 Although its primary focus is to support On-Chip Debugging,
7957 OpenOCD also includes some boundary scan commands.
7958
7959 @section SVF: Serial Vector Format
7960 @cindex Serial Vector Format
7961 @cindex SVF
7962
7963 The Serial Vector Format, better known as @dfn{SVF}, is a
7964 way to represent JTAG test patterns in text files.
7965 In a debug session using JTAG for its transport protocol,
7966 OpenOCD supports running such test files.
7967
7968 @deffn Command {svf} filename [@option{quiet}]
7969 This issues a JTAG reset (Test-Logic-Reset) and then
7970 runs the SVF script from @file{filename}.
7971 Unless the @option{quiet} option is specified,
7972 each command is logged before it is executed.
7973 @end deffn
7974
7975 @section XSVF: Xilinx Serial Vector Format
7976 @cindex Xilinx Serial Vector Format
7977 @cindex XSVF
7978
7979 The Xilinx Serial Vector Format, better known as @dfn{XSVF}, is a
7980 binary representation of SVF which is optimized for use with
7981 Xilinx devices.
7982 In a debug session using JTAG for its transport protocol,
7983 OpenOCD supports running such test files.
7984
7985 @quotation Important
7986 Not all XSVF commands are supported.
7987 @end quotation
7988
7989 @deffn Command {xsvf} (tapname|@option{plain}) filename [@option{virt2}] [@option{quiet}]
7990 This issues a JTAG reset (Test-Logic-Reset) and then
7991 runs the XSVF script from @file{filename}.
7992 When a @var{tapname} is specified, the commands are directed at
7993 that TAP.
7994 When @option{virt2} is specified, the @sc{xruntest} command counts
7995 are interpreted as TCK cycles instead of microseconds.
7996 Unless the @option{quiet} option is specified,
7997 messages are logged for comments and some retries.
7998 @end deffn
7999
8000 The OpenOCD sources also include two utility scripts
8001 for working with XSVF; they are not currently installed
8002 after building the software.
8003 You may find them useful:
8004
8005 @itemize
8006 @item @emph{svf2xsvf} ... converts SVF files into the extended XSVF
8007 syntax understood by the @command{xsvf} command; see notes below.
8008 @item @emph{xsvfdump} ... converts XSVF files into a text output format;
8009 understands the OpenOCD extensions.
8010 @end itemize
8011
8012 The input format accepts a handful of non-standard extensions.
8013 These include three opcodes corresponding to SVF extensions
8014 from Lattice Semiconductor (LCOUNT, LDELAY, LDSR), and
8015 two opcodes supporting a more accurate translation of SVF
8016 (XTRST, XWAITSTATE).
8017 If @emph{xsvfdump} shows a file is using those opcodes, it
8018 probably will not be usable with other XSVF tools.
8019
8020
8021 @node Utility Commands
8022 @chapter Utility Commands
8023 @cindex Utility Commands
8024
8025 @section RAM testing
8026 @cindex RAM testing
8027
8028 There is often a need to stress-test random access memory (RAM) for
8029 errors. OpenOCD comes with a Tcl implementation of well-known memory
8030 testing procedures allowing the detection of all sorts of issues with
8031 electrical wiring, defective chips, PCB layout and other common
8032 hardware problems.
8033
8034 To use them, you usually need to initialise your RAM controller first;
8035 consult your SoC's documentation to get the recommended list of
8036 register operations and translate them to the corresponding
8037 @command{mww}/@command{mwb} commands.
8038
8039 Load the memory testing functions with
8040
8041 @example
8042 source [find tools/memtest.tcl]
8043 @end example
8044
8045 to get access to the following facilities:
8046
8047 @deffn Command {memTestDataBus} address
8048 Test the data bus wiring in a memory region by performing a walking
8049 1's test at a fixed address within that region.
8050 @end deffn
8051
8052 @deffn Command {memTestAddressBus} baseaddress size
8053 Perform a walking 1's test on the relevant bits of the address and
8054 check for aliasing. This test will find single-bit address failures
8055 such as stuck-high, stuck-low, and shorted pins.
8056 @end deffn
8057
8058 @deffn Command {memTestDevice} baseaddress size
8059 Test the integrity of a physical memory device by performing an
8060 increment/decrement test over the entire region. In the process every
8061 storage bit in the device is tested as zero and as one.
8062 @end deffn
8063
8064 @deffn Command {runAllMemTests} baseaddress size
8065 Run all of the above tests over a specified memory region.
8066 @end deffn
8067
8068 @section Firmware recovery helpers
8069 @cindex Firmware recovery
8070
8071 OpenOCD includes an easy-to-use script to facilitate mass-market
8072 devices recovery with JTAG.
8073
8074 For quickstart instructions run:
8075 @example
8076 openocd -f tools/firmware-recovery.tcl -c firmware_help
8077 @end example
8078
8079 @node TFTP
8080 @chapter TFTP
8081 @cindex TFTP
8082 If OpenOCD runs on an embedded host (as ZY1000 does), then TFTP can
8083 be used to access files on PCs (either the developer's PC or some other PC).
8084
8085 The way this works on the ZY1000 is to prefix a filename by
8086 "/tftp/ip/" and append the TFTP path on the TFTP
8087 server (tftpd). For example,
8088
8089 @example
8090 load_image /tftp/10.0.0.96/c:\temp\abc.elf
8091 @end example
8092
8093 will load c:\temp\abc.elf from the developer pc (10.0.0.96) into memory as
8094 if the file was hosted on the embedded host.
8095
8096 In order to achieve decent performance, you must choose a TFTP server
8097 that supports a packet size bigger than the default packet size (512 bytes). There
8098 are numerous TFTP servers out there (free and commercial) and you will have to do
8099 a bit of googling to find something that fits your requirements.
8100
8101 @node GDB and OpenOCD
8102 @chapter GDB and OpenOCD
8103 @cindex GDB
8104 OpenOCD complies with the remote gdbserver protocol and, as such, can be used
8105 to debug remote targets.
8106 Setting up GDB to work with OpenOCD can involve several components:
8107
8108 @itemize
8109 @item The OpenOCD server support for GDB may need to be configured.
8110 @xref{gdbconfiguration,,GDB Configuration}.
8111 @item GDB's support for OpenOCD may need configuration,
8112 as shown in this chapter.
8113 @item If you have a GUI environment like Eclipse,
8114 that also will probably need to be configured.
8115 @end itemize
8116
8117 Of course, the version of GDB you use will need to be one which has
8118 been built to know about the target CPU you're using. It's probably
8119 part of the tool chain you're using. For example, if you are doing
8120 cross-development for ARM on an x86 PC, instead of using the native
8121 x86 @command{gdb} command you might use @command{arm-none-eabi-gdb}
8122 if that's the tool chain used to compile your code.
8123
8124 @section Connecting to GDB
8125 @cindex Connecting to GDB
8126 Use GDB 6.7 or newer with OpenOCD if you run into trouble. For
8127 instance GDB 6.3 has a known bug that produces bogus memory access
8128 errors, which has since been fixed; see
8129 @url{http://osdir.com/ml/gdb.bugs.discuss/2004-12/msg00018.html}
8130
8131 OpenOCD can communicate with GDB in two ways:
8132
8133 @enumerate
8134 @item
8135 A socket (TCP/IP) connection is typically started as follows:
8136 @example
8137 target remote localhost:3333
8138 @end example
8139 This would cause GDB to connect to the gdbserver on the local pc using port 3333.
8140
8141 It is also possible to use the GDB extended remote protocol as follows:
8142 @example
8143 target extended-remote localhost:3333
8144 @end example
8145 @item
8146 A pipe connection is typically started as follows:
8147 @example
8148 target remote | openocd -c "gdb_port pipe; log_output openocd.log"
8149 @end example
8150 This would cause GDB to run OpenOCD and communicate using pipes (stdin/stdout).
8151 Using this method has the advantage of GDB starting/stopping OpenOCD for the debug
8152 session. log_output sends the log output to a file to ensure that the pipe is
8153 not saturated when using higher debug level outputs.
8154 @end enumerate
8155
8156 To list the available OpenOCD commands type @command{monitor help} on the
8157 GDB command line.
8158
8159 @section Sample GDB session startup
8160
8161 With the remote protocol, GDB sessions start a little differently
8162 than they do when you're debugging locally.
8163 Here's an example showing how to start a debug session with a
8164 small ARM program.
8165 In this case the program was linked to be loaded into SRAM on a Cortex-M3.
8166 Most programs would be written into flash (address 0) and run from there.
8167
8168 @example
8169 $ arm-none-eabi-gdb example.elf
8170 (gdb) target remote localhost:3333
8171 Remote debugging using localhost:3333
8172 ...
8173 (gdb) monitor reset halt
8174 ...
8175 (gdb) load
8176 Loading section .vectors, size 0x100 lma 0x20000000
8177 Loading section .text, size 0x5a0 lma 0x20000100
8178 Loading section .data, size 0x18 lma 0x200006a0
8179 Start address 0x2000061c, load size 1720
8180 Transfer rate: 22 KB/sec, 573 bytes/write.
8181 (gdb) continue
8182 Continuing.
8183 ...
8184 @end example
8185
8186 You could then interrupt the GDB session to make the program break,
8187 type @command{where} to show the stack, @command{list} to show the
8188 code around the program counter, @command{step} through code,
8189 set breakpoints or watchpoints, and so on.
8190
8191 @section Configuring GDB for OpenOCD
8192
8193 OpenOCD supports the gdb @option{qSupported} packet, this enables information
8194 to be sent by the GDB remote server (i.e. OpenOCD) to GDB. Typical information includes
8195 packet size and the device's memory map.
8196 You do not need to configure the packet size by hand,
8197 and the relevant parts of the memory map should be automatically
8198 set up when you declare (NOR) flash banks.
8199
8200 However, there are other things which GDB can't currently query.
8201 You may need to set those up by hand.
8202 As OpenOCD starts up, you will often see a line reporting
8203 something like:
8204
8205 @example
8206 Info : lm3s.cpu: hardware has 6 breakpoints, 4 watchpoints
8207 @end example
8208
8209 You can pass that information to GDB with these commands:
8210
8211 @example
8212 set remote hardware-breakpoint-limit 6
8213 set remote hardware-watchpoint-limit 4
8214 @end example
8215
8216 With that particular hardware (Cortex-M3) the hardware breakpoints
8217 only work for code running from flash memory. Most other ARM systems
8218 do not have such restrictions.
8219
8220 Another example of useful GDB configuration came from a user who
8221 found that single stepping his Cortex-M3 didn't work well with IRQs
8222 and an RTOS until he told GDB to disable the IRQs while stepping:
8223
8224 @example
8225 define hook-step
8226 mon cortex_m maskisr on
8227 end
8228 define hookpost-step
8229 mon cortex_m maskisr off
8230 end
8231 @end example
8232
8233 Rather than typing such commands interactively, you may prefer to
8234 save them in a file and have GDB execute them as it starts, perhaps
8235 using a @file{.gdbinit} in your project directory or starting GDB
8236 using @command{gdb -x filename}.
8237
8238 @section Programming using GDB
8239 @cindex Programming using GDB
8240 @anchor{programmingusinggdb}
8241
8242 By default the target memory map is sent to GDB. This can be disabled by
8243 the following OpenOCD configuration option:
8244 @example
8245 gdb_memory_map disable
8246 @end example
8247 For this to function correctly a valid flash configuration must also be set
8248 in OpenOCD. For faster performance you should also configure a valid
8249 working area.
8250
8251 Informing GDB of the memory map of the target will enable GDB to protect any
8252 flash areas of the target and use hardware breakpoints by default. This means
8253 that the OpenOCD option @command{gdb_breakpoint_override} is not required when
8254 using a memory map. @xref{gdbbreakpointoverride,,gdb_breakpoint_override}.
8255
8256 To view the configured memory map in GDB, use the GDB command @option{info mem}.
8257 All other unassigned addresses within GDB are treated as RAM.
8258
8259 GDB 6.8 and higher set any memory area not in the memory map as inaccessible.
8260 This can be changed to the old behaviour by using the following GDB command
8261 @example
8262 set mem inaccessible-by-default off
8263 @end example
8264
8265 If @command{gdb_flash_program enable} is also used, GDB will be able to
8266 program any flash memory using the vFlash interface.
8267
8268 GDB will look at the target memory map when a load command is given, if any
8269 areas to be programmed lie within the target flash area the vFlash packets
8270 will be used.
8271
8272 If the target needs configuring before GDB programming, an event
8273 script can be executed:
8274 @example
8275 $_TARGETNAME configure -event EVENTNAME BODY
8276 @end example
8277
8278 To verify any flash programming the GDB command @option{compare-sections}
8279 can be used.
8280 @anchor{usingopenocdsmpwithgdb}
8281 @section Using OpenOCD SMP with GDB
8282 @cindex SMP
8283 For SMP support following GDB serial protocol packet have been defined :
8284 @itemize @bullet
8285 @item j - smp status request
8286 @item J - smp set request
8287 @end itemize
8288
8289 OpenOCD implements :
8290 @itemize @bullet
8291 @item @option{jc} packet for reading core id displayed by
8292 GDB connection. Reply is @option{XXXXXXXX} (8 hex digits giving core id) or
8293 @option{E01} for target not smp.
8294 @item @option{JcXXXXXXXX} (8 hex digits) packet for setting core id displayed at next GDB continue
8295 (core id -1 is reserved for returning to normal resume mode). Reply @option{E01}
8296 for target not smp or @option{OK} on success.
8297 @end itemize
8298
8299 Handling of this packet within GDB can be done :
8300 @itemize @bullet
8301 @item by the creation of an internal variable (i.e @option{_core}) by mean
8302 of function allocate_computed_value allowing following GDB command.
8303 @example
8304 set $_core 1
8305 #Jc01 packet is sent
8306 print $_core
8307 #jc packet is sent and result is affected in $
8308 @end example
8309
8310 @item by the usage of GDB maintenance command as described in following example (2 cpus in SMP with
8311 core id 0 and 1 @pxref{definecputargetsworkinginsmp,,Define CPU targets working in SMP}).
8312
8313 @example
8314 # toggle0 : force display of coreid 0
8315 define toggle0
8316 maint packet Jc0
8317 continue
8318 main packet Jc-1
8319 end
8320 # toggle1 : force display of coreid 1
8321 define toggle1
8322 maint packet Jc1
8323 continue
8324 main packet Jc-1
8325 end
8326 @end example
8327 @end itemize
8328
8329 @section RTOS Support
8330 @cindex RTOS Support
8331 @anchor{gdbrtossupport}
8332
8333 OpenOCD includes RTOS support, this will however need enabling as it defaults to disabled.
8334 It can be enabled by passing @option{-rtos} arg to the target @xref{rtostype,,RTOS Type}.
8335
8336 @* An example setup is below:
8337
8338 @example
8339 $_TARGETNAME configure -rtos auto
8340 @end example
8341
8342 This will attempt to auto detect the RTOS within your application.
8343
8344 Currently supported rtos's include:
8345 @itemize @bullet
8346 @item @option{eCos}
8347 @item @option{ThreadX}
8348 @item @option{FreeRTOS}
8349 @item @option{linux}
8350 @item @option{ChibiOS}
8351 @item @option{embKernel}
8352 @end itemize
8353
8354 @quotation Note
8355 Before an RTOS can be detected, it must export certain symbols; otherwise, it cannot
8356 be used by OpenOCD. Below is a list of the required symbols for each supported RTOS.
8357 @end quotation
8358
8359 @table @code
8360 @item eCos symbols
8361 Cyg_Thread::thread_list, Cyg_Scheduler_Base::current_thread.
8362 @item ThreadX symbols
8363 _tx_thread_current_ptr, _tx_thread_created_ptr, _tx_thread_created_count.
8364 @item FreeRTOS symbols
8365 pxCurrentTCB, pxReadyTasksLists, xDelayedTaskList1, xDelayedTaskList2,
8366 pxDelayedTaskList, pxOverflowDelayedTaskList, xPendingReadyList,
8367 xTasksWaitingTermination, xSuspendedTaskList, uxCurrentNumberOfTasks, uxTopUsedPriority.
8368 @item linux symbols
8369 init_task.
8370 @item ChibiOS symbols
8371 rlist, ch_debug, chSysInit.
8372 @item embKernel symbols
8373 Rtos::sCurrentTask, Rtos::sListReady, Rtos::sListSleep,
8374 Rtos::sListSuspended, Rtos::sMaxPriorities, Rtos::sCurrentTaskCount.
8375 @end table
8376
8377 For most RTOS supported the above symbols will be exported by default. However for
8378 some, eg. FreeRTOS @option{xTasksWaitingTermination} is only exported
8379 if @option{INCLUDE_vTaskDelete} is defined during the build.
8380
8381 @node Tcl Scripting API
8382 @chapter Tcl Scripting API
8383 @cindex Tcl Scripting API
8384 @cindex Tcl scripts
8385 @section API rules
8386
8387 Tcl commands are stateless; e.g. the @command{telnet} command has
8388 a concept of currently active target, the Tcl API proc's take this sort
8389 of state information as an argument to each proc.
8390
8391 There are three main types of return values: single value, name value
8392 pair list and lists.
8393
8394 Name value pair. The proc 'foo' below returns a name/value pair
8395 list.
8396
8397 @example
8398 > set foo(me) Duane
8399 > set foo(you) Oyvind
8400 > set foo(mouse) Micky
8401 > set foo(duck) Donald
8402 @end example
8403
8404 If one does this:
8405
8406 @example
8407 > set foo
8408 @end example
8409
8410 The result is:
8411
8412 @example
8413 me Duane you Oyvind mouse Micky duck Donald
8414 @end example
8415
8416 Thus, to get the names of the associative array is easy:
8417
8418 @verbatim
8419 foreach { name value } [set foo] {
8420 puts "Name: $name, Value: $value"
8421 }
8422 @end verbatim
8423
8424 Lists returned should be relatively small. Otherwise, a range
8425 should be passed in to the proc in question.
8426
8427 @section Internal low-level Commands
8428
8429 By "low-level," we mean commands that a human would typically not
8430 invoke directly.
8431
8432 Low-level commands are (should be) prefixed with "ocd_"; e.g.
8433 @command{ocd_flash_banks}
8434 is the low-level API upon which @command{flash banks} is implemented.
8435
8436 @itemize @bullet
8437 @item @b{mem2array} <@var{varname}> <@var{width}> <@var{addr}> <@var{nelems}>
8438
8439 Read memory and return as a Tcl array for script processing
8440 @item @b{array2mem} <@var{varname}> <@var{width}> <@var{addr}> <@var{nelems}>
8441
8442 Convert a Tcl array to memory locations and write the values
8443 @item @b{ocd_flash_banks} <@var{driver}> <@var{base}> <@var{size}> <@var{chip_width}> <@var{bus_width}> <@var{target}> [@option{driver options} ...]
8444
8445 Return information about the flash banks
8446 @end itemize
8447
8448 OpenOCD commands can consist of two words, e.g. "flash banks". The
8449 @file{startup.tcl} "unknown" proc will translate this into a Tcl proc
8450 called "flash_banks".
8451
8452 @section OpenOCD specific Global Variables
8453
8454 Real Tcl has ::tcl_platform(), and platform::identify, and many other
8455 variables. JimTCL, as implemented in OpenOCD creates $ocd_HOSTOS which
8456 holds one of the following values:
8457
8458 @itemize @bullet
8459 @item @b{cygwin} Running under Cygwin
8460 @item @b{darwin} Darwin (Mac-OS) is the underlying operating sytem.
8461 @item @b{freebsd} Running under FreeBSD
8462 @item @b{openbsd} Running under OpenBSD
8463 @item @b{netbsd} Running under NetBSD
8464 @item @b{linux} Linux is the underlying operating sytem
8465 @item @b{mingw32} Running under MingW32
8466 @item @b{winxx} Built using Microsoft Visual Studio
8467 @item @b{ecos} Running under eCos
8468 @item @b{other} Unknown, none of the above.
8469 @end itemize
8470
8471 Note: 'winxx' was choosen because today (March-2009) no distinction is made between Win32 and Win64.
8472
8473 @quotation Note
8474 We should add support for a variable like Tcl variable
8475 @code{tcl_platform(platform)}, it should be called
8476 @code{jim_platform} (because it
8477 is jim, not real tcl).
8478 @end quotation
8479
8480 @node FAQ
8481 @chapter FAQ
8482 @cindex faq
8483 @enumerate
8484 @anchor{faqrtck}
8485 @item @b{RTCK, also known as: Adaptive Clocking - What is it?}
8486 @cindex RTCK
8487 @cindex adaptive clocking
8488 @*
8489
8490 In digital circuit design it is often refered to as ``clock
8491 synchronisation'' the JTAG interface uses one clock (TCK or TCLK)
8492 operating at some speed, your CPU target is operating at another.
8493 The two clocks are not synchronised, they are ``asynchronous''
8494
8495 In order for the two to work together they must be synchronised
8496 well enough to work; JTAG can't go ten times faster than the CPU,
8497 for example. There are 2 basic options:
8498 @enumerate
8499 @item
8500 Use a special "adaptive clocking" circuit to change the JTAG
8501 clock rate to match what the CPU currently supports.
8502 @item
8503 The JTAG clock must be fixed at some speed that's enough slower than
8504 the CPU clock that all TMS and TDI transitions can be detected.
8505 @end enumerate
8506
8507 @b{Does this really matter?} For some chips and some situations, this
8508 is a non-issue, like a 500MHz ARM926 with a 5 MHz JTAG link;
8509 the CPU has no difficulty keeping up with JTAG.
8510 Startup sequences are often problematic though, as are other
8511 situations where the CPU clock rate changes (perhaps to save
8512 power).
8513
8514 For example, Atmel AT91SAM chips start operation from reset with
8515 a 32kHz system clock. Boot firmware may activate the main oscillator
8516 and PLL before switching to a faster clock (perhaps that 500 MHz
8517 ARM926 scenario).
8518 If you're using JTAG to debug that startup sequence, you must slow
8519 the JTAG clock to sometimes 1 to 4kHz. After startup completes,
8520 JTAG can use a faster clock.
8521
8522 Consider also debugging a 500MHz ARM926 hand held battery powered
8523 device that enters a low power ``deep sleep'' mode, at 32kHz CPU
8524 clock, between keystrokes unless it has work to do. When would
8525 that 5 MHz JTAG clock be usable?
8526
8527 @b{Solution #1 - A special circuit}
8528
8529 In order to make use of this,
8530 your CPU, board, and JTAG adapter must all support the RTCK
8531 feature. Not all of them support this; keep reading!
8532
8533 The RTCK ("Return TCK") signal in some ARM chips is used to help with
8534 this problem. ARM has a good description of the problem described at
8535 this link: @url{http://www.arm.com/support/faqdev/4170.html} [checked
8536 28/nov/2008]. Link title: ``How does the JTAG synchronisation logic
8537 work? / how does adaptive clocking work?''.
8538
8539 The nice thing about adaptive clocking is that ``battery powered hand
8540 held device example'' - the adaptiveness works perfectly all the
8541 time. One can set a break point or halt the system in the deep power
8542 down code, slow step out until the system speeds up.
8543
8544 Note that adaptive clocking may also need to work at the board level,
8545 when a board-level scan chain has multiple chips.
8546 Parallel clock voting schemes are good way to implement this,
8547 both within and between chips, and can easily be implemented
8548 with a CPLD.
8549 It's not difficult to have logic fan a module's input TCK signal out
8550 to each TAP in the scan chain, and then wait until each TAP's RTCK comes
8551 back with the right polarity before changing the output RTCK signal.
8552 Texas Instruments makes some clock voting logic available
8553 for free (with no support) in VHDL form; see
8554 @url{http://tiexpressdsp.com/index.php/Adaptive_Clocking}
8555
8556 @b{Solution #2 - Always works - but may be slower}
8557
8558 Often this is a perfectly acceptable solution.
8559
8560 In most simple terms: Often the JTAG clock must be 1/10 to 1/12 of
8561 the target clock speed. But what that ``magic division'' is varies
8562 depending on the chips on your board.
8563 @b{ARM rule of thumb} Most ARM based systems require an 6:1 division;
8564 ARM11 cores use an 8:1 division.
8565 @b{Xilinx rule of thumb} is 1/12 the clock speed.
8566
8567 Note: most full speed FT2232 based JTAG adapters are limited to a
8568 maximum of 6MHz. The ones using USB high speed chips (FT2232H)
8569 often support faster clock rates (and adaptive clocking).
8570
8571 You can still debug the 'low power' situations - you just need to
8572 either use a fixed and very slow JTAG clock rate ... or else
8573 manually adjust the clock speed at every step. (Adjusting is painful
8574 and tedious, and is not always practical.)
8575
8576 It is however easy to ``code your way around it'' - i.e.: Cheat a little,
8577 have a special debug mode in your application that does a ``high power
8578 sleep''. If you are careful - 98% of your problems can be debugged
8579 this way.
8580
8581 Note that on ARM you may need to avoid using the @emph{wait for interrupt}
8582 operation in your idle loops even if you don't otherwise change the CPU
8583 clock rate.
8584 That operation gates the CPU clock, and thus the JTAG clock; which
8585 prevents JTAG access. One consequence is not being able to @command{halt}
8586 cores which are executing that @emph{wait for interrupt} operation.
8587
8588 To set the JTAG frequency use the command:
8589
8590 @example
8591 # Example: 1.234MHz
8592 adapter_khz 1234
8593 @end example
8594
8595
8596 @item @b{Win32 Pathnames} Why don't backslashes work in Windows paths?
8597
8598 OpenOCD uses Tcl and a backslash is an escape char. Use @{ and @}
8599 around Windows filenames.
8600
8601 @example
8602 > echo \a
8603
8604 > echo @{\a@}
8605 \a
8606 > echo "\a"
8607
8608 >
8609 @end example
8610
8611
8612 @item @b{Missing: cygwin1.dll} OpenOCD complains about a missing cygwin1.dll.
8613
8614 Make sure you have Cygwin installed, or at least a version of OpenOCD that
8615 claims to come with all the necessary DLLs. When using Cygwin, try launching
8616 OpenOCD from the Cygwin shell.
8617
8618 @item @b{Breakpoint Issue} I'm trying to set a breakpoint using GDB (or a frontend like Insight or
8619 Eclipse), but OpenOCD complains that "Info: arm7_9_common.c:213
8620 arm7_9_add_breakpoint(): sw breakpoint requested, but software breakpoints not enabled".
8621
8622 GDB issues software breakpoints when a normal breakpoint is requested, or to implement
8623 source-line single-stepping. On ARMv4T systems, like ARM7TDMI, ARM720T or ARM920T,
8624 software breakpoints consume one of the two available hardware breakpoints.
8625
8626 @item @b{LPC2000 Flash} When erasing or writing LPC2000 on-chip flash, the operation fails at random.
8627
8628 Make sure the core frequency specified in the @option{flash lpc2000} line matches the
8629 clock at the time you're programming the flash. If you've specified the crystal's
8630 frequency, make sure the PLL is disabled. If you've specified the full core speed
8631 (e.g. 60MHz), make sure the PLL is enabled.
8632
8633 @item @b{Amontec Chameleon} When debugging using an Amontec Chameleon in its JTAG Accelerator configuration,
8634 I keep getting "Error: amt_jtagaccel.c:184 amt_wait_scan_busy(): amt_jtagaccel timed
8635 out while waiting for end of scan, rtck was disabled".
8636
8637 Make sure your PC's parallel port operates in EPP mode. You might have to try several
8638 settings in your PC BIOS (ECP, EPP, and different versions of those).
8639
8640 @item @b{Data Aborts} When debugging with OpenOCD and GDB (plain GDB, Insight, or Eclipse),
8641 I get lots of "Error: arm7_9_common.c:1771 arm7_9_read_memory():
8642 memory read caused data abort".
8643
8644 The errors are non-fatal, and are the result of GDB trying to trace stack frames
8645 beyond the last valid frame. It might be possible to prevent this by setting up
8646 a proper "initial" stack frame, if you happen to know what exactly has to
8647 be done, feel free to add this here.
8648
8649 @b{Simple:} In your startup code - push 8 registers of zeros onto the
8650 stack before calling main(). What GDB is doing is ``climbing'' the run
8651 time stack by reading various values on the stack using the standard
8652 call frame for the target. GDB keeps going - until one of 2 things
8653 happen @b{#1} an invalid frame is found, or @b{#2} some huge number of
8654 stackframes have been processed. By pushing zeros on the stack, GDB
8655 gracefully stops.
8656
8657 @b{Debugging Interrupt Service Routines} - In your ISR before you call
8658 your C code, do the same - artifically push some zeros onto the stack,
8659 remember to pop them off when the ISR is done.
8660
8661 @b{Also note:} If you have a multi-threaded operating system, they
8662 often do not @b{in the intrest of saving memory} waste these few
8663 bytes. Painful...
8664
8665
8666 @item @b{JTAG Reset Config} I get the following message in the OpenOCD console (or log file):
8667 "Warning: arm7_9_common.c:679 arm7_9_assert_reset(): srst resets test logic, too".
8668
8669 This warning doesn't indicate any serious problem, as long as you don't want to
8670 debug your core right out of reset. Your .cfg file specified @option{jtag_reset
8671 trst_and_srst srst_pulls_trst} to tell OpenOCD that either your board,
8672 your debugger or your target uC (e.g. LPC2000) can't assert the two reset signals
8673 independently. With this setup, it's not possible to halt the core right out of
8674 reset, everything else should work fine.
8675
8676 @item @b{USB Power} When using OpenOCD in conjunction with Amontec JTAGkey and the Yagarto
8677 toolchain (Eclipse, arm-elf-gcc, arm-elf-gdb), the debugging seems to be
8678 unstable. When single-stepping over large blocks of code, GDB and OpenOCD
8679 quit with an error message. Is there a stability issue with OpenOCD?
8680
8681 No, this is not a stability issue concerning OpenOCD. Most users have solved
8682 this issue by simply using a self-powered USB hub, which they connect their
8683 Amontec JTAGkey to. Apparently, some computers do not provide a USB power
8684 supply stable enough for the Amontec JTAGkey to be operated.
8685
8686 @b{Laptops running on battery have this problem too...}
8687
8688 @item @b{USB Power} When using the Amontec JTAGkey, sometimes OpenOCD crashes with the
8689 following error messages: "Error: ft2232.c:201 ft2232_read(): FT_Read returned:
8690 4" and "Error: ft2232.c:365 ft2232_send_and_recv(): couldn't read from FT2232".
8691 What does that mean and what might be the reason for this?
8692
8693 First of all, the reason might be the USB power supply. Try using a self-powered
8694 hub instead of a direct connection to your computer. Secondly, the error code 4
8695 corresponds to an FT_IO_ERROR, which means that the driver for the FTDI USB
8696 chip ran into some sort of error - this points us to a USB problem.
8697
8698 @item @b{GDB Disconnects} When using the Amontec JTAGkey, sometimes OpenOCD crashes with the following
8699 error message: "Error: gdb_server.c:101 gdb_get_char(): read: 10054".
8700 What does that mean and what might be the reason for this?
8701
8702 Error code 10054 corresponds to WSAECONNRESET, which means that the debugger (GDB)
8703 has closed the connection to OpenOCD. This might be a GDB issue.
8704
8705 @item @b{LPC2000 Flash} In the configuration file in the section where flash device configurations
8706 are described, there is a parameter for specifying the clock frequency
8707 for LPC2000 internal flash devices (e.g. @option{flash bank $_FLASHNAME lpc2000
8708 0x0 0x40000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME lpc2000_v1 14746 calc_checksum}), which must be
8709 specified in kilohertz. However, I do have a quartz crystal of a
8710 frequency that contains fractions of kilohertz (e.g. 14,745,600 Hz,
8711 i.e. 14,745.600 kHz). Is it possible to specify real numbers for the
8712 clock frequency?
8713
8714 No. The clock frequency specified here must be given as an integral number.
8715 However, this clock frequency is used by the In-Application-Programming (IAP)
8716 routines of the LPC2000 family only, which seems to be very tolerant concerning
8717 the given clock frequency, so a slight difference between the specified clock
8718 frequency and the actual clock frequency will not cause any trouble.
8719
8720 @item @b{Command Order} Do I have to keep a specific order for the commands in the configuration file?
8721
8722 Well, yes and no. Commands can be given in arbitrary order, yet the
8723 devices listed for the JTAG scan chain must be given in the right
8724 order (jtag newdevice), with the device closest to the TDO-Pin being
8725 listed first. In general, whenever objects of the same type exist
8726 which require an index number, then these objects must be given in the
8727 right order (jtag newtap, targets and flash banks - a target
8728 references a jtag newtap and a flash bank references a target).
8729
8730 You can use the ``scan_chain'' command to verify and display the tap order.
8731
8732 Also, some commands can't execute until after @command{init} has been
8733 processed. Such commands include @command{nand probe} and everything
8734 else that needs to write to controller registers, perhaps for setting
8735 up DRAM and loading it with code.
8736
8737 @anchor{faqtaporder}
8738 @item @b{JTAG TAP Order} Do I have to declare the TAPS in some
8739 particular order?
8740
8741 Yes; whenever you have more than one, you must declare them in
8742 the same order used by the hardware.
8743
8744 Many newer devices have multiple JTAG TAPs. For example: ST
8745 Microsystems STM32 chips have two TAPs, a ``boundary scan TAP'' and
8746 ``Cortex-M3'' TAP. Example: The STM32 reference manual, Document ID:
8747 RM0008, Section 26.5, Figure 259, page 651/681, the ``TDI'' pin is
8748 connected to the boundary scan TAP, which then connects to the
8749 Cortex-M3 TAP, which then connects to the TDO pin.
8750
8751 Thus, the proper order for the STM32 chip is: (1) The Cortex-M3, then
8752 (2) The boundary scan TAP. If your board includes an additional JTAG
8753 chip in the scan chain (for example a Xilinx CPLD or FPGA) you could
8754 place it before or after the STM32 chip in the chain. For example:
8755
8756 @itemize @bullet
8757 @item OpenOCD_TDI(output) -> STM32 TDI Pin (BS Input)
8758 @item STM32 BS TDO (output) -> STM32 Cortex-M3 TDI (input)
8759 @item STM32 Cortex-M3 TDO (output) -> SM32 TDO Pin
8760 @item STM32 TDO Pin (output) -> Xilinx TDI Pin (input)
8761 @item Xilinx TDO Pin -> OpenOCD TDO (input)
8762 @end itemize
8763
8764 The ``jtag device'' commands would thus be in the order shown below. Note:
8765
8766 @itemize @bullet
8767 @item jtag newtap Xilinx tap -irlen ...
8768 @item jtag newtap stm32 cpu -irlen ...
8769 @item jtag newtap stm32 bs -irlen ...
8770 @item # Create the debug target and say where it is
8771 @item target create stm32.cpu -chain-position stm32.cpu ...
8772 @end itemize
8773
8774
8775 @item @b{SYSCOMP} Sometimes my debugging session terminates with an error. When I look into the
8776 log file, I can see these error messages: Error: arm7_9_common.c:561
8777 arm7_9_execute_sys_speed(): timeout waiting for SYSCOMP
8778
8779 TODO.
8780
8781 @end enumerate
8782
8783 @node Tcl Crash Course
8784 @chapter Tcl Crash Course
8785 @cindex Tcl
8786
8787 Not everyone knows Tcl - this is not intended to be a replacement for
8788 learning Tcl, the intent of this chapter is to give you some idea of
8789 how the Tcl scripts work.
8790
8791 This chapter is written with two audiences in mind. (1) OpenOCD users
8792 who need to understand a bit more of how Jim-Tcl works so they can do
8793 something useful, and (2) those that want to add a new command to
8794 OpenOCD.
8795
8796 @section Tcl Rule #1
8797 There is a famous joke, it goes like this:
8798 @enumerate
8799 @item Rule #1: The wife is always correct
8800 @item Rule #2: If you think otherwise, See Rule #1
8801 @end enumerate
8802
8803 The Tcl equal is this:
8804
8805 @enumerate
8806 @item Rule #1: Everything is a string
8807 @item Rule #2: If you think otherwise, See Rule #1
8808 @end enumerate
8809
8810 As in the famous joke, the consequences of Rule #1 are profound. Once
8811 you understand Rule #1, you will understand Tcl.
8812
8813 @section Tcl Rule #1b
8814 There is a second pair of rules.
8815 @enumerate
8816 @item Rule #1: Control flow does not exist. Only commands
8817 @* For example: the classic FOR loop or IF statement is not a control
8818 flow item, they are commands, there is no such thing as control flow
8819 in Tcl.
8820 @item Rule #2: If you think otherwise, See Rule #1
8821 @* Actually what happens is this: There are commands that by
8822 convention, act like control flow key words in other languages. One of
8823 those commands is the word ``for'', another command is ``if''.
8824 @end enumerate
8825
8826 @section Per Rule #1 - All Results are strings
8827 Every Tcl command results in a string. The word ``result'' is used
8828 deliberatly. No result is just an empty string. Remember: @i{Rule #1 -
8829 Everything is a string}
8830
8831 @section Tcl Quoting Operators
8832 In life of a Tcl script, there are two important periods of time, the
8833 difference is subtle.
8834 @enumerate
8835 @item Parse Time
8836 @item Evaluation Time
8837 @end enumerate
8838
8839 The two key items here are how ``quoted things'' work in Tcl. Tcl has
8840 three primary quoting constructs, the [square-brackets] the
8841 @{curly-braces@} and ``double-quotes''
8842
8843 By now you should know $VARIABLES always start with a $DOLLAR
8844 sign. BTW: To set a variable, you actually use the command ``set'', as
8845 in ``set VARNAME VALUE'' much like the ancient BASIC langauge ``let x
8846 = 1'' statement, but without the equal sign.
8847
8848 @itemize @bullet
8849 @item @b{[square-brackets]}
8850 @* @b{[square-brackets]} are command substitutions. It operates much
8851 like Unix Shell `back-ticks`. The result of a [square-bracket]
8852 operation is exactly 1 string. @i{Remember Rule #1 - Everything is a
8853 string}. These two statements are roughly identical:
8854 @example
8855 # bash example
8856 X=`date`
8857 echo "The Date is: $X"
8858 # Tcl example
8859 set X [date]
8860 puts "The Date is: $X"
8861 @end example
8862 @item @b{``double-quoted-things''}
8863 @* @b{``double-quoted-things''} are just simply quoted
8864 text. $VARIABLES and [square-brackets] are expanded in place - the
8865 result however is exactly 1 string. @i{Remember Rule #1 - Everything
8866 is a string}
8867 @example
8868 set x "Dinner"
8869 puts "It is now \"[date]\", $x is in 1 hour"
8870 @end example
8871 @item @b{@{Curly-Braces@}}
8872 @*@b{@{Curly-Braces@}} are magic: $VARIABLES and [square-brackets] are
8873 parsed, but are NOT expanded or executed. @{Curly-Braces@} are like
8874 'single-quote' operators in BASH shell scripts, with the added
8875 feature: @{curly-braces@} can be nested, single quotes can not. @{@{@{this is
8876 nested 3 times@}@}@} NOTE: [date] is a bad example;
8877 at this writing, Jim/OpenOCD does not have a date command.
8878 @end itemize
8879
8880 @section Consequences of Rule 1/2/3/4
8881
8882 The consequences of Rule 1 are profound.
8883
8884 @subsection Tokenisation & Execution.
8885
8886 Of course, whitespace, blank lines and #comment lines are handled in
8887 the normal way.
8888
8889 As a script is parsed, each (multi) line in the script file is
8890 tokenised and according to the quoting rules. After tokenisation, that
8891 line is immedatly executed.
8892
8893 Multi line statements end with one or more ``still-open''
8894 @{curly-braces@} which - eventually - closes a few lines later.
8895
8896 @subsection Command Execution
8897
8898 Remember earlier: There are no ``control flow''
8899 statements in Tcl. Instead there are COMMANDS that simply act like
8900 control flow operators.
8901
8902 Commands are executed like this:
8903
8904 @enumerate
8905 @item Parse the next line into (argc) and (argv[]).
8906 @item Look up (argv[0]) in a table and call its function.
8907 @item Repeat until End Of File.
8908 @end enumerate
8909
8910 It sort of works like this:
8911 @example
8912 for(;;)@{
8913 ReadAndParse( &argc, &argv );
8914
8915 cmdPtr = LookupCommand( argv[0] );
8916
8917 (*cmdPtr->Execute)( argc, argv );
8918 @}
8919 @end example
8920
8921 When the command ``proc'' is parsed (which creates a procedure
8922 function) it gets 3 parameters on the command line. @b{1} the name of
8923 the proc (function), @b{2} the list of parameters, and @b{3} the body
8924 of the function. Not the choice of words: LIST and BODY. The PROC
8925 command stores these items in a table somewhere so it can be found by
8926 ``LookupCommand()''
8927
8928 @subsection The FOR command
8929
8930 The most interesting command to look at is the FOR command. In Tcl,
8931 the FOR command is normally implemented in C. Remember, FOR is a
8932 command just like any other command.
8933
8934 When the ascii text containing the FOR command is parsed, the parser
8935 produces 5 parameter strings, @i{(If in doubt: Refer to Rule #1)} they
8936 are:
8937
8938 @enumerate 0
8939 @item The ascii text 'for'
8940 @item The start text
8941 @item The test expression
8942 @item The next text
8943 @item The body text
8944 @end enumerate
8945
8946 Sort of reminds you of ``main( int argc, char **argv )'' does it not?
8947 Remember @i{Rule #1 - Everything is a string.} The key point is this:
8948 Often many of those parameters are in @{curly-braces@} - thus the
8949 variables inside are not expanded or replaced until later.
8950
8951 Remember that every Tcl command looks like the classic ``main( argc,
8952 argv )'' function in C. In JimTCL - they actually look like this:
8953
8954 @example
8955 int
8956 MyCommand( Jim_Interp *interp,
8957 int *argc,
8958 Jim_Obj * const *argvs );
8959 @end example
8960
8961 Real Tcl is nearly identical. Although the newer versions have
8962 introduced a byte-code parser and intepreter, but at the core, it
8963 still operates in the same basic way.
8964
8965 @subsection FOR command implementation
8966
8967 To understand Tcl it is perhaps most helpful to see the FOR
8968 command. Remember, it is a COMMAND not a control flow structure.
8969
8970 In Tcl there are two underlying C helper functions.
8971
8972 Remember Rule #1 - You are a string.
8973
8974 The @b{first} helper parses and executes commands found in an ascii
8975 string. Commands can be seperated by semicolons, or newlines. While
8976 parsing, variables are expanded via the quoting rules.
8977
8978 The @b{second} helper evaluates an ascii string as a numerical
8979 expression and returns a value.
8980
8981 Here is an example of how the @b{FOR} command could be
8982 implemented. The pseudo code below does not show error handling.
8983 @example
8984 void Execute_AsciiString( void *interp, const char *string );
8985
8986 int Evaluate_AsciiExpression( void *interp, const char *string );
8987
8988 int
8989 MyForCommand( void *interp,
8990 int argc,
8991 char **argv )
8992 @{
8993 if( argc != 5 )@{
8994 SetResult( interp, "WRONG number of parameters");
8995 return ERROR;
8996 @}
8997
8998 // argv[0] = the ascii string just like C
8999
9000 // Execute the start statement.
9001 Execute_AsciiString( interp, argv[1] );
9002
9003 // Top of loop test
9004 for(;;)@{
9005 i = Evaluate_AsciiExpression(interp, argv[2]);
9006 if( i == 0 )
9007 break;
9008
9009 // Execute the body
9010 Execute_AsciiString( interp, argv[3] );
9011
9012 // Execute the LOOP part
9013 Execute_AsciiString( interp, argv[4] );
9014 @}
9015
9016 // Return no error
9017 SetResult( interp, "" );
9018 return SUCCESS;
9019 @}
9020 @end example
9021
9022 Every other command IF, WHILE, FORMAT, PUTS, EXPR, everything works
9023 in the same basic way.
9024
9025 @section OpenOCD Tcl Usage
9026
9027 @subsection source and find commands
9028 @b{Where:} In many configuration files
9029 @* Example: @b{ source [find FILENAME] }
9030 @*Remember the parsing rules
9031 @enumerate
9032 @item The @command{find} command is in square brackets,
9033 and is executed with the parameter FILENAME. It should find and return
9034 the full path to a file with that name; it uses an internal search path.
9035 The RESULT is a string, which is substituted into the command line in
9036 place of the bracketed @command{find} command.
9037 (Don't try to use a FILENAME which includes the "#" character.
9038 That character begins Tcl comments.)
9039 @item The @command{source} command is executed with the resulting filename;
9040 it reads a file and executes as a script.
9041 @end enumerate
9042 @subsection format command
9043 @b{Where:} Generally occurs in numerous places.
9044 @* Tcl has no command like @b{printf()}, instead it has @b{format}, which is really more like
9045 @b{sprintf()}.
9046 @b{Example}
9047 @example
9048 set x 6
9049 set y 7
9050 puts [format "The answer: %d" [expr $x * $y]]
9051 @end example
9052 @enumerate
9053 @item The SET command creates 2 variables, X and Y.
9054 @item The double [nested] EXPR command performs math
9055 @* The EXPR command produces numerical result as a string.
9056 @* Refer to Rule #1
9057 @item The format command is executed, producing a single string
9058 @* Refer to Rule #1.
9059 @item The PUTS command outputs the text.
9060 @end enumerate
9061 @subsection Body or Inlined Text
9062 @b{Where:} Various TARGET scripts.
9063 @example
9064 #1 Good
9065 proc someproc @{@} @{
9066 ... multiple lines of stuff ...
9067 @}
9068 $_TARGETNAME configure -event FOO someproc
9069 #2 Good - no variables
9070 $_TARGETNAME confgure -event foo "this ; that;"
9071 #3 Good Curly Braces
9072 $_TARGETNAME configure -event FOO @{
9073 puts "Time: [date]"
9074 @}
9075 #4 DANGER DANGER DANGER
9076 $_TARGETNAME configure -event foo "puts \"Time: [date]\""
9077 @end example
9078 @enumerate
9079 @item The $_TARGETNAME is an OpenOCD variable convention.
9080 @*@b{$_TARGETNAME} represents the last target created, the value changes
9081 each time a new target is created. Remember the parsing rules. When
9082 the ascii text is parsed, the @b{$_TARGETNAME} becomes a simple string,
9083 the name of the target which happens to be a TARGET (object)
9084 command.
9085 @item The 2nd parameter to the @option{-event} parameter is a TCBODY
9086 @*There are 4 examples:
9087 @enumerate
9088 @item The TCLBODY is a simple string that happens to be a proc name
9089 @item The TCLBODY is several simple commands seperated by semicolons
9090 @item The TCLBODY is a multi-line @{curly-brace@} quoted string
9091 @item The TCLBODY is a string with variables that get expanded.
9092 @end enumerate
9093
9094 In the end, when the target event FOO occurs the TCLBODY is
9095 evaluated. Method @b{#1} and @b{#2} are functionally identical. For
9096 Method @b{#3} and @b{#4} it is more interesting. What is the TCLBODY?
9097
9098 Remember the parsing rules. In case #3, @{curly-braces@} mean the
9099 $VARS and [square-brackets] are expanded later, when the EVENT occurs,
9100 and the text is evaluated. In case #4, they are replaced before the
9101 ``Target Object Command'' is executed. This occurs at the same time
9102 $_TARGETNAME is replaced. In case #4 the date will never
9103 change. @{BTW: [date] is a bad example; at this writing,
9104 Jim/OpenOCD does not have a date command@}
9105 @end enumerate
9106 @subsection Global Variables
9107 @b{Where:} You might discover this when writing your own procs @* In
9108 simple terms: Inside a PROC, if you need to access a global variable
9109 you must say so. See also ``upvar''. Example:
9110 @example
9111 proc myproc @{ @} @{
9112 set y 0 #Local variable Y
9113 global x #Global variable X
9114 puts [format "X=%d, Y=%d" $x $y]
9115 @}
9116 @end example
9117 @section Other Tcl Hacks
9118 @b{Dynamic variable creation}
9119 @example
9120 # Dynamically create a bunch of variables.
9121 for @{ set x 0 @} @{ $x < 32 @} @{ set x [expr $x + 1]@} @{
9122 # Create var name
9123 set vn [format "BIT%d" $x]
9124 # Make it a global
9125 global $vn
9126 # Set it.
9127 set $vn [expr (1 << $x)]
9128 @}
9129 @end example
9130 @b{Dynamic proc/command creation}
9131 @example
9132 # One "X" function - 5 uart functions.
9133 foreach who @{A B C D E@}
9134 proc [format "show_uart%c" $who] @{ @} "show_UARTx $who"
9135 @}
9136 @end example
9137
9138 @include fdl.texi
9139
9140 @node OpenOCD Concept Index
9141 @comment DO NOT use the plain word ``Index'', reason: CYGWIN filename
9142 @comment case issue with ``Index.html'' and ``index.html''
9143 @comment Occurs when creating ``--html --no-split'' output
9144 @comment This fix is based on: http://sourceware.org/ml/binutils/2006-05/msg00215.html
9145 @unnumbered OpenOCD Concept Index
9146
9147 @printindex cp
9148
9149 @node Command and Driver Index
9150 @unnumbered Command and Driver Index
9151 @printindex fn
9152
9153 @bye

Linking to existing account procedure

If you already have an account and want to add another login method you MUST first sign in with your existing account and then change URL to read https://review.openocd.org/login/?link to get to this page again but this time it'll work for linking. Thank you.

SSH host keys fingerprints

1024 SHA256:YKx8b7u5ZWdcbp7/4AeXNaqElP49m6QrwfXaqQGJAOk gerrit-code-review@openocd.zylin.com (DSA)
384 SHA256:jHIbSQa4REvwCFG4cq5LBlBLxmxSqelQPem/EXIrxjk gerrit-code-review@openocd.org (ECDSA)
521 SHA256:UAOPYkU9Fjtcao0Ul/Rrlnj/OsQvt+pgdYSZ4jOYdgs gerrit-code-review@openocd.org (ECDSA)
256 SHA256:A13M5QlnozFOvTllybRZH6vm7iSt0XLxbA48yfc2yfY gerrit-code-review@openocd.org (ECDSA)
256 SHA256:spYMBqEYoAOtK7yZBrcwE8ZpYt6b68Cfh9yEVetvbXg gerrit-code-review@openocd.org (ED25519)
+--[ED25519 256]--+
|=..              |
|+o..   .         |
|*.o   . .        |
|+B . . .         |
|Bo. = o S        |
|Oo.+ + =         |
|oB=.* = . o      |
| =+=.+   + E     |
|. .=o   . o      |
+----[SHA256]-----+
2048 SHA256:0Onrb7/PHjpo6iVZ7xQX2riKN83FJ3KGU0TvI0TaFG4 gerrit-code-review@openocd.zylin.com (RSA)